■^. 



.^^ 



,^" 



'c^. 



^y. <^' 



^- 



.\^ 






^'^ V 



H r.. 









% 






.S^^ -^ 





/^^r^^^^/l.o:^ ^-ey^^ 




THE MARYEL OE 1^ATI01[S. 



OUE COUNTRY. 



ITS PAST, PRESENT, and PUTUPE. 




QXJK NATIONAI^ KNIBLE^NX. 



j^-< " ^— "^r/\ ;\/i' III/ ft (^ ii» 



OUR COUNTRY : 

Its Past, Present, mb Future 



AND 



WHAT THE SCRIPTURES SAY OF IT. 



By UI^IAH SMITH, 



Professor of Biblical Exegesis in Battle Creek College, Thirty Years Editor "Review and 
Herald," Author of "Thoughts on Danielandthe Revelation," " Man's 
Nature and Destiny," " Parliannentary Rules," etc. 



Seventieth Thousand. 



REVIEW & HERALD, PUBLISHERS, 

BATTLE CREEK, MICH. ; 

PACIFIC PRESS, OAKLAND, CAL.; 

PRESE^TT TKUTH, GREAr GRIMi-BY, 

ENGLAND. 

18 8 7. 





A\K 




^ni 




i:!^r !^ 




]-!\ 


A 






i ' 


'"- A''.'»T^ %*.vl. >. 




r, -TMfciiJWf^* 






" Westward the Course of Empire takes its way, 

Tiie first four Acts already past, 
A fiftfi shall close the drama with the day, — 

Time's noblest offspring is the Last." 

—BISHOP GEORGE BERKELEY. 

WRITTEN ABOUT 1726. 



Copyrighted by Review & Herald, 
battle creek, mich., 1885. 



1 



APR 10 1919 





IE hav 
otic citiz^ 
est in all that ^ 
is, and is to be 



iligent and patri- 
ublic, feels an inter- 
try — in what it has been, 



While he looks with just pride on its past 
unparalleled progress and noble achievements, and surveys with 
satisfaction its present position of national exaltation and influ- 
ence, with its free government, immense wealth, and exhaustless 
resources, he cannot be indifferent to probabilities affecting its 
future, so far as they may be legitimately calculated from lessons 
of history, from principles established in our own Constitution, 
and from the tendency of influences already actively and widely 
at work in different parts of our land. 

In this direction, the mind of every one must turn with peculiar 
interest ; and while many unquestionable conclusions relative to 
our future may be established on the gi-ounds already referred to, 
we believe there is another source of instruction, almost wholly 
overlooked or ignored, which sets forth more explicitly and more 
fully startling developments which days not far to come have in 
store for us. It is designed in this work to call particular atten- 
tion to these matters. 

We do not purpose here to enter largely into the history of this 
government. There are works already published which leave 
nothing to be desired in this direction. Neither is it our object 
to make in these pages either political economy, arithmetic, or 
geography, a specialty, though something will be referred to 
unddr each head. The leading title of the book is given as "The 
Marvel of Nations ;" and we propose to inquire somewhat into 
the significance of this "marvel." If we believe that there is a 
God who rules in the kingdoms of men ( Dan. 5 : 21 ), we must 
look for his providential hand in human history, in the rise, 
career, and fall of the nations and peoples of the world. But as 
a prominent and inevitable object in this line of thought lies the 
i'aquiry, what providential design we are to look for in a nation 
which has been so suddenly and rapidly developed as this has 



vi PREFACE. 

been, and wliat grand purpose God has to work out through this 
goodly heritage of ours. This inquiry will not be pressed even 
to the verge of fancy or speculation ; for, if we mistake not, 
enough will be found to instruct us, perhaps surprise us, on these 
points, in the solid and sober realm of fact. 

Many of the most studious, careful, and critical minds of the 
present generation, have been led to the conclusion that numer- 
ous lines of prophecy, spanning many ages and embracing many 
lands, find their focal point in our own times ; may we not add, 
also, in our own country ? Certainly, the present age seems to be 
illuminated by the light of current prophetic fulfillments above all 
others. Here we find the most emphatic touches of the inspired 
pencil ; and the events to transpire and the agents therein con- 
cerned are brought out in a most vivid and startling light. Has 
the United States any part to act in these scenes ? What do the 
Scriptures say on this question? None but those who do not be- 
lieve that God ever foretells the history of nations, or that his 
providence ever works in their development and decline, can fail 
to be interested in a consideration of these topics. 

That this little treatise is exhaustive of the subject which it es- 
says to bring briefly before the reader, is not claimed ; but many 
facts are presented which are thought to be worthy of serious 
consideration, and enough evidence, it is confidently hoped, is 
produced in favor of the positions taken to show the reader that 
the subject is not one of mere theory, but one of the highest prac- 
tical importance, and so enough to stimulate thought, and lead to 
further inquiry. 

If the views presented in the following pages are correct, the 
subject is destined soon to become one of absorbing interest ; and 
information respecting it is necessary to an understanding of our 
duties and responsibilities in the solemn and important times that 
are upon us. In this light we commend it to the candid and se- 
rious attention of the reader. 

U. 8. 

Battle Creek, Mich., ) 
August^ 1885. ) 



CHAPTEE I. 

EXPECTATIONS AND PREDICTIONS OF EMINENT MEN. 

Prominence and influence of this nation — Ten striking facts 
— Remarkable declarations and jDredictions by Sir Thomas 
Browne, Rev. Andrew Burnaby, John Adams, Galiani, 
Adam Smith, Governor Pownal, David Hartley, Count 
dAranda, Bishop of St. Asaph, George Herbert, De- 
Tocqueville, G. A. Townsend, and Rev, J. M. Foster. .13-21 



CHAPTER II. 

A century's progress. 

Testimony of Emile de Girardin, the Dublin (Ireland) Nation, 
Mitchell — First settlements — Population — Close of the 
Revolution — Territorial growth — Increase of Population 
— Development of cities — Industrial growth — First cot- 
ton-mills and railroads — Great American inventions — 
Agriculture — Cotton industry — Live stock — Manufactures 
— Iron and other metals — Mining — The gold discovery — 
Commerce — Banking and insurance — Arts and sciences 
— Literature — Printing — Postal and telegraph service 
— America the great cattle raiser — Lumber interests 
— The great coal producer — Most notable structures in 
the world — Progress in one generation 22-70 



CHAPTER in. 

POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE OF THE NATION. 

Civil and religious liberty — Constitutional guarantees — A 

[vii] 



viii CONTENTS. 

nation on a new model — The magnet of America — The 
asylum of the oppressed — Morality and religion — Organ 
ized liberty — Constitution-making — Our Constitution pro- 
nounced in England the most sacred political document 
in the world — American literature abroad — Stability of 
our government — The model republic 71 -8b 



CHAPTEE lY. 

IMPORTANT PROBABILITIES CONSIDERED. 

A miracle of growth — Providence conspicuous in our history 
— Why nations are mentioned in the Bible — Why should 
not our own be mentioned ? — Survey of Biblical symbols — 
Conclusions 89-38 



CHAPTEK y. 

A CHAIN OF PROPHECY. 

Second symbol of Revelation 13 — The prophecy located — The 
Church of God the prominent object — Symbols explained 
— Historical facts considered — Chronology, location, 
character, work, continuance, and overthrow of two 
important symbols 94-104 



CHAPTEE YI. 

LOCATION OF THE GOVERNMENT REPRESENTED BY THE SECOND 
SYMBOL OF REVELATION 13. 

Leading symbolic features — Religious elements — Not in the 
Eastern Hemisphere — The ten kingdoms of Western Eu- 
rope — Testimony of Machiavelli, Bishop Kewton, Faber, 
and Dr. Hales — Time's noblest offspring — The Western 
Hemisphere — The eyes of all Europe upon us — Sayings of 
Talleyrand ^ 105-113 



CONTENTS. ix 

CHAPTEE YIL 

WHEN MUST THE GOVERNMENT INDICATED BY THIS SYMBOL 

ARISE ? 

Chronology an important consideration — The head of the 
government — Rome's seven forms of government — A 
deadly wound — Papal overthrow in 1798 — Testimony of 
Geo. Croly, A. M. — Three important chronological proofs 
— Survey of the Western Hemisphere — The United States 
the leading nation here 114-123 



CHAPTEE YIIL 

THE UNITED STATES HAS ARISEN IN THE EXACT MANNER 
INDICATED BY THE SYMBOL. 

Comes up in a new territory — Comes up peacefully — Yiew of 
J. P. Thompson, LL. D. — Burke on the American Revo- 
lution — The expression used by the Apostle John — Gr. A. 
Townsend's testimony — Edward Everett on English exiles 
— Corroborated by statistics of progress 124-130 



CHAPTEE IX. 

THE TWO GREAT PRINCIPLES OF THE GOVERNMENT. 

How the Scriptures symbolize power and strength — A Church 
without a pope and a State without a king — Civil and 
religious liberty — Republicanism and Protestantism — A 
youthful power — Declaration of Independence — A noble 
profession — Law of symbols 131-135 



CHAPTEE X. 

INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES. 

Points made — Religious bigotry of the past — Danger of 
ecclesiastical power — How a government speaks— Dan- 



CONTENTS. 

gerous tendencies — Opposition to dissenters — ^A warning 
by D'Aubigne — Political corruption — Spirit of the Dark 
Ages still alive — Cbarles Beecher on Protestant apostasy 
— Principles of the French Revolution — Time the 
teacher 136-145 



CHAPTER XI. 

HE DOETH GREAT WONDERS. 

Modern discoveries in the arts and sciences — Wonderful in- 
ventions — Religious wonder?— Meaning of 2 Thess. 2 : 9, 
10 — Spiritualism — Experiments by Prof. Zollner — Judge 
Edmonds's testiroony — To the kings of the earth — Extent 
of this work 146-158 



CHAPTER XII. 

CHURCH AND STATE. 



The government republican — A Protestant nation — Collusion 
with the papacy — What is possible in this government — 
Influences at work — Condition of Christianity — Warn- 
ings from the Scriptures — Existing expectations — A great 
American Catholic Church called for 159-167 



CHAPTER XIII. 

THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 

Agents identified — Acts ascribed to each — The coming 
issue — A fearful sin denounced — Bishop Newton 
on the use of a mark — The characteristics of Ro- 
man Catholicism — What it has attempted in the re- 
ligious world — Agreement between Daniel and Paul — 
How a person shows himself a follower of the papacy — 
What the Roman Catholic Church claims to have done 
— Relics of Romanism retained by Protestants — The Re- 
formers vindicated 168-186 



CONTENTS. xi 

CHAPTER XIV. 

INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 

Movements toward Church and State — Influence of Spiritual- 
ism — Efforts for a union of all Churches — Sunday reform 
movements — Religion in politics — The National Reform 
Association — Seeking to amend the Constitution — A 
"Politico-Theological movement" on foot — History of 
the National Reform movement — Strong resolutions — 
The Pittsburg Convention — Progress of the work — Intu- 
itions of Liberalism — The die cast — Inconsistent profes- 
sions — The Independent humorously unveils the movement 
— The Church to rule — Religious tests for office — Religious 
legislation called for — Compulsion for dissenters — Equal 
rights ignored — A political party on a religious platform 
— The Sunday movement in foreign lands — Combined 
strength of religious bodies — Sunday as a political insti- 
tution — Secretary Thompson's position — A hypocritical 
distinction — Religious discrimination — Demands of Liber- 
alism — Religious tyranny impending — Desperate deter- 
minations — Change in public sentiment — Surrender of the 
Reformation — Our position defined — Inevitable result of 
the proposed movement — "The old Philadelphia lie" — 
Consent of the governed — Religious oppression begun — 
Unmistakable indications for the future 187-268 

APPENDIXES 275-289 




LIST 0F ILLUSTRATieNS. 

— -^^m — 

PAGE. 

Steel Portrait of Author, 2 

Our National, Emblem, -------.. 4 

Plymouth Eock, ...„ 21 

Map, Showing our Several Accessions of Territory, - 25 

Chicago as It Appeared in 1833, = 28 

Great Chicago Fire, .=. 28 

Bird's-Eye Vieay of Chicago in 1880, - . - . = 29 

First Dutch Settlement of New York in 1612, - - - 31 

New York City in 1648, .-..--.= 31 

New York City in 1880, , . = . 32 

Agricultural Yignette, -------- 34 

Mining Scenes, -- = -39, 40 

View on the Erie Canal, ------- ^ 42 

The First Locomotive, - 43 

A Common Kailroad Scene, 44 

Signal Station on the Pennsylvania Eailroad, - - 45 

A Wood Engraver Plying his Profession, - - . 47 

The Old Franklin (Ramage) Press, _. = -.= 50 

The Hoe Perfecting Press, ....... 51 

Battle Creek Tabernacle, -.- 52 

Ministering to the Fallen, ----..= 53 

Home for the Homeless, ------.. 53 

A Bird's-Eye Vieav of the United States, - - - = 56 

Lumber Yignette, ---------- 57 

Capitol Building at Washington, D. C, - - - - 59 

The Washington Monument, -=. 60 

Bartholdi's Statue of Liberty Enlightening the World, 62 

The Brooklyn Bridge, -..---_- 53 

Fulton's First Steamboat (1807), ------ 65 

The "Sound" Steamer Pilgrim (1885), 65 

The Great Prairies of the West, ------ 67 

The Mayflower (From a Model in Pilgrim Hall), - 69 

Meeting of the Orient and Occident, ----- 70 

American Progress (PLATE), ----'--- 71 

Let There be Light, --.-_-_.- 104 

Small Globe, Showing the Greatest Amount of Land, 113 

Our National Emblem, 123 

American Yignette, 130 

Lamblike Symbol, 135 

A Storm, .-_. I45 

Increase of Knowledge, --- 149 

Signers of the Declaration of Independence, - - 253, 269 
[xii] 



OUR COUNTRY: 

ITS PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE. 



CHAPTER I. 



EXPECTATIONS AND PREDICTIONS OF EMINENT MEN. 

[T is but a little more than one hundred years 
since the nation known as " The United STATES 
OF America " began to exist. A hundred years 
is not a long period in the history of nations. Let 
the eye run back upon the path of history, and mark 
the condition of nations when only a hundred years 
of age. Ancient Rome, the most notable of them all, 
when it had attained the age of a hundred years, was 
scarcely known outside the few provinces of Italy 
which composed its territory. Not so with this new 
empire of the West. Ere a hundred years had 
elapsed, its fame had encircled the earth, exciting the 
wonder and envy of the aged and stagnant kingdoms 
of other lands. It began with a few small settlements 
of earnest men, who, fleeing from the religious in- 
tolerance of the Old World, occupied a narrow area 
along our Atlantic coast. Now, a mighty nation, 
with a vast expanse of territory stretching from 
ocean to ocean, and from regions almost arctic on the 
north to regions as nearly torrid on the south, em- 
bracing more square leagues of habitable land than 

[13] 



14 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Rome ruled over in its palmiest days, after more than 
seven centuries of growth, here holds a position of in- 
dependence and glory among the nations of the earth.* 
And the sound of this new nation has gone into 
all the world. It has reached the toiling millions of 
Europe ; and they are swarming to our shores to 
share its blessings. It has gone to the islands of the 
sea ; and they have sent their living contributions to 
swell its busy population. It has reached the Orient, 
and opened, as with a pass-word, the gates of nations 
long barred against intercourse with other powers ; 
and China and Japan, turning.from their beaten track 
of forty centuries, are looking with wonder at the 
prodigy arising across the Pacific to the east of them, 
and catching some of the impulse which this growing 
power is imparting to the nations of the earth. 

Precisely one hundred and nine years ago, with 
about three millions of people, the United States be- 
came an independent government. It has now a pop- 
ulation of over fifty-five millions of people, and a ter- 
ritory of more than three and a half millions of square 
miles. Russia alone exceeds this nation in these par- 
ticulars, having thirty millions more of people, and, 
including the vast and dreary regions of Siberia, 
nearly five millions more square miles of territory. f 



* In a speech at the " Centennial Dinner " at the Westminster Palace Ho- 
tel, London, July 4, 1876, J. P. Thompson, LL. D., speaking of the United 
States, said : " They have proved the possibility of free, popular govern- 
ment upon a scale to which the Roman Republic of five hundred years 
was but a province." — The United States as a Nation^ p. xvii. 

f The area of the two countries is given in " Lippincott's Gazetteer 
of the World," as follows: — 

United States, 3,580,242 square miles. 

Russia, 8,352,940 square miles. 



EXPECTATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 15 

Of all other nations on the globe whose laws are 
framed by legislative bodies elected by the people, 
Brazil, which has the largest territory, has but little 
more than three millions of square miles ; and France, 
the most populous, has not by many millions so great 
a number of inhabitants as our country. So that in 
point of territory and population combined, it will be 
seen that the United States now stands at the head 
of the self-governing powers of the earth. 

Occupying a position altogether unique, this gov- 
ernment excites equally the astonishment and the ad- 
miration of all beholders. The main features of its 
history are such as have had no parallel since the dis- 
tinction of nations existed among men. 

1. No nation ever acquired so vast a territory in so 
quiet a manner. 

2. No nation ever rose to such greatness by means 
so peaceable. 

3. No nation ever advanced so rapidly in all that 
constitutes national strength and capital. 

4. No nation ever rose to such a pinnacle of power 
in a space of time so incredibly short. 

5. No nation in so limited a time has developed 
such unlimited resources. 

6. No nation has ever existed, the foundations of 
whose government were laid so broad and deep in 
the principles of justice, righteousness, and truth. 

Y. No nation has ever existed in which men have 
been left so free to worship God according to the dic- 
tates of their own consciences. 

8. In no nation and in no age of the world have the 
arts and sciences so flourished, so many improvements 
been made, and so great successes been achieved in 
the arts both of peace and war, as in our own country 
during the last fifty years. 



16 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

9. In no nation and in no age has the gospel found 
such freedom, and the churches of Christ had such 
liberty to enlarge their borders and develop their 
strength. 

10. No age of the world has seen such an immigra- 
tion as that which is now pouring into our borders 
from all lands the millions who have long groaned 
under despotic governments, and who now turn to 
this broad territory of freedom as the avenue of hope, 
the Utopia of the nations. 

The most discerning minds have been intuitively 
impressed with the idea of the future greatness and 
power of this government. In view of the grand re- 
sults developed and developing, the discovery of 
America by Columbus, not four hundred years ago, 
is set down as " the greatest event of all secular his- 
tory." 

The progress of empire to this land was long ago 
expected. 

Sir Thomas Browne, in 1682 predicted the growth 
of a power here which would rival the European king- 
doms in strength and prowess. 

In Burnaby's " Travels through the Middle Settle- 
ments of North America in 1759 and 1760," published 
in 1775, is expressed this sentiment : — 

"An idea, strange as it is visionary, has entered into the minds 
of the generality of mankind, that empire is traveling westward ; 
and every one is looking forward with eager and impatient expec- 
tation to that destined moment when America is to give the law 
to the rest of the world." 

John Adams, Oct. 12, 1775, wrote : — 

" Soon after the Reformation, a few people came over into this 
New World for conscience' sake. Perhaps this apparently trivial 
incident may transfer the great seat of empire to America." 



EXPECTATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 17 

On the day after the signing of the Declaration of 
Independence, he wrote : — 

"Yesterday the greatest question was decided wliich was ever 
debated in America, and a greater, perhaps, never was, nor will 
be, decided among men." 

In 1776, GaHanI, a Neapolitan, predicted the grad- 
ual decay of European institutions, to renew them- 
selves in America. In 1778, in reference to the ques- 
tion as to which was to be the ruling power in the 
world, Europe or America, he said, — 

*'I will wager in favor of America." 

Adam Smith, of Scotland, in 1776 predicted the 
transfer of empire to America. 

Governor Pownal, an English statesman, in 1780, 
while our Revolution was in progress, predicted that 
this country would become independent, and that a 
civilizing activity, beyond what Europe could ever 
know, would animate It ; and that its commercial and 
naval power would be found In every quarter of the 
globe. Again he said : — 

"North America has advanced, and is every day advancing, to 
growth of state, with a steady and continually accelerating motion, 
of which there has never yet been any example in Europe." 

. David Hartley wrote from England in 1777 : — 

"At sea, which has hitherto been our prerogative element, they 
[the United States] rise against us at a stupendous rate ; and if 
we cannot return to our old mutual hospitalities toward each other, 
a very few years will show us a most formidable hostile marine, 
ready to join hands with any of our enemies." 

Count d'Aranda, one of the first of Spanish states- 
men, in 1783 thus wrote of this Republic : — 

"This Federal Republic was born a pygmy, so to speak. It re- 
quired the support and forces of two powers as great as Spain and 



18 THE MARVEL OF JSFATIOKS, 

France in order to attain independence. A day will come when 
it will be a giant, even a colossus, formidable in these countries." * 

Sir Thomas Browne, referred to above, in 1684 pub- 
lished certain ''Miscellany Tracts," one of which, en- 
titled "The Prophecy," is the one which contains his 
reflections on the rise and progress of America. Dr. 
Johnson says of it: "Browne plainly discovers his 
expectation to be the same with that entertained 
lately with more confidence by Dr. Berkeley that 
'America will be the seat of the fifth empire.'" It is 
in verse, and the lines relating to America are : — 

"When Kew England shall trouble Kew Spain, 
"When America shall cease to send out its treasure. 
But employ it at home in American pleasure ; 
When the new world shall the old invade, 
Nor count them their lords, but their fellows in trade.'* 
— Duyckinck's American Literature, vol. i.,p. 179. 

In 1773 the Bishop of St. Asaph (Wales) before the 
Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign 
Parts, said : — 

"The colonies of North America have not only taken root and 
acquired strength, but seem hastening, with an accelerated prog- 
ress, to such a powerful state as may introduce a new and imj)or- 
tant change in human affairs." — Ld. 

The transfer of religion to this land, and its revival 
here, was also expected. George Herbert in a poem 
entitled "The Church Militant," published in 1633, 
said : — 

** Religion stands on tiptoe in our land. 
Ready to pass to the American strand." — Id. 

Of these prophecies, some are now wholly fulfilled, 



* These quotations are from au article by Hon. Charles Sumner, entitled 
"Prophetic Voices about America," published in the Atlantic Monthly of 
September, 1867. 



EXPECTATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 19 

and the remainder far on the road to fulfiUraent. 
This infant of yesterday stands forth to-day a giant, 
vigorous, active, and courageous, and accepts with 
dignity its manifest destiny at the head of powers and 
civilizations. 

A question of thrilling interest now arises. This 
government has received recognition at the hands of 
men sufficient to satisfy any ambition. Does the God 
of heaven also recognize it, and has he spoken con- 
cerning it 1 In other words, does the prophetic pen, 
which has so fully delineated the rise and progress of 
all the other great nations of the earth, pass this one 
by unnoticed .? What are the probabilities in this 
matter 1 As the student of prophecy, in common 
with all mankind, looks with wonder upon the un- 
paralleled rise and progress of this nation, he can- 
not repress the conviction that the hand of Providence 
has been at work in this quiet but mighty revolution. 
And this conviction he shares in common with others. 

Governor Pownal, from whom a quotation has al- 
ready been presented, speaking of the establishment 
of this country as a free and sovereign power, calls 

it— 

"A revolution that has stranger marks of divine interposition, su- 
perseding the ordinary course of human affairs, than any other 
event which this world has experienced." 

De Tocqueville, a French writer, speaking of our 
separation from England, says : — 

"It might seem their folly, but was really their fate ; or, rather, 
the providence of God, who has doubtless a work for them to do 
in which the massive materiality of the English character would 
have been too ponderous a dead weight upon their progress." 

Geo. Alfred Townsend, speaking of the misfortunes 



20 TBE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

that have attended the other governments on this 
continent (New World and Old, p. 635), says : — 

"The history of the United States was separated by a beneficent 
Providence far from the wild and cruel history of the rest of the 
continent." 

Again he says : — 

"This hemisphere was laid away for no one race. ' 

Mr. J. M. Foster, in a Sermon before the Reformed 
Presbyterian Church in Cincinnati, O., Nov. 30, 1882, 
bore the following explicit testimony to the fact that 
the hand of Providence has been remarkably displayed 
in the establishment of this government ; — 

"Let us look at the history of our own nation. The Mediator 
long ages ago prepared this land as the home of civil and religious 
liberty. He made it a land flowing with milk and honey. He 
stored our mountains with coal, and iron, and copj^er, and silver, 
and gold. He prepared our fountains of oil, planted our forests, 
leveled our plains, enriched our valleys, and beautified them with 
lakes and rivers. He guided the Mayflower over the sea, so that 
the Pilgrim Fathers landed safely on Plymouth Rock. He directed 
the course of our civilization, so that we have become a great na- 
tion." 





riymoutli Rock. 

The spot where the Pilgkim Fathers landed from the "Mayflower," Dec. 21, 1620. A 
rtion of this granite rock has been removed from the water-side, and located in front of 
Igrim Hall, protected by an iron fence. The original portion on Water Street, is covered by 
suitable canopy, in the top of which are the bones of the original settlers. Plymouth is 37 
lies southeast from Boston, Mass. 

121] 



CHAPTER II. 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 

^AVE the foregoing predictions been justified, 
M\ and the expectations of these great men been 
'^i^ fulfilled ? Every person whose reading is or- 
dinarily extensive has something of an idea of what 
the United States is to-day ; he likewise has an idea, 
so far as words can convey it to his mind, of what 
this country was at the commencement of its history. 
The only object, then, in presenting statistics and 
testimony on this point, is to show that our rapid 
growth has struck mankind with the wonder of a 
constant miracle. 

Said Emile de Girardin in La Liberie (1868) : — 

" The poj)ulation of America, not thinned by any conscription, 
multiplies with prodigious rapidity, and the day may before [long 
be] seen, when they will number sixty or eighty millions of souls. 
This parvenu [one recently risen to notice] is aware of his impor- 
tance and destiny. Hear him proudly exclaim, 'America for Amer- 
icans ! ' See him promising his alliance to Russia ; and we see 
that power, which well knows what force is, grasp the hand of 
this giant of yesterday. 

"In view of his unparalleled progress and combination, what are 
the little toys with which we vex ourselves in Euroj^e? What is 
this needle gun we are anxious to get from Prussia, that we may 
beat her next year with it? Had we not better take from Amer- 
ica the principle of liberty she embodies, out of which have come 
her citizen pride, her gigantic industry, and her formidable loy- 
alty to the destinies of her republican land?" 

The Dublin (Ireland) Nation^ already quoted, about 
the year 1850 said ; — 
[23] 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 23 

"In the East there is arising a colossal centaur called the Rus- 
sian empire. With a civilized head and front, it has the sinews 
of a huge barbaric body. There one man's brain moves 70,000,- 
000. [In 1870, 87,795,987.— Zzppmco^.] There all the traditions 
of the people are of aggression and conquest in the West. There 
but two ranks are distinguishable — serfs and soldiers. There the 
map of the future includes Constantinople and Vienna as out- 
posts of St. Petersburg. 

" In the West, an opposing and still more wonderful American 
empire is emerging. We islanders have no conception of the ex- 
traordinary events which amid the silence of the earth are daily 
adding to the power and pride of this gigantic nation. Within 
three years, territories more extensive than these three kingdoms 
[Great Britain, Ireland, and Scotland], France, and Italy put 
together, have been quietly, and in almost 'matter-of-course* 
fashion, annexed to the Union. 

" Within seventy years, seventeen new Sovereignties, the small- 
est of them larger than Great Britain, have peaceably united 
themselves to the Federation. No standing army was raised, no 
national debt was sunk, no great exertion was made, but there 
they are. And the last mail brings news of three more great States 
about to be joined to the thirty, — Minnesota in the northwest, 
Deseret in the southwest, and California on the shores of the Pa- 
cific. These three States will cover an area equal to one-half of 
the European continent." 

Mitchell, in his "School Geography" (fourth revised 
edition), p. 101, speaking of the United States, 
says : — 

''It presents the most striking instance of national growth to 
be found in the history of mankind." 

Let us reduce these general statements to the more 
tangible form of facts and figures. A short time be- 
fore the great Reformation in the days of Martin 
Luther, not four hundred years ago, this western 
hemisphere was discovered. The Reformation awoke 
the nations, that were fast fettered in the galling 
bonds of superstition, to the fact that it is the 



24: THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

heaven-born right of every man to worship God ac- 
cording to the dictates of his own conscience. But 
rulers are loth to lose their power, and religious in- 
tolerance still oppressed the people. Under these 
circumstances, a body of religious heroes at length 
determined to seek in the wilds of America that 
measure of civil and religious freedom which they so 
much desired. Two hundred and sixty-five years 
ago, Dec. 22, 1620, the Mayflower landed one hun- 
dred of these voluntary exiles on the coast of New 
England. *' Here," says Martyn, "New England was 
born," and this was " its first baby cry, — a prayer 
and a thanksgiving to the Lord." 

Another permanent English settlement was made 
at Jamestown, Va., thirteen years before this, in 1607. 
In process of time other settlements were made and 
colonies organized, which were all subject to the 
English crown till the declaration of independence, 

July 4, me. 

The population of these colonies, according to the 
United States Magazine of August, 1855, amounted 
in 1701, to 262,000 ; in 1749, to 1,016,000 ; in 1775, 
to 2,803,000, Then commenced the struggle of the 
American colonies against the oppression of the 
mother country. In 1776, they declared themselves, 
as in justice and right they were entitled to be, a 
free and independent nation. In 1777, delegates from 
the thirteen original States, — New Hampshire, Mas- 
sachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, 
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Vir- 
ginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia, — 
in Congress assembled, adopted Articles of Confed- 
eration. In 1783, the war of the Revolution closed 
with a treaty of peace with Great Britain, whereby 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 25 

our independence was acknowledged, and territory 
ceded to the extent of 815,615 square miles. In 1Y87 
the Constitution was framed, and ratified by the fore- 
going thirteen States ; and on the first day of March, 
1789, it went into operation. Then the American 
ship of State was fairly launched, with less than one 
million square miles of territory, and about three 
millions of souls. 

Such was the situation when our nation took its 
position of independence, as one of the self-govern- 
ing powers of the world. Our territorial growth 
since that timehasbeen as follows : Louisiana, acquired 
from France in 1803, comprising 930,928 square miles 
of territory ; Florida, from Spain in 1821, with 59,268 
square miles ; Texas, admitted into the Union in 1845, 
with 237,504 square miles; Oregon, as settled by 
treaty in 1846, with 380,425 square miles ; California, 
as conquered from Mexico in 1847, with 649,762 
square miles ; Arizona (New Mexico), as acquired 
from Mexico by treaty in 1854, with 27,500 square 
miles ; Alaska, as acquired by purchase from Russia 
in 1867, with 577,390 square miles. This gives a 
grand total of three million, six hundred seventy- 
eight thousand, three hundred and ninety-two (3,678,- 
392) square miles of territory, which is about four- 
ninths of all North America, and more than one-fif- 
teenth of the whole land surface of the globe. 

And while this expansion has been thus rapidly 
going forward here, how has it been with the other 
leading nations of the globe .? Macmillan & Co., the 
London publishers, in announcing their " Statesman's 
Year Book" for 1867, make an interesting statement 
of the changes that took place in Europe during the 



26 THE MABVEL OF NATIONS. 

half century between the years 1817 and 186T. They 
say : — 

"The half century has extinguished three kingdoms, one grand 
duchy, eight duchies, four principalities, one electorate, and four 
republics. Three new kingdoms have arisen, and one kingdom 
has been transformed into an empire. There are now forty-one 
states in Europe against fifty-nine which existed in 1817. Not 
less remarkable is the territorial extension of the superior states 
in the world. Russia has annexed 567,364 square miles; the 
United States, 1,968,009; France, 4,620; Prussia, 29,781; Sar- 
dinia, expanding into Italy, has increased by 83,041 ; the Indian 
empire has been augmented by 431,616. The j)rincipal states that 
have lost territory are Turkey, Mexico, Austria, Denmark, and 
the Netherlands." 

We ask the especial attention of the reader to 
these particulars. During the last half century, 
twenty-one governments have disappeared altogether, 
and only three new ones have arisen. Five have 
lost in territory instead of gaining. Only five, be- 
sides our own, have added to their domain. And the 
one which has done the most in this direction has 
added only a little over half a million of square miles, 
while we have added nearly two millions. Thus the 
United States government has added over fourteen 
hundred thousand square miles of territory more 
than any other single nation, and over eight hundred 
thousand more than have been added by all the other 
nations of the earth put together. 

In point of population, our increase since 1798, ac- 
cording to the census of the several decades, has been 
as follows: In 1800, the total number of inhabitants 
in the United States was 5,305,925 ; in 1810, 7,239,- 
814 ; in 1820, 9,638,191 ; in 1830, 12,866,020 ; in 1810, 
17,069,153 ; in 1850, 23,191,876 ; in 1860, 31,115,089 ; 
in 1870, 38,555,983 \ in 1880, 50,000,000 ; and now 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 27 

(1885) estimated as not less than 65,000,000. These 
figures are almost too large for the mind to grasp 
readily. Perhaps a better idea can be formed of the 
rapid increase of population by looking at a few rep- 
resentative cities. Boston, in 1792, had 18,000 inhab- 
itants ; it now has [census of 1880] 362,839 ; New 
York, in 1792, 30,000 ; now, 1,206,299. Chicago, about 
fi fty years ago, was a little trading post, with a few 
huts ; but yet it contained at the time of the great 
conflagration in October, 1871, nearly 350,000 souls, 
and now has 650,000. (See illustrations.) San 
Francisco, fifty years ago, was a barren waste, but 
contains to-day 233,956 inhabitants. 

Our industrial growth has been equally remarkable. 
In 1792, the United States had no cotton-mills ; in 
1850, there were 1,074, employing 100,000 hands. 
Only fifty-five years ago the first section of the first 
railroad in this country — the Baltimore and Ohio — 
was opened to a distance of twenty-three miles."^ We 
had, Jan. 1, 1883, 115,634 miles in operation, costing 



* The first timid experiment in railroads was a tramway in Quiney, 
Mass., built in 1826, chiefly by Thomas H. Perkins and Gridley Bryant, 
of Boston. Its only purpose was for the easier conveyance — by horses — 
of building-stone from the granite quarries of Quiney to tide-water. It 
was the germ, however, of a mighty movement in this country. The first 
railway in America for passengers and traffic — the Baltimore and Ohio — 
was chartered by the Maryland Legislature in March, 1827. The capital 
stock at first was only half a million dollars, and a portion of it was sub- 
scribed by the State and the city of Baltimore. Horses were its motive 
power, even after sixty-five miles of the road were built. But in 1829 
Peter Cooper, of New York, built a locomotive in Baltimore which weighed 
one ton, and made eighteen miles an hour on a trial trip to Ellicott's Mills. 
In 1830 there were twenty-three miles of railway in the United States, 
which were increased the next year to ninety-five, in 1835, to one thousand 
and ninety-eight, and in 1840, to nearly three thousand. — Bryanfs History 
of the United States, yo\. iv., p. 314, 




The 



Great dticago Fire, 1871- (Loss $150,000,00a See p. 27,) || 



1281 



1 



30 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

$5,750,000,000. It was only forty-five years ago that 
the magnetic telegraph was invented. Now the esti- 
mated length of telegraph wire in operation is over 
250,000 miles. In 1833, the first reaper and mower 
was constructed, and in 1846 the first sewing-machine 
was completed. Think of the hundreds of thousands 
of both of these classes of machines now in use. And 
there are now more lines of telegraph and railroad 
projected and in process of construction than ever 
before, and greater facilities and larger plans for man- 
ufactories of all kinds than at any previous point of 
time. And should these industries increase in the 
same geometrical ratio for a few years, the figures we 
now chronicle would then read about as the records 
of a century ago now read to us. 

Since the last edition of this work was issued, the 
electric light, the phonograph, the microphone, and 
the telephone have appeared in this country, and as- 
tonished the world with their marvelous achievements. 
And recently notices appeared in the papers of anew 
application of elec|:ricity, by which one is actually en- 
abled to see the person who is addressing him at the 
other end of the telephone, many miles, perhaps, away. 
This would seem to be reaching the last possible re- 
sults in the way of the annihilation of time and space 
in regard to both hearing and seeing. 

We take the following article from " The Centen- 
nial History of the United States," published in 1876 
at Hartford, Ct., pp. 768-779 :— 

"Here, on the verge of the centennial anniversary of the birth 
of our Republic, let us take a brief review of the material and in- 
tellectual progress of our country during the first hundred years 
of its political independence. 

" The extent of the conceded domain of the United States, in 



Wl zn^nu^ K/m^fterdcaTz op d^JMan/ui-ttmS , — ^^:^g 




First Dutch Settlement of IVew York (New Amsterdam) 1019. 

(See p. 27.) 




ICew TorU in 1648. (See p. 37.) 



[81] 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 33 

1776, was not more than half a million square miles ; now [when 
the word now appears in this relation it means the year 1875] it is 
more than three million, three hundred thousand square miles. Its 
population then was about a million and a half ; now it is forty 
million. 

"The products of the soil are the foundations of the material 
wealth of a nation. It has been eminently so with us, notwith- 
standing the science of agriculture and the construction of good 
implements of labor were greatly neglected until the early part of 
the present century. 

"A hundred years ago the agricultural interests of our country 
were mostly in the hands of uneducated men. Science was not 
ajDplied to husbandry. A spirit of improvement was scarcely 
known. The son copied the way Siafh^ fe-ther. He. worked with 
no other implements and pursued im otlur methods nf cultivation ; 
antl he who attempte#a ^auge was' regarded>^s a vi^ioii|Lry or an 
innovator. Very litfle associa^^ 1^^*/ f^rQimprovemeM; in the 
business of farming \i^s then seen. TKifir^^BBOciatiomffor such 
a purpose was formed\itlf^ South, and was knowrljb^ie 'South 
Carolina Agricultural So(^ftitj^(iT^^i^|g^^^7^^2j^»'^milar soci- 
ety was formed in PennsylvamaTTftwHfeiHippwifg'^year. Now there 
are State, county, and even town agricultural societies in almost 
every part of the Union. 

"Agricultural implements were rude and simple. They con- 
sisted chiefly of the plow, harrow, spade, hoe, hand-rake, scythe, 
sickle, and wooden fork. The plow had a clumsy, wrought-iron 
share with wooden mold-board, which was sometimes plated with 
old tin or sheet-iron. The rest of the structure was equally clumsy; 
and the implement required in its use, twice the amount of 
strength of man and beast that the present plow does. Improve- 
ments in the construction of plows during the past fifty years save 
to the country annually, in work and teams, at least $12,000,000. 
The first patent for a cast-iron plow was issued in 1797. To the 
beginning of 1875, about four hundred patents have been granted. 

"A hundred years ago the seed was sown by hand, and the en- 
tire crop was harvested by hard, manual labor. The grass was cut 
with a scythe, and 'cured' and gathered with a fork and hand- 
rake. The grain was cut with a sickle, threshed with a flail or 
the treading of horses, and was cleared of the chaff by a large 
clamshell-shaped fan of wicker-work, used in a gentle breeze. The 

3 



84 



Tnm MARVEL OF KATIOKS, 



drills, seed-sowers, cultivators, mowers, reapers, threshing- 
machines, and fanning-mills of our day, were all unknown. 
They are the inventions of a time within the mem- 
ory of living men. Abortive attempts were made 
toward the close of the last century to introduce a 
threshing-machine from England, but the flail held 
sway until two generations ago. Indian corn, to- 
bacco, wheat, rye, oats, potatoes, and hay were sta- 
ple products of the farm a hundred years ago. Tim- 
othy and orchard grass had just been introduced. 
At the present time these products amount annu- 
ally, on an average, in round numbers, as follows : 
Indian corn, 900,000,000 bushels ; wheat, 270,000,- 
000 ; rye, 23,000,000 ; oats, 300,000,000 ; po- 
tatoes, 165,000,000 ; and buckwheat (intro- 
duced within the century) 15,000,000. The hay 
crop averages about 28,000,000 tons ; the to- 
bacco crop, about 265,000,000 pounds ; flax, 
28,000,000 pounds ; and hemp, 12,- 




000 tons. To these agricultural 
products there have been added, 
within the century, barley, cotton, 
and sugar. The barley crop av- 
erages about 28,000,000 bush- 
els ; cotton, about 2,000,000,- 
000 pounds ; and sugar, 
120,000 hogsheads of 
1,000 pounds each. 
The expan- 
sion of the 
Cotton 



I COPYRIGHTED A ZEESE gc'cffl 







A CENTTIBY'S PROGBEISS. 35 

culture has been marvelous. In 1784, eight bales of cotton sent 
to England from Charleston were seized by the custom-house 
authorities in Liverpool, on the ground that so large a quantity 
could not have come from the United States. The progress of its 
culture was slow until the invention of the gin, by Mr. Whitney, 
for clearing the seed from the fiber. It did the work of many 
persons. The cultivation of cotton rapidly spread. From 1793 
to 1800, the amount of cotton raised had increased from 138,000 
pounds to 18,000,000 pounds, all of which was wanted in Eng- 
land, where improved machinery was manufacturing it into cloth. 
The value of slave labor was increased, and a then dying insti- 
tution lived in vigor until killed by the civil war. The value of the 
cotton crop in 1793 was $30,000 ; now its average annual value is 
about $180,000,000. 

" Fruit culture a hundred years ago was very little thought of. 
Inferior varieties of apples, pears, peaches, plums, and cherries 
were cultivated for family use. It was not until the beginning of 
the present century that any large orchards were planted. The 
cultivation of grapes and berries was almost wholly unknown 
fifty years ago. The first horticultural society was formed in 
1839. Before that time fruit was not an item of commercial 
statistics in our country. Now, the average annual value of fruit 
is estimated at $40,000,000. Our grape crop alone exceeds in 
value $10,000,000. 

"Improvements in live stock have all been made within the 
present century. The native breeds were descended from stock 
sent over to the colonies, and were generally inferior. In 1773 
"Washington wrote in his diary: *With one hundred milch cows 
on my farm, I have to buy butter for my family.' Now 11,000,- 
000 cows supply 40,000,000 inhabitants with milk, butter, and 
cheese, and allow large exports of the latter article. At least 
335,000,000 gallons of milk are sold annually. The annual butter 
product of our country now is more than 500,000,000 pounds, and 
of cheese, 70,000,000. There are now about 80,000,000 horned 
cattle in the United States, equal in average quality to those of 
any country in the world. 

*'A hundred years ago, mules and asses were chiefly used for 
farming purposes and ordinary transportation. Carriage horses 
were imported from Europe. Now, our horses of every kind are 
equal to those of any other country. It is estimated that there 



36 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

are about 10,000,000 horses in the United States, or one to every 
four persons. 

" Sheep husbandry has greatly imjDroved. The inferior breeds 
of the last century, raised only in sufficient quantity to supply the 
table, and the domestic looms in the manufacture of yarns and 
coarse cloth, have been superseded by some of the finer varieties. 
Merino sheep were introduced early in this century. The embargo 
before the war of 1812, and the establishment of manufactures 
here afterward, stimulated sheep and wool raising, and these have 
been important items in our national wealth. There are now 
about 30,000,000 sheep in the United States. California is taking 
the lead as a wool-producing State. In 1870, the wool product of 
the United States amounted to 100,000,000 pounds. 

"Improvements in the breed of swine during the last fifty years 
have been very great. They have become a large item in our na- 
tional commercial statistics. At this time there are about 
26,000,000 head of swine in this country. Enormous quantities 
of pork, packed and in the form of bacon, are exported annually. 

"These brief statistics of the principal products of agriculture, 
show its development in this country and its importance. Daniel 
Webster said, 'Agriculture feeds us; to a great extent it clothes 
us; without it we should not have manufactures ; we should not 
have commerce. They all stand together like pillars in the clus- 
ter, the largest in the center, and that largest — Agriculture.' 

"The great manufacturing interests of our country are the 
product of the century now closing. The policy of the British 
government was to suppress manufacturing in the English- Amer- 
ican colonies, and cloth-making was confined to the household. 
When non-importation agreements cut off supplies from Great 
Britain, the Irish flax-wheel and the Dutch wool-wheel were 
made active in families. All other kinds of manufacturing were 
of small account in this country until the concluding decade of 
the last century. In Great Britain the inventions of Hargreaves, 
Arkwright, and Cromptou, had stimulated the cotton and woolen 
manufactures, and the effects finally reached the United States. 
Massachusetts offered a grant of money to promote the establish- 
ment of a cotton-mill, and one was built at Beverly in 1787, the 
first erected in the United States. It had not the improved 
English machinery. In 1789, Samuel Slater came from England 
with a full knowledge of that machinery, and in connection with 



A GBWTUBY*S PU0GBE88. 37 

Messrs. Almy and Brown of Providence, R. 1., established a cot- 
ton factory tliere in 1790, with the improved imj)lements. Then 
was really begun the manufacture of cotton in the United States. 
Twenty years later, the number of cotton-mills in our country was 
one hundred and sixty-eight, with 90,000 spindles. The business 
has greatly expanded. In Massachusetts, the foremost State in 
the manufacture of cotton, there are now over two hundred mills, 
employing, in prosjDcrous times, 50,000 persons, and a capital of 
more than 130,000,000. The city of Lowell was founded by the 
erection of a cotton-mill there in 1822 ; and there the j^rinting of 
calico was first begun in the United States soon afterward. 

"With wool, as with cotton, the manufacture into cloth was 
confined to households, for home use, until near the close of the 
last century. The wool was carded between two cards held in 
the hands of the operator, and all the processes were slow and 
crude. In 1797, Asa Whittemore of Massachusetts invented a 
carding-machine, and this led to the establishment of woolen 
manufactures outside of families. In his famous report on man- 
ufactures, in 1791, Alexander Hamilton said that of woolen goods, 
hats only had reached maturity. The business had been carried 
on with success in colonial times. The wool was felted by hand, 
and furs were added by the same slow process. This manual 
labor continued until a little more than thirty years ago, when it 
was supplanted by machinery. Immense numbers of hats of ev- 
ery kind are now made in our country. 

"At the time of Hamilton's report, there was only one woolen- 
mill in the United States. This was at Hartford, Connecticut. 
In it were made cloths and cassimeres. Now, woolen factories 
may be found in almost every State in the Union, turning out an- 
nually the finest cloths, cassimeres, flannels, carpets, and every 
variety of goods made of wool. In this business, as in cotton, 
Massachusetts has taken the lead. The value of manufactured 
woolens in the United States, at the close of the civil war, was 
estimated at about $60,000,000. The supply of wool in the 
United States has never been equal to the demand. 

'* The smelting of iron ore and the manufacture of iron has be- 
come an immense business in our country. The development of 
ore deposits and of coal used in smelting, are among the marvels 
of our history. English navigation laws discouraged iron man- 
ufacture in the colonies. Only blast-furnaces for making pig- 



38 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 

iron were allowed. This product was nearly all sent to England 
in exchange for manufactured articles ; and the whole amount of 
such exportation, at the beginning of the old war for inde- 
pendence, was less than 8,000 tons annually. The colonists were 
wholly dependent upon Great Britain for articles manufactured 
of iron and steel, excepting rude implements made by blacksmiths 
for domestic use. During the war, the Continental Congress 
were compelled to establish manufactures of iron and steel. 
These were chiefly in Northern New Jersey, the Hudson High- 
lands, and Western Connecticut, where excellent ore was found, 
and forests in abundance for making charcoal. The first use of 
anthracite coal for smelting iron was in the Continental Armory 
at Carlisle, in Pennsylvania, in 1775. But charcoal was univers- 
ally used until 1840 for smelting ores. 

"Now, iron is manufactured in our country in every form 
from a nail to a locomotive. A vast number of machines have 
been invented for carrying on these manufactures ; and the pro- 
ducts in cutlery, fire-arms, railway materials, and machinery of 
every kind, employ vast numbers of men and a great amount of 
capital. Our locomotive builders are regarded as the best in the 
world ; and no nation on the globe can compete with us in .the 
construction of steam-boats of every kind, from the iron-clad war 
steamer to the harbor tug. 

** In the manufacture of copper, silver, and gold, there has been 
great progress. At the close of the Revolution, no manufactures 
of the kind existed in our country. Now, the manufacture of 
copper-ware yearly, of every kind, and jewelry and watches, has 
become a large item in our commercial tables. 

"The manufacture of paper is a very large item in the business 
of our country. At the close of the Revolution there were only 
three mills in the United States. At the beginning of the war, a 
demand sprung up, and Wilcox, in his mill near Philadelphia, 
made the first writing-paper produced in this country. He man- 
ufactured the thick, coarse paper on which the continental money 
was printed. So early as 1794 the business had so increased that 
there were in Pennsylvania alone forty-eight paper-mills. There 
has been a steady increase in the business ever since. Within the 
last twenty-five years, that increase has been enormous, and yet 
not sufficient to meet the demand. Improvements in printing- 
presses have cheapened the production of books and newspapers. 



A CENTUBT'S PROGRESS. 



89 



and the circulation of these has greatly increased. It is estimated 
that the amount of paper now manufactured annually in the United 
States for these, for paper-hangings, and for wrapping-paper is 
full 800,000,000 pounds. The supply of raw material here has not 
been equal to the demand, and rags to the value of about $3,000,- 
000 in a year have been imported. 

"The manufacture of ships, carriages, wagons, clocks and 
watches, pins, leather, glass, Indian rubber, silk, wood, sewing- 
machines, and a variety of other things wholly unknown or feebly 
carried on a hundred years ago, now flourish, and form very im- 
portant items in our domestic commerce. The sewing-machine is 
an American invention, and the first really practical one was first 
offered to the public by Elias Howe, Jr., about thirty years ago. 
A patent had been obtained for one five years before. Great im- 
provements have been made, and now a very extensive business 
in the manufacture and sale of sewing-machines is carried on by 
different companies, employing a large amount of capital and 
costly machinery, and a great number of persons. 




A Miuiug Scene. 



" The mining interests of the United States have become an em- 
inent part of the national wealth. The extraction of lead, iron, 
copper, the precious metals, and coal, from the bosom of the earth, 
is a business that has almost wholly grown up within the last hun- 
dred years. In 1754 a lead mine was worked in Southwestern Vir- 
ginia ; and in 1778, Dubuque, a French miner, worked lead ore 
deposits on the western bank of the upper Mississippi. The Jes- 



4:0 



THE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 



uit missionaries discovered copper in the Lake Superior region 
more than two hundred years ago, and that remains the chief 
source of our native copper ore. That metal is produced in smaller 
quantities in other States, chiefly in the West and Southwest. 

"A lust for gold, and the knowledge of its existence in America, 
was the chief incentive to emigration to these shores. But within 
the domain of our Republic, very little of it was found, until that 
domain was extended far toward the Pacific ocean. It was unsus- 
pected until long after the Revolution. Finally, gold was discov- 
ered among the mountains of Virginia, North and South Carolina, 
and in Georgia. North Carolina was the first State in the Union 
to send gold to the mint in Philadelphia. Its first small contribu- 
tion was in 1804. Prom that time until 1823 the average amount 
produced from Korth Carolina mines did not exceed $2,500 annu- 
ally. Virginia's first contribution was in 1829, when that of North 
Carolina, for that year, was $128,000. Georgia sent its first con- 
tribution in 1830. It amounted to $212,000. The product so in- 
creased that branch mints were established in North Carolina and 
Georgia in 1837 and 1838, and another in New Orleans. 

" In 1848, gold was discovered on the American fork 
of the Sacramento River in California, and soon after- 
ward elsewhere in that region. A gold fever seized the 
people of the United States, and thousands rushed to 
California in search of the precious metals. Within 
a year from the discovery, nearly 50,000 people were 
there. Less than five years afterward, California, in 
one year, sent to the United States mint full $40,000,- 
000 in gold. Its entire gold product to this time is es- 
timated at more than $800,000,000. Over all the far 
Western States and Territories the precious 
metals, gold and silver, seem to be scattered in 
profusion, and the amount of mineral 
wealth yet to be discovered there seems 
;==-_ to be incalculable. Our coal 

:^ fields seem to be inexhaustible ; 
and out of the bosom of 
the earth, in portions of 
our country, 
flow millions of 
^^^^^::^ barrels annu- 




A CENTUBY'S PROGRESS. 41 

ally of petroleum, or rock-oil, affording the cheapest illuminating 
material in the world. 

"Mineral coal was first discovered and used in Pennsylvania at 
the period of the Revolution. A boat load was sent down the 
Susquehanna from Wilkesbarre for the use of the Continental 
works at Carlisle. But it was not much used before the war of 
1812 ; and the regular business of mining this fuel did not becoMie 
a part of the commerce of the country before the year 1820, when 
365 tons were sent to Philadelphia. At the j)resent time the 
amount of coal sent to market from the American mines, of all 
kinds, is equal to full 15,000,000 tons annually. 

"The commerce of the United States has had a wonderful 
growth. Its most active development was seen in New England. 
British legislation imposed heavy burdens upon it in colonial times, 
and like manufactures, it was greatly dej)ressed. The New Eng- 
landers built many vessels for their own use, but more for others ; 
and just before the breaking out of the Revolution, there was 
quite a brisk trade carried on between the English- American colo- 
nies and the West Indies, as well as with the mother country. 
The colonists exported tobacco, lumber, shingles, staves, masts, 
turpentine, hemp, flax, pot and pearl ashes, salted fish in great 
quantities, some corn, live stock, j)ig-iron, and skins and furs j)ro- 
cured by traffic with the Indians. Whale and cod-fishing was an 
important branch of commerce. In the former, there were 160 
vessels employed at the beginning of 1775, and sperm candles and 
whale oil were exported to Great Britain. In exchange for New 
England products, a large amount of molasses was brought from 
the West Indies, and made into rum to sell to the Indians and fish- 
ermen, and to exchange for slaves on the coast of Africa. The 
entire exports of the colonies in the year 1770 amounted in value 
to $14,262,000. 

"At the close of the war, the British government refused to en- 
ter into commercial relations with the United States government, 
believing that the weak league of States would soon be dissolved ; 
but when a vigorous national government was formed in 1789, 
Great Britain, for the first, sent a resident minister to our govern- 
ment, and entered into a commercial arrangement with us. Mean- 
while a brisk trade had sprung up between the colonies and Great 
Britain, as well as with other countries. From 1784 to 1790 the 
exports from the United States to Great Britain amounted to $53,- 



4:2 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

000,000, and tlie imports from Great Britain to |87,000,000. At 
the same time several new and important branches of industry 
had appeared, and flourished with great rapidity. 

"From that time the expansion of American commerce was 
marvelous, in spite of the checks it received from British jeal- 
ousy, wars, piracies in the Mediterranean Sea and elsewhere, and 
tlic ffects of embargoes. The tonnage of American ships, which 
in 1789 was 201,562, was in 1870 more than 7,000,000. The ex- 
ports from the United States in 1870 amounted to about $464,- 
000,000, and the imports to about $395,000,000 in gold. 

"The domestic commerce of the United States is immense. A 
vast sea-coast line, great lakes, large rivers, and many canals, af- 
ford scope for inter-State commerce and with adjoining countries. 



View on tlie Erie l^aiial. 

not equaled by those of any nation. The canal and railway sys- 
tems in the United States are the product chiefly of the present 
century. So also is navigation by steam, on which river com- 
merce chiefly relies for transportation. This was begun in the 
year 1807. The first canals made in this country were two short 
ones, for a water passage around the South Hadley and Montague 
Falls, in Massachusetts. These were constructed in 1792. At 
about the same time the Inland Lock Navigation Companies in 
the State of New York began their work. The Middlesex Canal, 
connecting Lowell with Boston Harbor, was completed in 1808, 
and the great Erie Canal, 363 miles in length, was finished in 1825, 
at a cost of almost $8,000,000, The aggregate length of canals 
built in the United States is 3,200 miles. 

"The first railway built in the United States was one three 



A CENTUBY'8 PROGRESS. 



43 




miles in length, that connected the 
granite quarries at Quincy, Mass., 
with the Neponset River. It was 
completed in 1827 ; horse power 
was used. The first use of a loco- 
motive in this country was in 1829, 
when one was put upon a railway 
that connected the coal mines of 
the Delaware and Hudson Canal 
Comjiany with Honesdale."^ Now, 
railwaj^s form a thick net-work all 
over the United States east of the 
Mississippi, and are rapidly spread- 
ing over the States and Territories 
beyond, to the Pacific ocean. To 
these facilities for commercial op- 
erations must be added the Elec- 
tro-Magnetic Telegraph, an American invention, as a method 
of transmitting intelligence, and giving warning signals to the 
shipping and agricultural interests concerning the actual and 
probable state of the weather each day. The first line, forty 
miles in length, was constructed between Baltimore and Wash- 
ington in 1844. Now the lines are extended to every part of our 
Union, and all over the civilized world, traversing oceans and riv- 
ers, and bringing Persia and New York within one hour's space 
of intercommunication. 

" Banking institutions and insurance companies are intimately 
connected with commerce. The first bank in the United States 
was established in 1781, as a financial aid to the government. It 
was called the Bank of North America. The Bank of New York 
and Bank of Massachusetts were established soon afterward. On 
the recommendation of Hamilton, in 1791, a national bank was 
established at Philadelphia, with a capital of $10,000,000, of 
which sum the government subscribed $2,000,000. Various bank- 
ing systems, under State charters, have since been tried. During 
the civil war, a system of national banking was established, by 
which there is a uniform paper currency throughout the Union. 
The number of national banks at the close of 1863 was 66 ; the 



* This was for freight only. 
in 1830, as statecj on page 27. 



The first passenger railway was opened 



44 



THE 3IABVEL OF NATIONS. 



number at the close of 1874 was not far from 1,700, involving 
capital to the amount of almost $500,000,000. 

"Fire, marine, and life insurance companies have flourished 
greatly in the United States. The first incorporated company was 




established in 1792, in Philadelphia, and known as the ' Fire In- 
surance Company of North America.' Another was established 
in Providence, Rhode Island, in 1799, and another in New York 
in 1806. The first life insurance company was chartered in Mas- 



o 

& « 

^ © 

CD B 

P M 

^ m 

5 ft 
o 

p s 



r 



IS B 



^ 




46 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 

sachusetts in 1825, and tlie * New York Life Insurance and Trust 
Company ' was established in 1829. All others are of recent or- 
ganization. As a rule, the business of insurance of every kind is 
profitable to the insurers and the insured. The amount of capital 
engaged in it is enormous. The fire risks alone, at the close of 
1874, amounted to about $200,000,000. 

" Our growth in population has been steadily increased by im- 
migration from Europe. It began very moderately after the Rev- 
olution. From 1784 to 1794 the average number of immigrants a 
year was 4,000. During the last ten years the number of persons 
who have immigrated to the United States from Eurojoe is es- 
timated at over 2,000,000, who brought with them, in the aggre- 
gate, $200,000,000 in money. This capital and the productive 
labor of the immigrants have added much to the wealth of our 
country. This immigration and wealth is less than during the 
ten years preceding the civil war, during which time there came 
to this country from Europe 2,814,554 persons, bringing with 
them an average of at least $100, or an aggregate of over $281, 
000,000. 

" The Arts, Sciences, and Invention have made a great j^rogress 
in our country during the last hundred years. These at the close 
of the Revolution, were of little account in estimating the ad- 
vance of the race. The practitioners of the Arts of Design, at 
that period, were chiefly Europeans. Of native artists, C. W. 
Peale and J. S. Copley stood at the head of painters. There were 
no sculjJtors, and no engravers of an}^ eminence. Architects, in 
the proper sense, there were none. After the Revolution a few 
good painters appeared, and these have gradually increased in 
numbers and excellence, without much encouragement, except In 
portraiture, until within the last twenty-five years. We have 
now good sculptors, architects, engravers, and lithographers; 
and in all of these departments, as well as in photography^, very 
great progress has been made within the last thirty or forty years. 
In wood engraving, especially, the improvement has been won- 
derful. Forty years ago there were not more than a dozen prac- 
titioners of the art in this country ; now there are between four 
and five hundred. At the head of that class of artists stands the 
name of Dr. Alexander Anderson, who was the first man who en- 
graved on wood in the United States. He died in 1870 at the 
age of ninety-five years. In bank-note engTaving we have at- 



A CENTimTS PROGRESS. 



47 



tained to greater excellence than any other people. It is con- 
sidered the most perfect branch of the art in design and execu- 
tion. 

" Associations have been formed for improvements in the Arts 
of Design. The first was organized in Philadelphia in 1791, by 
C. W. Peale, in connection with Ceracchi, the Italian sculptor. 
It failed. In 1802 the American Academy of Fine Arts was or- 
ganized in the city of New York, and in 1807 the Pennsylvania 
Academy of Fine Arts, yet in existence, was established in Phila- 
delphia. In 1826 the American Academ}^ of Fine Arts was su- 




A Wood. Engraver plying his Profession, 

perseded by the National Academy of Design, in the city of New 
York, which is now a flourishing institution. 

"In education and literature our progress has kept pace with 
other things. At the very beginning of settlements, the common 
school was made the special care of the State in New England. 
Not so much attention was given to this matter elsewhere in the 
colonies. The need of higher institutions of learning was early 
felt ; and eighteen years after the landing of the Pilgrims from 
the Mayflower, Harvard College was founded. When the war 
for independence began, there were nine colleges in the col- 
onies ; namely. Harvard, at Cambridge, Mass. ; William and 



48 i'HE MAJiVEL OF J^ATIOJSB. 

Mary, at "Williamsburg, Ya.; Yale, at ^ew Haven, Conn.; College 
of New Jersey, at Princeton; University of Pennsylvania, at 
Philadelphia; King's (now Columbia), in the city of New York; 
Brown University, at Providence, R. 1.; Dartmouth, at Hanover, 
N. H.; and Rutgers at JNew Brunswick, N. J. There are now 
about 300 colleges in the United States. 

''At the period of the Revolution, teaching in the common 
schools was very meager, and remained so for full thirty years. 
Only reading, spelling, and arithmetic were regularly taught. 
The Psalter, the JNew Testament, and the Bible constituted the 
reading-books. JN o history was read ; no geography or grammar 
was taught; and until the putting forth of Webster's spelling- 
book in 1783, pronunciation was left to the judgment of teachers. 
That book produced a revolution. 

"As the nation advanced in wealth and intelligence, the ne- 
cessity for correct popular education became more and more 
manifest, and associated efforts were made for the improvement of 
the schools by providing for the training of teachers, under the 
respective phase of Teachers' Associations, Educational Period- 
icals, Normal Schools, and Teachers' Institutes. The first of 
these societies in this country was the 'Middlesex County Asso- 
ciation for the Improvement of Common Schools,' established at 
Middletowu, Connecticut, in 1799. But little of importance was 
done in that direction until within the last forty-five years. Now, 
provision is made in all sections of the Union, not only for ''■ 
the supj)ort of common schools, but for training-schools for 
teachers. Since the civil war, great efforts have been made to 
establish common-school systems in the late slave-labor States, 
that should include among the beneficiaries the colored popula- 
tion. Much has been done in that regard. 

"Yery great improvements have been made in the organization 
and discipline of the public schools in cities within the last thirty 
years. Free schools are rapidly spreading their beneficent in- 
fluence over the whole Union, and in some States laws have been 
made that compel all children of a certain age to go to school. 
Institutions for the special culture of young women in all that 
pertains to college education, have been established within a few 
years. The pioneer in this work is Yassar College, at Pough- 
keepsie, N. Y., which was first opened in the year 1865. 

"Besides the ordinary means for education, others have been 



A OENTXTBT'S PROGRESS. 



49 



^'^/^ 



^^. 




established for special purposes. There are Law, Scientific, Med- 
ical, Theological, Military, Commercial, and Agricultural schools, 
and seminaries for the deaf, dumb, and blind. In many States school- 
district libraries have been established. There are continually 
enlarging means provided for the education of the whole people. 
Edmund Burke said, ' Education is the cheap defense of nations.' 

" Our literature is as varied as 
the tastes of the people. No sub- 
ject escapes the attention of our 
native scholars and authors. At 
the period of the Revolution, 
books were few in variety and 
numbers. The larger portion of 
them were devoted to theological 
subjects. Booksellers were few, 
and were only found in the larger 
cities. Various subjects were dis- 
cussed in pamphlets, not generally 
in newspapers, as now. The edi- 
tions of books were small, and 
as stereotyping was unknown, they became rare in a few years, 
because there was only a costly way of reproduction. 

" In the year 1801, a new impetus was given to the book trade 
by the formation of the ' American Company of Booksellers ' — a 
ind of 'union.' Twenty years later, competition broke up the 
association. Before the war of 1812, the book trade in the 
United States was small. Only school books had very large 
sales. Webster's spelling-book was an example of the increas- 
ing demand for such helps to education. During the twenty 
years he was engaged on his dictionary, the income from his 
spelling-book supported him and his family. It was published 
in 1783, and its sales have continually increased to the pres- 
ent time, when they amount to over 1,000,000 copies a year. 
Other school books of every kind now have an immense an- 
nual circulation. The general book trade in this country is 
now immense in the numbers of volumes issued and the capital 
and labor employed. Readers are rapidly increasing. An ardent 
thirst for knowledge or entertainment to be found in books, 
magazines, and newspapers, makes a very large demand for these 
vehicles, while, at the same time, they produce wide-spread in- 

4 



50 



THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 



telligence. The magazine literature, now generally healthful, is 
a powerful coadjutor of books in this popular culture ; and the 
newspaper, not always so healthful, supplies the daily and 
weekly demand for ephemerals in literature and general knowl- 
edge. To meet that demand required great improvements in 
printing machinery, and these have been supplied. 

" The printing-press, 
at the time of the 
Revolution, is shown 
in that used by Frank- 
lin, in which the 
pressure force was ob- 
tained by means of a 
screw. The ink was 
applied by huge balls ; 
and an expert work- 
man could furnish 
about fifty impressions 
an hour. This was 
improved by Earl 
Stanhope in 1815, by 
substituting for the 
screw a jointed lever. 
Then came inking 
machines, and one 
man could work off 
250 copies an hour. Years passed on, and the cylinder press 
was invented ; and in 1847 it was perfected by Richard M. Hoe of 
New York. This has been further improved lately, and a print- 
ing-press is now used which will strike off 15,000 newspapers, 
printed on both sides, every hour. 

" The newspapers printed in the United States at the begin- 
ning of the Revolution were few in number, small in size, and 
very meager in information of any kind. They were issued 
weekly, semi-weekly, and tri-weekly. The first daily newspaper 
issued in this country was the American Daily Advertiser, estab- 
lished in Philadelphia in 1784. In 1775 there were 37 newspa- 
pers and periodicals in the United States, with an aggregate is- 
sue that year of 1,200,000 copies. In 1870 the number of daily 




Old. Franklin (Rainag-e) Press. 



52 



THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 



newspapers in the United States was 542 ; and of weeklies, 4,-425. 
Of the dailies, 800,000,000 were issued that year ; of the weeklies, 
600,000,000; and of other serial publications, 100,000,000; making 
an aggregate of full 1,500,000,000 copies. To these figures should 




Battle Creek Tabernacle. 

This commodious edifice for divine worship, is 105 by 130 feet, with en- 
trances at each corner, and has a seating capacity for 3,200 persons. It 
has a gallery on three sides, and three large vestrys, which may be- 
come a part of the main auditorium by simply raising the sliding par- 
titions, whicli are of ground glass. This beautiful structure is espe- 
cially convenient for Sabbath- school work and General Conferences, 
and IS frequently used for moral lectures and the commencement ex- 
ercises of the Battle Creek Public Schools. 



be made a large addition at the close of 1886 



There are now 

about forty newspapers in the United States which have existed 
over fifty years. 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 



53 



"In the 
providing of 
means for 
moral and 
religious cul- 
ture and be- 
nevolent en- 
ter prises, 
the^e lias 
been great 
progress in 
this country 
during the 
century now 
closing. The 
various re- 
ligious de- 
nominations 
have i n - 




Ministering to the JPallen. 



creased in membership fully in proportion to the increase of pop- 
ulation. As^dums of every kind for the unfortunate and friendless 
have been multiplied in an equal ratio, and provision is made for all. 
[The vignettes on this page show common works of 2Dhilanthrop3'. ] 

" One of the most 
conspicuous exam- 
23les of the growth of 
our Republic is pre- 
sented by the postal 
service. Dr. Frank- 
lin had been Colonial 
Postmaster - General, 
and he was ajipointed 
to the same office for 
one year by the Con- 
tinental Congress in 
the summer of 1775. 
He held the ]30sition 
a little more than a 
year, and at the end 
of his official term 
Ilouie lor- ilae llojueiess. there were about 50 




u TUB MAnvwL 6P T^ATmm 

post-offices in tlie United States. All the accounts of the General 
Post-Office Department during that .period were contained in a 
small book consisting of about two quires of foolscap paper, 
which is preserved in the Department at Washington City. 
Through all the gloomy years of the weak Confederacy, the bus- 
iness of the Department was comparatively light ; and when the 
national government began its career in 1789, there were only 
about seventy-five post-offices, with an aggregate length of post- 
roads of about 1,900 miles. The annual income was $28,000, and 
the annual expenditures were $32,000. The mails were carried 
by postmen on horseback, and sometimes on foot. Now the num- 
ber of post-offices is over 33,000; the aggregate length of post- 
routes is 256,000 miles ; the annual revenue, $23,000,000, and the 
annual expenditures, $29,000,000. 

" We may safely claim for our people and country a progress 
in all that constitutes a vigorous and prosperous nation during 
the century just passed, equal, if not superior, to that of any 
other on the globe. And to the inventive genius and skill of 'the 
Americans may be fairly awarded a large share of the honor ac- 
quired by the construction of machinery, which has so largely 
taken the place of manual labor. In that progress the American 
citizen beholds a tangible prophecy of a brilliant future for his 
country." 

The following paragraphs which went the rounds 
of the papers a few years ago, present a good sum- 
mary of the success " Brother Jonathan " has achieved 
thus far in his career : — 

"Brother Jonathan commenced business in 1776, with thirteen 
States and 815,615 square miles of territory, which was occupied 
by about 3,000,000 of civilized human beings. He has now a 
family of 43,000,000, who occupy thirty-seven States and nine 
Territories, which embrace over 3,000,000 square miles. He 
has 65,000 miles of railroad, more than sufficient to reach twice 
and a half around the globe. The value of his annual agricult- 
ural productions is $2,500,000,000, and his gold mines are capable 
of producing $70,000,000 a year. He has more than 1,000 cotton 
factories, 580 daily newspapers, 4,300 weeklies, and 625 monthly 
publications. He has also many other things too numerous and 
too notorious to mentio.n." 



A CENTURY'S PROGBESS. 55 

" The United States of America issues more newspapers, in 
number and in aggregate circulation, than all the rest of the 
world combined. America outnumbers the press of Great Britain, 
six to one, and has nearly half a dozen daily papers which print 
more copies every issue than doe . the London Times." 

The rate of growth maintained in this country 
since the compilation of the foregoing figures in 
ISTC, may be best shown by comparing them with 
the figures on some of the items named above from 
the census of 1880. Thus the people of the United 
States, at this last-named date, possessed, in round 
numbers, 38,000,000 cattle and 48,000,000 swine. 
This is a larger number of cattle than any other na- 
tion can show, India having but 30,000,000, and Rus- 
sia 29,000,000.' We have 10,500,000 horses, being 
surpassed in this respect only by Russia, which has 
20,000,000. We come fourth in the list of sheep-raising 
nations, having 3G,000,000 ; but in the food-produc- 
ing animals, cattle and hogs, our country leads the 
world. 

According to returns for the year 1882, our corn 
crop amounted to 2,700,000,000 bushels ; wheat, 520,- 
000,000 bushels ; hay, 32,000,000 tons ; coal, 80,000,- 
000 tons ; petroleum, 27,500,000 barrels ; pig iron, 
4,000,000 tons ; manufactured steel rails, 900,000 
tons. 

And nature herself, by the physical features she 
has stamped upon our country, has seemed to lay it 
out as a field for national development on the most 
magnificent scale. Here we have the largest lakes, 
the longest rivers, the mightiest cataracts, the deep- 
est caves, the broadest and most fertile prairies, and 
the richest mines of gold and iron and coal and cop- 
per, to be found upon the globe. 




Wl 



a 
e 




9i 






2 ce i M 

r3 (U ^ ^ 

aZ '=^ 

o a; S g 

^ >'C o 
i=l '^ o o 

H O O) f-'^ 

.^ g s a ^ 

rj (V, a;i o)^ 
^ (V a--H 

!^ "-I -tJ rH ^ 

oCC O^ H !^ 

lS|s| 

5-1 fl a> M 

eg O rt <D 2 

tlCq-l UD J- « 

(U O en ^ --, 

• r-4 r/3 Sh I— I 

O) ♦J CC <4-l T^ 
O) C0«f-(i— I ft 

j-^ t„ -^ cS 

'2 ^'^^^ 
O) o o OJ a; 

-C 
H 



'M^e*r 



A GENTmT'8 PROORESS. ^fj 

One of the most important industries of the world is 
the lumber business, the traffic in timber for building 
houses, ships, etc., and manufacturing purposes. The 
principal nations engaged in this business, outside of 
the United States, are Norway, Russia, Germany 
British iq-orth America, and to some extent, France. 
Jn our own country immense lumber districts are 
found in Maine, New York, Pennsylva- 
nia, Michigan, Illinois, Wisconsin, Min- 
nesota, Indiana, some portions of the 
Southern States, California, and Oregon. 
The more important centers of the trade 
are Bangor, Me., Boston, Chi- 
cago, the lake ports generally, 
Albany, N. Y., Savannah, and 
Brunswick, Ga., and Pensacola, 
Florida. There were in 1870, 
26,945 lumber manufactories, 
employing 163,637 men, using 
^ $161,500,273 invested 

cnvital, paying $46,2:i,- 
328 in wages, and pro- 
ducing $252,339,029 
worth of lumber. 



"^ 



;~# 






Grave fears are ex- 
cited by the mete- 
orological effects 
which are likely to 
follow this remov- 
al of the 
forests. 




58 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

"Wlien America was discovered, there were but sixty millions 
of gold in Europe. California and the Territories around her 
have produced one thousand millions of dollars in gold in twenty 
years. Sixty-one million dollars was the largest annual gold yield 
ever made in Australia. California has several times j)roduced 
ninety millions of gold in a year." — Townsend, p. 384. 

*'The area of workable coal-beds in all the world outside the 
United States is estimated at 2G,000 square miles. That of the 
United States, not including Alaska, is estimated at over 200,000 
square miles, or ciglit times as large as the availahle coal area of all 
the rest of tlie globe!" — American Year Booh for 1869 , p. 655. 

"The iron product and manufacture of the United States has 
increased enormously within the last few years, and the vast beds 
of iron convenient to coal in various parts of the Union are des- 
tined to make America the chief source of supply for the world." 
"Three mountains of solid iron [in Missouri], known as Iron 
Mountain, Pilot Knob, and Shepherd's Mountain, are among the 
most remarkable natural curiosities on our continent." — Id., p. 654. 

And the people have taken hold to lay out their 
work on the grand scale that nature has indicated. 
Excepting only the Houses of Parliament in London, 
our national Capitol at Washington is the most spa- 
cious and imposing national edifice in the world. By 
the unparalleled feat of a subterranean tunnel two 
miles out under the bottom of the lake, Chicago ob- 
tains her water. Chicago is the most extensive 
grain and lumber market in the world ; and Phila- 
delphia and New York contain the largest and best- 
furnished printing establishments now in existence. 
The submarine cable, running like a thread of light 
through the depths of the broad Atlantic from the 
United States to England, a conception of American 
genius, is the greatest achievement in the telegraphic 
line. The Pacific Railroad, that iron highway from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific, stands at the head of all 
monuments of engineering skill in modern times. 




Capitol Bullcllng at ItTasliingtoii, J>. C. 

The entire len2:th of the Capitol is 751)^ feet, and its gi-eatest depth, in- 
ckiding porticoes and steps, is 348 feet. The gi'ound covered by the 
entire building is a little over 3)4 acres. The walls of the Central 
Building are of sandstone, painted white. The Extensions are of 
white marble, slightly variegated with blue. The Dome is of cast- 
iron, 135)^ feet in diameter, and rises to a hight of 287K feet above 
the basement floor. On the top of the Dome is a bronze statue of 
LiBEKTY, 19X feet high. [59] 




Tlie WasSalng-ton Monument, 

This is the tallest structure yet erected by tlie hand of man. It was 
commenced in 1848, completed in 1884, and dedicated on Washington's 
birthday, Feb. 22, 1885. The shaft rises to a hight of 500 feet 6)4 
inches. This is sunnounted by an apex of 7-inch marble slabs 55 feet 
high, making the total hight 555 feet 5}^ inches, which is 597 feet 3 
inches above low-water level in the Potomac. Cost $ 1,187,710.31. 
60 



A GENTUBY'S PB OGRES 8. 61 

Following the first Atlantic cable, soon came a sec- 
ond almost as a matter of course ; and following the 
Central Pacific Railroad, a southern line has been 
opened, and a northern line has more recently been 
completed. And what results are expected to flow 
from these mighty enterprises ? The Scientific A^ner- 
lean of Oct. 6, 1866, says : — 

" To exaggerate the importance of this transcontinental high- 
way is almost impossible. To a certain extent it will change the 
relative positions of this country, Europe, and Asia. . . . With 
the completion of the Pacific Railroad, instead of receiving our 
goods from India, China, and Japan, and the 'isles of the sea,' by 
way of London and Liverpool, we shall bring them direct by way 
of the Sandwich Islands and the railroad, and become the carriers, 
to a great extent, for Europe. But this is but a portion of the 
advantage of this work. Our Western mountains are almost 
literally mountains of gold and silver. In them the Arabian fable 
of Aladdin is realized. . . . Let the road be completed, and 
the comforts as well as the necessaries furnished by Asia, the 
manufactures of Europe, and the productions of the States, can 
be brought by the iron horse almost to the miner's door ; and in the 
production and possession of the precious metals, the blood of 
commerce, we shall be the richest nation on the globe. But the 
substantial wealth created b}'^ the improvement of the soil and the 
development of the resources of the country, is a still more im- 
portant element in the result of this vast work." 

Thus, with the idea of becoming the carriers of 
the world, the highway of the nations, and the rich- 
est power on the globe, the American heart swells 
with pride, and mounts up with aspirations to which 
there is no limit. 

And the extent to which we have come up is fur- 
ther shown by the influence which we are exerting 
on other nations. Speaking of America, Mr. Town- 
send, in the work above cited, p. 162, says : — 

*' Out of her discovery grew the European reformation in re- 




BartTioldi*!§{ Statue of Idberty Enliglitening; tlie World. 

Erected on Bedloe Island in New York harbor. This monument is over 300 
feet high. The statue alone, from the heel to the top of the head, measures 111 
feet. The torch Is to be lighted with an electric light. This tower is 50 feet 
higher than the celebrated Colossus of Rhodes, one of the seven wonders of 
the ancient world. It is the largest statue ever erected. 
62 



A CENTURY'S PROGRESS. 



63 




Tlie Broolclyn Bridge. 

The total length of this unequaled structure is 5,989 feet; width, 85 
feet ; length of river span, 1,595 feet ; the hight in the center, above 
high water mark, is 135 feet; tlie four large cables are each com- 
posed of 6,300 parallel wires, and are 15>^ inches in diameter ; tlie tow- 
ers are 277 f eef in hight ; and the cost of the whole structure was 
thirteen millions of dollars. 



64 TJJE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ligion ; out of our Revolutionary war grew tlie revolutionary 
period of Europe. And out of our rapid development among 
great States and happy peoples, has come an immigration more 
wonderful than that which invaded Europe from Asia in the lat- 
ter centuries of the Roman empire. When we raised our flag on 
the Atlantic, Europe sent her contributions ; it appeared on the 
Pacific, and all Orientalism felt the signal. They are coming in 
two endless fleets, eastward and westward, and the highway is 
swung between the oceans for them to tread upon. AVe have 
lightened Ireland of half of her weight, and Germany is coming 
by the village-load every day. England herself is sending the 
best of her workingmen now (1869), and in such numbers as to 
dismay her Jack Bunsbys. What is to be the limit of this mighty 
immigration? " 

J. P. Thompson ( United States as a Nation, p. 
180) says:— 

"History gives examples of the migration of tribes and peoples 
for the occupation of new territories by settlement or conquest ; 
but there is no precedent for a nation receiving into its bosom 
millions of foreigners as equal sharers in its political rights and 
powers. With a magnanimity almost reckless, the United States 
has done this and has survived. Immigration first assumed pro- 
portions worthy of note in the decade from 1830 to 1840, when 
it reached the figure of 599,000. In the decade from 1840 to 1850, 
it increased to 1,713,000; and the report of the Bureau of Statis- 
tics for 1874, gives for the ten calendar years from Jan. 1, 1864, 
to Dec. 31, 1873, inclusive, a net immigration of 3,287, 994. Com- 
pare these figures with the fact that the purchase of Louisiana, 
over a million square miles, brought with it scarcely twenty 
thousand white inhabitants, and the nearly a million square miles 
acquired through Texas and the Mexican cessions, brought only 
some fifty thousand, and it will be seen how much more formid- 
able has been the problem of immigration than that of ter- 
ritory." 

The AmeiHcaii Traveler, published in Boston, Mass., 
in its issue of Feb. 24, 1883, says : — 

"The growth of immigration is one of the most striking facts 
of the period. In 1881 the total arrivals were 720,000, and in 




Fulton's First Steamboat, 1807. 




Tlie "Sound'' Steamer "Pilgrim," 1885. 

Said to be the most elegantly furnished steamer in the world, 

5 



65 



Q(^ TUB MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

1882 they rose to 735,000. These figures are impressive. They 
foreshadow an addition to our population, by immigration alone, 
if this rate is maintained, of seven million persons in the next 
ten years," 

This would be more than twice the entire popula- 
tion of the country at the beginning of our independ- 
ence. It is estimated that last year's immigrants 
brought with them a cash capital of $62,470,000 ; and 
if each one is worth, as a producing machine, as is 
claimed from careful estimates, $1,000, Europe has 
added to our capital stock, the past two years, the 
handsome sum of $1,455,000,000. 

Speaking of our influence and standing in the 
Pacific, Mr. Townsend, p. 608, says : — 

" In the Pacific ocean, these four powers [England, France, 
Holland, and Russia] are squarely met by the United States, 
which, without possessions or the wish for them, has paramount 
influence in Japan, the favor of China, the friendly countenance 
of Russia, and good feeling with all the great English colonies 
planted there. The United States is the only power on the Pa- 
cific which has not been guilty of intrigue, of double-dealing, of 
envy, and of bitterness, and it has taken the front rank in influ- 
ence without awakening the dislike of any of its competitors, 
possibly excepting those English who are never magnanimous." 

And Hon. Wm. H. Seward, on his return from his 
celebrated trip around the world, said, "Americans 
are now the fashion all over the world." 

With one more extract we close the testimony on 
this point. In the New York Independent of July 7, 
1870, Hon. Schuyler Colfax, then Vice-President of 
the United States, glancing briefly at the past his- 
tory of this country, said : — 

"Wonderful, indeed, has been that history. Springing into 
life from under the heel of tyranny, its progress has been onward, 
with the firm step of a conqueror. From the rugged clime of 



68 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

New England, from the banks of the Chesapeake, from the Sa- 
vannahs of Carolina and Georgia, the descendants of the Puritans, 
the Cavalier, and the Huguenot, swept over the towering Al- 
leghanies, but a century ago the barrier between civilization on 
the one side and almost unbroken barbarism on the other ; and 
the banners of the Republic waved from flag-staff and highland, 
through the broad valleys of the Ohio, the Mississippi, and the 
Missouri. Nor stopped its progress there. Thence onward 
poured the tide of American civilization and progress, over the 
vast regions of the Western plains ; and from the snowy crests of 
the Sierras you look down on American States fronting the calm 
Pacific, an empire of themselves in resources and wealth, but 
loj^al in our darkest hours to the nation whose authority they ac- 
knowledge, and in whose glory they j^roudly share. 

''From a territorial area of less than nine hundred thousand 
square miles, it has expanded into over three millions and a half, 
— fifteen times larger than that of Great Britain and France com- 
bined, — witli a shore-line, including Alaska, equal tp the entire 
circumference of the earth, and with a domain within these lines 
far wider than that of the Romans in their proudest days of con- 
quest and renown. With a river, lake, and coastwise commerce 
estimated at over two thousand millions of dollars per year ; with 
railway traffic of from tour to six thousand millions per year, 
and the annual domestic exchanges of the country running up to 
nearly ten thousand millions per year ; with over two thousand 
millions of dollars invested in manufacturing, mechanical, and 
mining industry ; with over five hundred millions of acres of land 
in actual occupancy, valued, with their appurtenances, at over 
seven thousand millions of dollars, and producing annually crops 
valued at over three thousand millions of dollars ; with a realm 
which, if the density of Belgium's population were possible, 
would be vast enough to include all the joresent inhabitants of the 
world ; and with equal rights guaranteed to even the poorest and 
humblest of over forty millions of people, we can, with a manly 
pride akin to that which distinguished the palmiest days of Rome, 
claim, as the noblest title of the world, 'I am an American 
citizen.' " 

And how long a time has it taken for this won- 
derful transformation ? In the language of Edward 



A CENTXJBY'S PROGRESS. 



69 



Everett, '' They are but lately dead who saw the 
first-born of the Pilgrims ; " and Mr. Townsend (p. 
21) says, *' The memory of one man can swing from 
that time of primitive government to this — when 
thirty-eight millions of people [he could now say 
fifty-five millions] living on two oceans and in two 
zones, are represented in Washington, and their con- 
suls and ambassadors are in every port and metrop- 
olis of the globe." 




The Mayflower. 

From a model in Pilgrim Hall, at Plymouth, Mass. 




eg 

-** 
si 





ANIKRICAN 




PQRKSS. 



CHAPTER III. 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE OF THE NATION. 

^HE great instrument which our forefathers set 
forth as their bill of rights — the Declaration of 
^^ Independence — contains these words : — 

"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all 
men are created equal ; that they are endowed by 
their Creator with certain unalienable rights ; that 
among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of hap- 
piness." And in Art. IV., Sec. 4, of the Consti- 
tution of the United States, we find these words : 
" The United States shall guarantee to every State 
in this Union a republican form of government." A 
republican form of government is one in which the 
power rests with the people, and the whole machin- 
ery of government is worked by representatives 
elected by them. 

This is a sufficient guarantee of civil liberty. What 
is said respecting religious freedom .'* In Art. VI. of 
the Constitution, we read : " No religious test shall 
ever be required as a qualification to any office of 
public trust under the United States." In Art. I. of 
Amendments of the Constitution, we read : " Con- 
gress shall make no law respecting an establishment 
of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof." 

In reply to questions as to the design of the Con- 
stitution, from a committee of a Baptist society in 
Virginia, George Washington wrote, Aug. 4, 1789, 
as follows : — 

[TIJ 



Y^ THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

" If I had tlie least idea of any difficulty resulting from the Con- 
stitution adopted by the Convention of which I had the honor to 
be the President when it was formed, so as to. endanger the rights 
of any religious denomination, then I never should have attached 
my name to that instrument. If I had any idea that the general 
government was so administered that the liberty of conscience 
was endangered, I pray you be assured that no man would be 
more willing than myself to revise and alter that part of it, so as 
to avoid all religious ]3ersecutions. You can, without doubt, re- 
member that I have often expressed my opinion, that every man 
who conducts himself as a good citizen is accountable to God 
alone for his religious faith, and should be protected in worshiping 
God according to the dictates of his own conscience." 

In 1830, certain memorials for prohibiting the trans- 
portation of the mails and the opening of post- 
offices on Sunday were referred to the Congressional 
Committee on Post-offices and Post-roads. The 
committee reported unfavorably to the prayer of the 
memorialists. Their report was adopted, and printed 
by order of the Senate of the United States, and 
the committee discharged from the further consider- 
ation of the subject. Of the Constitution they 
say : — 

"We look in vain to that instrument for authority to say 
whether the first day, or seventh day, or whether any day, has 
been made holy by the Almighty. 

"The Constitution regards the conscience of the Jew as sacred 
as that of the Christian, and gives no more authority to adopt a 
measure affecting the conscience of a solitary individual than of a 
whole community. That representative who would violate this 
principle would lose his delegated character, and forfeit the con- 
fidence of his constituents. If Congress should declare the first 
day of the week holy, it would not convince the Jew nor the Sab- 
batarian. It would dissatisfy both, and consequently convert 
neither. ... If a solemn act of legislation shall in one point 
define the law of God, or point out to the citizen one religious 
duty, it may with equal propriety define every part of revelation, 
and enforce every religious obligation, even to the forms and 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE, Y3 

ceremonies of worship, the endowments of the church, and the 
support of the clergy. 

"The framers of the Constitution recognized the eternal prin- 
ciple that man's relation to his God is above human legislation, 
and his right of conscience inalienable. Reasoning was not nec- 
essary to establish this truth ; we are conscious of it in our own 
bosoms. It is this consciousness, which, in defiance of human 
laws, has sustained so many martyrs in tortures and flames. They 
felt that their duty to God was superior to human enactments, 
and that man could exercise no authority over their consciences. 
It is an inborn principle which nothing can eradicate. 

"It is also a fact that counter memorials, equally respectable, 
oppose the interference of Congress, on the ground that it would 
be legislating upon a religious subject, and therefore unconstitu- 
tional." 

Hon. A. H. Cragin, of New Hampshire, in a speech 
in the House of Representatives, said : — 

"When our forefathers reared the magnificent structure of a 
free republic in this Western land, they laid its foundations broad 
and deep in the eternal principles of right. Its materials were all 
quarried from the mountain of truth ; and as it rose majestically 
before an astonished world, it rejoiced the hearts and hopes of 
mankind. Tyrants only cursed the workmen and their work- 
manshi23. Its architecture was new. It had no model in Grecian 
or Roman history. It seemed a paragon let down from Heaven 
to inspire the hopes of men, and to demonstrate God's favor to 
the people of the New World. The builders recognized the rights 
of human nature as universal. Liberty, the great first right of 
man, they claimed for ' all men,' and claimed it from ' God him- 
self.' Upon this foundation they erected the temple, and ded- 
icated it to Liberty, Humanity, Justice, and Equality. Washing- 
ton was crowned its patron saint. Liberty was then the national 
goddess, worshiped by all the people. They sang of liberty, they 
harangued for liberty, they prayed for liberty. Slavery was then 
hateful. It was denounced by all. The British king was con- 
demned for foisting it upon the colonies. Southern men were 
foremost in entering their protest against it. It was then every- 
where regarded as an evil, and a crime against humanity." 



Y4: THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Again, the Bible, and the Bible alone, is the Prot- 
estant rule of faith ; and liberty to worship God ac- 
cording to the dictates of one's own conscience is the 
standard of religious freedom in this land ; and from 
the quotations herewith presented, it is evident that 
while the government pledges to all its citizens the 
largest amount of civil freedom, outside of license, it 
has determined to lay upon the people no religious 
restrictions, but to guarantee to all liberty to worship 
God according to the Protestant principle. 

It is these heaven-born principles, — civil and relig- 
ious liberty, — so clearly recognized, so openly ac- 
knowledged, and so amply guaranteed, that have 
made this nation the attraction it has been to the 
people of other lands, and which have 'drawn them in 
such multitude to our shores. 

Townsend ("Old World and New," p. 3il) says :— 

"And what attached these people to us? In part, undoubt- 
edly, our zone, and the natural endowments of this portion of the 
globe. In part, and of late years, our vindicated national char- 
acter, and the safety of our institutions. But the magnet in Amer- 
ica is that ice are a republic — a republican people ! Cursed with ar- 
tificial government, however glittering, the people of Europe, 
like the sick, pine for nature with protection, for open vistas and 
blue sky, for independence without ceremony, for adventure in 
their own interest ; and here they find it ! " 

Thorhpson (" United States as a Nation," p. 29) gives 
this view of the religious element that entered into 
this organization : — 

" In the movements in the colonies that prepared the way for 
the Revolution, the religious spirit was a vital and earnest ele- 
ment. Some of the colonies were the direct offspring of religious 
persecution in the old country, or of the desire for a larger free- 
dom of faith and worship ; and so jealous were they of any in- 
terference with the rights of conscience, that their religion was 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE. 75 

fitly described [by Burl^e in his Speech of Conciliation] as ' a refine- 
ment on the principle of resistance, the dissidence of dissent, and 
the Protestantism of the Protestant religion.' And the colonies 
that were founded in that spirit of commercial adventure, or for 
extending the realm of Great Britain, became also an asylum for 
religious refugees from all nations, and by the prospect of a larger 
and freer religious life, attracted to themselves the men of dif- 
ferent races and beliefs who had learned to do and to suffer for 
their faith." 

On page 31, he further says : — 

" Thus it came to pass that the religious wars and persecutions 
of Europe in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, were a train- 
ing school for the political independence of the United States of 
America in the eighteenth century. Diverse and seemingly incon- 
gruous as were the nationalities represented in the colonies, — 
Dutch, French, German, Swedish, Scotch, Irish, English, — they 
had all imbibed, either by experience or by inheritance, some- 
thing of the spirit of personal independence, and especially of re- 
ligious liberty. Gustavus Adolphus designed his colony of 
Swedes for the benefit of 'all oppressed Christendom.' Penn, the 
Quaker, established Pennsylvania as ' a free colony for all man- 
kind,' where the settlers 'should be governed by laws of their 
own making.' The first charter of the Jerseys — which were largely 
peopled by Quakers and Scotch and Irish Presbyterians — declared 
that ' No person shall at any time, in any way, or on any pretense, 
be called in question, or in the least punished or hurt, for opinion 
in religion.' And Oglethorpe's Colony of Georgia was founded to 
be a refuge for ' the distressed people of Britain, and the perse- 
cuted Protestants of Europe ;' then the German Moravian settled 
side by side with the French Huguenot and the Scotch Presbyte- 
rian under the motto, ' We toil not for ourselves, but for others.' 

" Pere Hyacinthe, after a tour in New England, said he had re- 
marked in every town three institutions that epitomized Amer- 
ican society, — the bank, the school, and the church. A true pict- 
ure. And you see the intellectual and the spiritual are two to 
one against the material, — the bank, the store-house of gains and 
savings, the school and the church, the distributing reservoirs of 
what is freely taken from the bank and given to those educating 
and spiritualizing forces of society. 



Y6 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

" 'The Americans,' says De Tocqueville, ' show by their practice 
that they feel the high necessity of imparting morality to demo- 
cratic communities by means of religion. ... In the United 
States, on the first day of every week, the trading and working 
life of the nation seems suspended ; all noises cease ; a deep tran- 
quillity, say rather the solemn calm of meditation, succeeds the 
turmoil of the week, and the soul resumes possession and con- 
templation of itself. Upon this day the marts of traffic are de- 
serted ; every member of the community, accompanied by his 
children, goes to church, where he listens to strange language, 
which would seem unsuited to his ear.' This last expression 
shows that even the ^philosophical acumen of De Tocqueville had 
failed to penetrate to the secret of religious life in America. 
That is no 'strange language ' to which the American banker, 
merchant, farmer, mechanic, listens when he goes to church on 
Sunday; it is the language he was accustomed in childhood to 
hear from his parents ; the language that perhaps he himself has 
used in his own family every day of the week at morning prayer ; 
the lessons that he inculcates to his children, — ' of the finer 
pleasures which belong to virtue alone, and of the true happiness 
which attends it.' It is not on Sunday alone, as De Tocqueville 
imagined, 'that the American steals an hour from himself, and 
laying aside for a while the petty passions which agitate his life 
and the ephemeral interests which engross it, strays at once into 
an ideal world, where all is great, eternal, and pure.' Thousands 
upon thousands of the busiest men in America do this every day 
with undeviating regularity. This is their life, — in that ideal 
world ; and they bring from this springs and motives to action in 
the world of affairs."— /(i., pp. 219, 220. 

The success of the United States in erecting at 
once a permanent and stable form of government 
has been an astonishment to other nations. Edouard 
Laboulaye, one of the foremost patriots and publicists 
of France, just after the revolution of 1848 said : — 

" In the last sixty years we have changed eight or ten times 
our government and our constitution ; have jjassed from anarchy 
to despotism ; tried two or three forms of the republic and of 
monarchy ; exhausted proscription, the scaffold, civil and foreign 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE. "l^J 

war ; and after so many attempts, and attempts paid with tlie 
fortune and the blood of France, we are hardly more advanced 
than at the outset; The constitution of 1848 took for its model 
the constitution of 1791, which had no life ; and to-day we are 
agitating the same questions that in 1789 we flattered ourselves 
we had resolved. How is it that the Americans have organized 
liberty upon a durable basis, while we, who surely are not inferior 
to them in civilization — we who have their example before our 
eyes — have always miscarried ? " 

Thompson ("United States as Nation, "p. 107) quotes 
the foregoing from " Etudes Morales et Politiques," 
p. 285, and spends a few moments considering a 
proper answer to this question which the Frenchman 
in so much astonishment asks. He makes the an- 
swer to consist principally in the fact that the Amer- 
icans conceived and adopted a superior constitution 
— a constitution which has sprung from the noble 
principles which have given this nation its political 
and religious influence, as noticed in this chapter. 
He says :t- 

" But in this point of constitution-making, it will also be seen 
that the Americans, with a rare felicity, succeeded in incorporat- 
ing the constitution of the nation, which is its life principle, with 
the national constitution, which gives to the national life its defin- 
itive form and expression. They not only achieved independence, 
but, in the happy phrase of the French critic, they 'organized 
liberty.' This success was due to training, to methods, and to 
men, or rather to that mysterious conjunction of men and events 
that make the genius of an epoch akin to inspiration." 

The value and influence of this constitution is 
shown in the fact that " to-day a leading organ of 
opinion in England pronounces the Constitution of 
the United States ' the most sacred political docu- 
ment in the world.' " — Id. p. 160. 

The growing influence of American opinions and 



78 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ideas is still further shown in the recognition of 
American literature abroad. Says Thompson (p. 
231), " Many of us can remember the sneer of the 
Edinburgh Review, 'Who reads an American book?' 
The laugh is turned, now that everywhere in England 
one sees the railway book-stalls, and the shelves of 
circulating libraries, crowded with American books 
in ready demand ; that one can count up scores of 
American authors reprinted in England (in the cat- 
alogue of a single London publisher, I lately saw- 
twelve American names) ; that in * The International 
Scientific Series,' published at London and Leipzig, 
the names of Cooke, Dana, Draper, Flint, Whitney, 
appear side by side with Bain, Carpenter, Huxley, 
Lubbock, Spencer, Tyndall, Bernstein, Lisbreich, 
Lenckart, Steinthal, Virchow ; that every leading 
English review now has its department of American 
literature. The Athenceiun finds much to praise, 
and even the hypercritical Saturday Review, now 
and then throws us such tidbits as these : ' Haw- 
thorne is one of the most fascinating of novelists. 
Whittier's " Mabel Martin " is enough to make the 
reputation of any poet.' True we have given birth 
to no Shakspeare nor Byron ; but with the list of 
contemporary English poets, from Tennyson down 
to Swinburne, we need not hesitate to compare our 
list from Bryant down to Whitman, each after his 
kind." 

The stability of our government through the 
changes and vicissitudes wdiich have revolutionized 
if not overthrown other governments, is a further 
evidence of the solid political and religious basis on 
which its foundations are laid. On this point we 



POLITICAL AND RELIOIOUS INFLUENCE. 79 

quote again from the same volume from which the 
last few extracts are given, p. 1-iS : — 

"Frederic the Great died ; and, twenty years after, the Prussia 
that he had created lay dismantled, dismembered, disgraced, at 
the dictation of Napoleon. Napoleon abdicated ; and France has 
wandered through all forms of government, seeking rest and find- 
ing none. Washington twice voluntarily retired from the highest 
posts of influence and power, — the head of the army, the head of 
the State ; but the freedom he had won by the sword, the institu- 
tions he had organized as president of the Federal Convention, 
the government he had administered as President of the Union, 
remained unchanged and have grown in strength and majesty 
through all the growing j^ears. " 

American missionaries have gone to all the world, 
and in numbers and activity hold an equal place with 
those of any other nation ; while the American Bi- 
ble Society, in the extent of its operations, sending 
out millions of copies of the Scriptures in all the 
leading languages of the world, stands next to the 
original society of the mother country. 

This country has now come to be looked upon as 
the model, after which other governments may prof- 
itably pattern. Under the title of " The Model 
Republic," Cyrus D. Foss, pastor of St. Paul's Meth- 
odist Episcopal Church, New York, preached a ser- 
mon, which appeared in the Methodist, in December 
1867, from which the reader will be pleased to read 
the following extracts, which may fitly close the pres- 
ent chapter : — • 

"Let every thoughtful American bless God that he lives in this 
age of the world, and in this country on the globe ; not in the 
dark past, where greatness and even goodness could accomplish 
1 so little ; not in the oriental world, where everything is stiffened 
and is hard as cast-iron ; but now wiiere such mighty forces are at 
work for the uplifting of humanity, and just here at this focal 
point of power. 



80 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

" In no vainglorious spirit, but with a sincere desire to awaken 
your gratitude to Almighty God for his astonishing mercies to us 
as a people, I propose this inquiry : What is the place of America 
in history ? God gives each nation a work to do. For that work 
he bestows adequate and appropriate endowments, and to it he 
summons the nation by a thousand trumpet calls of providence. 
If those calls are unheeded, if the nation is hopelessly recreant, he 
dashes it in pieces like a potter's vessel. Witness Assyria ; wit- 
ness the Jewish people ; nation after nation — a long procession — 
has faded away at the blast of the breath of his nostrils. 

"I maintain to-day that God has signalized this great American 
nation, this democratic republican nation, this Protestant Chris- 
tian nation, above all the nations that are or ever have been upon 
the face of the globe, by the place and the work he has assigned it. 
Look at its place on the globe, and its place among the centuries. 
What a magnificent arena for a young nation to step forth upon 
and begin its march to a destiny inconceivably glorious •. Suppose 
an angel flying over all the earth two hundred years ago, looking 
down upon the crowded populations of Europe and Asia, and the 
weak and wretched tribes of Africa, perceiving that humanity 
never rises to its noblest development, save in the north temper- 
ate zone — turning his flight westward across the Atlantic, there 
dawns upon him the vision of a new world — a world unpopulated 
save by a few scattered and wandering tribes of aboriginal sav- 
ages, and by thirteen sparse colonies of the hardiest and best of 
immigrants along the Atlantic coast. He beholds a continent 
marvelously beautiful with unlimited resources to be developed ; 
its rivers open all parts of the country, and bring all into com- 
munication with two great oceans and with the tropic gulf. He 
sees a soil inexhaustibly fertile ; he sees the mountains (for an an- 
gel's eye can search their treasures) full of gold, silver, copper, 
iron, and coal. He sees a country insulated by three thousand 
miles of ocean from all the nations, needing contiguity with none 
— a Cosmos in itself. Would not this angel-gazer say, ' My God 
has assuredly made and endowed this peerless continent for some 
glorious end. The rest of the world is occupied, and the most of 
it cursed by occupation. Here is virgin soil ; here is an arena for 
a new nation, which, perchance, profiting by the mistakes of the 
long, dark past, may, by the blessing of God, work out for itself 
and for humanity a better destiny ' ? 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE. 81 

" Note again the place of America in the scale of the centuries. 
Why was this continent hid from the eye of Europe so long ? 
And why, after its discovery, was it kept unsettled for a century 
and a quarter longer, the thought of it all that time being only a 
disturbing leaven in the mind of Europe ? Ah ! God would not 
suffer it that tyrannical ideas of government or religion should 
take root here. He veiled the New World from the vision of the 
Old, until the Old had cultivated a seed worthy to plant the New. 
No crowned despots, no hooded monks, were to flourish here. No 
hoary superstitions, no ancient usurpations, were to take root here. 
Why was the era of this nation's birth coeval with that of the 
development of inventive genius ? Why was it that this land was 
comparatively unsettled until the iron horse was ready to career 
across its plains, leap its rivers, dive through its mountains, and 
bring its most distant cities into vicinage? — until Leviathan stood 
waiting to plough the ocean, and bring the nations into brother- 
hood ? — until the fiery steeds of heaven were being harnessed to 
fly with tidings in a single instant across the continent or under 
the ocean? Why was the beginning of our national history de- 
layed until the doctrines of civil and religious liberty — a thousand 
times strenuously asserted and bravely defended — had emerged 
into prominence and power, so that the American freeman of to- 
day stands upon the shoulders of thirty generations of heroic bat- 
tles for the right? Why — most remarkable coincidence of all — 
why does it occur that just at the time of the vigorous infancy of 
this favored nation, the church of God should awake from the 
slumber of ages, acknowledge the universal bond of brotherhood, 
and begin in this age, within the lifetime of men here present, 
those sublime evangelizing agencies which are the chief glory of 
the century, and which are to bring this world to the feet of Je- 
sus ? * No candid man can ponder these thoughts without won- 
dering what God designs for this young giant which he has so 
located on the surface of this globe, and on the scale of the cent- 
uries. 

" The thesis I shall defend is this : God designated the United 



* We should be glad if we could sympathize with the speaker in this 
view. But we are not able to find in the Scriptures any evidence that the 
world is all to be brought into obedience to Christianity before the sec- 
ond coming of Christ. 



82 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

States of America as the Model Republic and, the great evangelizer of 
the world. The questions I have just propounded suggest a line 
of argument which will prove this proposition, and by proving it, 
devolve upon us here in this country a responsibility, the like of 
which has never been laid upon any nation. Let me premise 
two things essential to the argument. America is certainly the 
observed of all observers. The eyes of all nations are upon her. 
This free government, this 'experiment at free government,' as 
European absolutists have sneeringly termed it, fixes the gaze of 
the whole world. There is no nation, no tribe, civilized or semi- 
civilized, on the whole earth, that does not look this way, and feel 
that humanity has a stake in this land. This Hercules, who, 
when in his cradle, bearded and defeated the British Lion ; who, 
in his callow youth, repeated that feat on those watery plains, 
where, till then, the foe had ranged acknowledged lord, and who 
has just now, in his vigorous manhood, throttled and slain the 
many-headed hydra of rebellion — secession, treason, and slavery — 
this Hercules, somehow, has come to be gazed upon by all lands, 
and, somehow, the oppressed of every nation on the face of the 
earth have reached the conviction that he is their champion. 

"The other preliminary thought is this : In stating the mission 
of America, I have mentioned two things — that God meant it to 
be a model Republic, and the great evangelizer, and these two are 
one. We cannot consider them separately, and draw out entirely 
distinct lines of proof. It is idle for any nation at this age to 
expect greatness without acknowledging God, and falling into the 
ranks as an obedient subject of his kingdom. In ancient times, 
the case was different ; but now Christian nations control the 
world, and depend upon it, brethren,' the hands will never go 
backward on the dial. France tried to get on without a God in 
the time of her first revolution, but Napoleon, for reasons of State, 
restored the Catholic religion. His most appreciative historian, 
M. Thiers, gives us a deeply interesting account of this singular 
passage in his history. Napoleon said : " For my part, I never 
hear the sound of the church bell in the neighboring village with- 
out emotion." He knew that the hearts of the people were stirred 
by the same deep yearnings after God which filled his own, and so 
he proposed to restore the worship of God to infidel France. 
The savans of Paris ridiculed the proposal, laughed it to scorn, 
declared it was weakness in him to yield to a superstition that had 



\ 



POLITICAL AND BELIGIOUS INFLUENCE. 83 

forever passed, and that lie needed no such aid to government, 
and that he could do what he pleased. 'Yes,' said he, 'but I act 
only with regard to the real and sensibly-felt wants of France.' 
JSTegotiations were opened with the Pope, and the Romish worship 
was set up, amid the enthusiasm of the nation. The historian 
utters this reflection : ' Whether true or false, sublime or ridiculous, 
men must have a religion.' Later, and with deeper meaning, 
Perrier, successor to Lafayette as prime minister to Louis Philippe, 
said, on his death-bed : ' France must have religion.' So I say to- 
day concerning that better faith, which overthrows what Roman- 
ism sets up ; which breaks the shackles Romanism binds on ; 
which is the only security of national permanence — America must 
have religion. In order to be the model Republic, she must be 
the great evangelizer. 

" The two evangels of civil and religious liberty are ours. 
There are two great methods by which God indicates his will con- 
cerning a nation — by the providential training he bestows upon it, 
and by the resources he puts within its reach. Now, in the light 
of these two criteria, let us look at this country and see if God 
does not proclaim his will as plainly as though he had written it 
in letters of fire on the sky over every American sunset, or deeply 
graven it in rocky characters on the crest of every American 
mountain: 'My will is, that on this new continent, the nation I 
plant here shall be the model Republic and the great evangelizer 
of the world.' I have already indicated in general outline this 
train of argument ; but let us now look first behind us at our his- 
tory, and then around us at our resources, and see what arc their 
teachings. While we do not believe in 'manifest destiny,' in the 
sense of blind fate, or of results absolutely certain without regard 
to national character and endeavor, we do believe that the breath 
of God has inspired the heart of America with a sublime idea, and 
that the hand of God has marvelously led her along toward its 
realization, and has gifted her with muniti.;ent resources for the 
completion of this great work. 

" Glance backward at our history, and keep in mind the ques- 
tion what it all meant. This country was discovered by a religious 
navigator, sent out by a religious queen, and the ruling motive in 
the minds of both of them was a religious one. Isabella and 
Columbus both intended to give the gospel to the natives of any 
lands that might be discovered, America was discovered just 



84 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

after the art of printing had begun its marvelous quickening of the 
human mind. Now who shall settle it ? Papists ? They found 
it. Spaniards ? Frenchmen ? Both wanted it. Ko ; God's plan 
will be imperiled unless colonists of a certain language, and of a 
certain religious faith, shall be the first settlers of the land. The 
settlers must have the truest religious faith there is on the earth, 
and must speak only that language which, more than any other 
language, is full of the inspirations of liberty. They come — and 
for what ? With the noblest motives that ever inspired the 
bosom of an emigrant, see them land from the Mayflower upon 
the frozen beach, amid the storms of winter, dropping tears 
which freeze as they fall and yet tears of gratitude. 
" ' What sought they thus afar? 
Bright jewels of the mine? 
The wealth of seas? the spoils of war ? 

They sought a faith's pure shrine. 
Aye, call it holy ground, 

The spot where first they trod ; 
They left unstained what there they found — 
Freedom to worship God.' 

" They had trouble enough from the aborigines to drive them 
together, and to drive them to God. They had the utmost sim- 
plicity of manners, the utmost reverence for the Bible, and the 
utmost detestation of tj-ranny, whether in the Church or State. 
They had not for the love of freedom left their homes in the Old 
World to become slaves in the ISTew. The God who instituted the 
colonies moulded their history. He kept them connected with the 
mother country until they were strong enough to stand alone 
among the nations, and then he overruled the manner of their 
breaking away so as to inspire them with a perpetual hatred of all 
oppression. Why the British Parliament should have passed the 
Stamp Act, and why, in repealing it, it should have re-asserted the 
false principles underlying it ; why it should have so long persisted 
in treating Englishmen here as Englishmen there would never 
have submitted to be treated at all, no man can explain on any 
other hypothesis than this : that England was judicially blinded, 
in order that America might be free. 

" And this is not merely the opinion of Americans spoken a 
century after. It was the opinion of British statesmen at the 
time. The halls of Parliament, the whole realm, rang with notes 



POLITICAL AND BELIOIOUS INFLUENCE. 85 

of warning at that hour. Lord Chatham said : ' The gentleman 
tells us that America is obstinate, America is almost in open re- 
bellion. I rejoice that America has resisted. Three millions of 
people so dead to all the feelings of liberty as voluntarily to sub- 
mit to be slaves would have been fit instruments to make slaves 
of the rest.' This was said in Parliament ten years before the 
Declaration of Independence. Wesley, who is usually represented 
as having been the foe of our indej)endence, and to whom his- 
tory has at length done tardy justice, on the very first day after 
the reception of the news of Lexington and Concord, sat down 
and wrote to Lord North and the Earl of Dartmouth, each an 
emphatic letter: 'I am a High-churchman, the son of a High- 
churchman, brought up from my childhood in the highest notions 
of passive obedience and non-resistance, and yet, in spite of all 
my long-rooted prejudices, I cannot avoid thinking these, an op- 
pressed people, asked for nothing more than their legal rights, 
and that in the most modest and inoffensive manner that the nat- 
ure of the thing would allow.' * And if arms were to be resorted 
to, how could it happen that Great Britain should fail in the con- 
test ? How could it be that she should not be able, after over- 
powering the fleets and armies of the first nations of Europe [and 
this is an Englishman's question], immediately to discomfit the 
farmers and merchants of America ? ' There is but one exjDlana- 
tion : * We got not the land in j^ossession by our own sword, 
neither did our own arms save us ; but thy right hand and thine 
arm, and the light of thy countenance, because thou hadst a favor 
unto us.' God released the young giant from the swaddling- 
bands of colonial dependence. And why should it not be so ? 
Why should a country like this, the most magnificent of any 
country on the earth, a country in whose lakes England might 
have been thrown and buried, whose descending seas make her 
greatest rivers appear, in comparison, like brooks and rivulets, 
whose cataracts might have drowned out her cities — why should 
this magnificent country be shackled by the chains put on it by 
the selfishness of its parent ? It was not according to the will of 
God. He chose that here, in an independent career of unparal- 
leled freedom to man, this country should go forth on its path of 
progress, and hold its place among the nations unsurpassed by 
any until human happiness and grandeur this side the grave 
should be no more. 



86 THE MAUVE L OF N'ATIONS. 

" The ideal of government is popular government. The divine 
right of kings is an exploded fancy. The best ends of govern- 
ment can never be realized by the rule of one or of a few. God 
gave to Israel a king in his wrath. The rights of man, the dignity 
of man, the direct relation and responsibility of man to God — 
these ideas stand forth most clearly where there is no king, no 
noble nor ignoble pedigree, no bar between the poorest boy in the 
land and the highest post of honor. Many an experiment of re- 
publican government had failed for the lack of general intelligence 
and of a pure religion, 

"Absolutists j)ointed to Rome, to Sparta, to France, and 
sneered at the democratic idea. For the grandest and final ex- 
periment of self-government, God reserved this peerless continent. 
Such a new work, politically, can be best accomplished on virgin 
soil, where no old castles, no effete conservatism should bind 
men subserviently to a blundering past — where all things summon 
them to hold communion, not with dead men's bones, but with 
nature, with freedom, and with God. 

"A rapid glance at the resources of this country will deepen 
our conviction of the grandeur of its mission. We shall see that 
it has ample resources, material and moral, for the great work to 
which it is summoned. We have the heart of the continent, the 
north temjDerate zone. If you will study history, you will find 
that no great nation has ever existed on the earth except in that 
zone. There must be the hardening of the muscles and the fiber, 
and the quickening of the mind, which can be only where sum- 
mer's heat gives place to winter's frost. 

"We have also a coast-line greater tlian that of any other na- 
tion. The relation of this fact to the theme will quickly appear. 
Arnot counsels fearful Englishmen to turn for comfort from the 
newspaper to the map. He bids them notice that the coast-line 
of Great Britain is three times greater than that of France, and 
thence argues that the commercial and naval supremacy -of Great 
Britain is forever assured. The argument is sound. Now, our 
coast-line is several times greater than that of any other nation. 
We have two oceans, the Gulf of Mexico, and the great lakes ; 
and rivers piercing the land bring all the country right down to 
the sea. The commercial and the naval greatness of America can 
easily be all that they need it to be for the accomplishment of 
those things which we believe God has assigned for this nation to 



POLITICAL AND RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE. 87 



accomplish in the world. Our agricultural and mineral resources, 
and the rajDidly increasing population which is developing them, 
must have a few words. 

" Sir Morton Peto, the great railroad manager, whose travels in 
our own country excited so much attention in financial circles, 
went back to his own country amazed at our resources, and wrote 
a book which you ought to read. It would astound you by its 
revelations of the greatness of our country, which we ourselves 
do not begin to understand. Let me give you two or three facts 
concerning our resources. In 1850 the ten Western States 
produced . 46,000,000, bushels of wheat; in 1860, 102,000,000. 
The mines of gold and silver are nearly all on public lands, and 




Oil Wells and Plant of Pumps and Tanks. 



Governor Walker says : ' They are the property of the Federal 
Government, and their intrinsic value exceeds our public debt.' 
It wants only the Pacific railroad to make them yield $150,000,- 
000 annually. In Missouri there is an iron mountain 228 feet 
high, covering an area of 500 acres, and containing 230,000,000 
tons of pure ore, and every foot of descent below the surface will 
give 3,000,000 tons. The upper seam of the coal-field about 
Pittsburg contains over 53^^ thousand millions tons of coal — that 
is 2,000 tons for every dollar of our national debt ; and the Key- 
stone State, which in other ways contributed so nobly to the na- 
tional cause, came forward in the hour of our sorest need, and 
poured into our finances an element of marvelous quickening and 



88 



THE MARVEL OF NJtTlONS. 



strength — oil, wMcli lubricated the machinery of the government, 
and helped to illuminate the night of our trial. In 1862, 42,000,- 
000 gallons of petroleum were exported, and its benefits extended 
far beyond its cash value. It employed labor and rewarded 
capital ; it stimulated internal industry and external commerce. 
But all our people are emjDloyed ; how, then, can these immense 
resources ever be developed? — By the rapidly multiplying millions. 
In 1800, there were in Indiana 4,875 inhabitants ; in 1860, 1,350,- 
428. In 1849, in Minnesota, 4,000 inhabitants; in 1864, 350,000. 
In 1850, there were 1,900 acres of land ploughed in Minnesota; 
in 1860, 433,276 acres. 

**Now, what is the bearing of these startling facts upon our 
argument ? A great nation must be materially great. It must 
have room to stand on, and a field to work in, for only work can 
make a man or nation great. These amazing resources are to 
furnish us the machinery for a splendid career of civil, moral, and 
religious progress." 




CHAPTER IV. 



IMPORTANT PROBABILITIES CONSIDERED. 

;^^^UR country's progress, even under so brief a 
1\IW s^^v^y ^s that contained in the preceding chap- 
•^h^ ters, must strike every one as a marvel of na- 
tional growth. And when we take into considera- 
tion the convictions expressed by some of the em- 
inent authors from whom we have quoted, that the 
hand of Providence has been more conspicuous in 
the development of this nation than in that of any 
other, it is calculated to intensify greatly our interest 
in the subject, and hasten us on to an investigation 
of the query whether this nation is not, as other na- 
tions have been, mentioned in that prophetic word 
which has outlined the great epochs of human his- 
tory, pointed out the nations, and in some instances 
the individuals, which were to act a part therein, and 
described the movements they would make. Cer- 
tainly if the hand of Providence has been so con- 
spicuously present in our history, as some of the 
writers already referred to affirm, we could hardly do 
less than look for some mention of this government 
in that Book which makes it a special purpose to 
record the workings of that Providence among man- 
kind. What, then, are the probabilities in the mat- 
ter .? On what conditions might we expect to find 
mention of it ? If the same conditions exist here, as 
those upon which other nations have been made sub- 
jects of prophecy, we should expect to find mention 
of this also. On what conditions, then, have other 

[89] 



90 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

nations found a place on the prophetic record ? — On 
these conditions : first, if they have acted any pro- 
minent part in the world's history ; and secondly, 
and above all, if they have had jurisdiction over the 
people of God, or have maintained such relations 
with them that the history of the latter could not be 
written without mention of the former. In the 
prophecies and records of the Bible compared with 
the records of secular history, we find data from which 
to deduce the rule here given respecting the pro- 
phetic mention of earthly governments ; and as it is 
a very important one, the reader will permit us to 
state it again : Whenever the relation of God's peo- 
ple to any nation are such that a true history of the 
former, which is the object of all revelation, could 
not be given without a notice of the latter, such na- 
tion is mentioned in prophecy. 

And all these conditions are certainly fulfilled in 
our government. As regards the first, no nation has 
ever attracted more attention, excited more profound 
wonder, or given promise of greater eminence or in- 
fluence among the nations of the earth ; and as 
touching the second, certainly here, if anywhere on 
the globe, are to be found a strong array of Chris- 
tians, such as are the salt of the earth and the light 
of the world, whose history could not be written 
without mention of that government under which 
they live and enjoy their liberty. 

With these probabilities in favor of the proposi- 
tion that this government should be a subject of 
prophecy, let us now take a brief survey of those 
symbols found in the word of God which represent 
earthly governments. These are found chiefly, if not 
entirely, in the books of Daniel and the Revelation. 



IMPORTANT PROBABILITIES CONSIDERED. 91 

In Daniel 2, a symbol is introduced in the form of a 
great image, consisting of four parts, — gold, silver, 
brass, and iron, — which is finally dashed to atoms, 
and a great mountain, taking its place, fills the whole 
earth, and remains forever. In Daniel 7, the prophet 
records a vision in which he was shown a lion, a 
bear, a leopard, and a great and terrible nondescript 
beast, which after passing through a new and re- 
markable phase, is cast into a lake of fire, and utterly 
perishes. In Daniel 8, mention is made of a ram, a 
he-goat, and a horn little at first, but waxing ex- 
ceeding great, which is finally broken without hand. 
Verse 25. In Revelation 9, we have a description of 
locusts like unto horses. In Revelation 12, we have 
a great red dragon. In Revelation 13, a blasphe- 
mous leopard beast is brought to view, and a beast 
with two horns like a" lamb. In Revelation 17, John 
gives us a graphic pen-picture of a scarlet-colored 
beast, upon which a woman sits holding in her hand 
a golden cup, full of filthiness and abomination. 

What governments and what powers are repre- 
sented by all these .? Do any of them symbolize our 
own } Some of them certainly represent earthly 
kingdoms, for so the prophecies themselves expressly 
inform us ; and in the application of nearly all of 
them there is quite a uniform agreement among ex- 
positors. 'The four parts of the great image of Dan- 
iel 2 represent four kingdoms. They symbolize re- 
spectively, Babylon, or Chaldea, Medo-Persia, Grecia, 
and Rome. The lion of the seventh chapter also re- 
presents Babylon ; the bear, Medo-Persia ; the leop- 
ard, Grecia ; and the great and terrible beast, Rome. 
The horn with human eyes and mouth, which appears 
in the second phase of this beast, represents the pa- 



92 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

pacy, and covers its history down to the time when 
it*was temporarily overthrown by the French in 1798. 
In Daniel 8, likewise, the ram represents Medo-Per- 
sia ; the he-goat, Grecia ; and the little horn, Rome. 
All these have a very clear and definite application 
to the governments named. None of them thus far 
can have any reference to the United States. 

The symbols brought to view in Revelation 9, all 
commentators concur in applying to the Saracens 
and Turks. The dragon of Revelation 12 is the ac- 
knowledged symbol of Pagan Rome. The leopard 
beast of the Revelation 13 can be shown to be 
identical with the eleventh horn of the fourth beast of 
Daniel 7, and hence to symbolize the papacy. The 
scarlet beast and woman of Revelation 17 as evi- 
dently apply also to Rome under papal rule, the 
symbols having especial reference to the distinction 
between the civil power and the ecclesiastical, the 
one being represented by the beast, the other by the 
woman seated thereon. 

There is one symbol left, last but not least, the 
youngest of the family, that vigorous and sprightly 
fellow with two horns like a lamb, brought to view in 
Revelation 13 : 11-17 — what nation does that sym- 
bolize .? On this there is more difference of opinion. 
Let us, therefore, before seeking for an application, 
look at the time and territory covered by those al- 
ready examined. Babylon and Medo-Persia covered 
all the civilized portion of Asia, in ancient times. 
Greece covered Eastern Europe, including Russia. 
Rome, with the ten kingdoms into which it was di- 
vided before the end of the fifth century A. D., as rep- 
resented by the ten toes of the image, the ten horns 
of the fourth beast of Daniel 7, the ten horns of the 



IMPORTANT PROBABILITIES CONSIDERED. 93 

dragon of Revelation 12, and the ten horns of the 
leopard beast of Revelation 13, covered all Western 
Europe. In other words, all the civilized portions of 
the eastern hemisphere from the earliest times to the 
present are absorbed by the symbols already ex- 
amined, respecting the application of which there is 
scarcely any room for doubt. 

But there is a mighty nation in this western hem- 
isphere, worthy, as we have seen, of being mentioned, 
in prophecy, which is not yet brought in ; and there 
is one symbol remaining, the application of which has 
not yet been made. All the symbols but one are ap- 
plied, and all the available portions of the earth, with 
the exception of our own government, are covered 
by the nations which these symbols represent. Of 
all the symbols mentioned, one alone — the two- 
horned beast of Revelation 13 — is left ; and of all the 
countries of the earth respecting which any reason 
exists why they should be mentioned in the proph- 
ecy, one alone — our own government — remains. Do 
the two-horned beast and the United States belong 
together.? If they do, then all the symbols find an 
application, and all the ground is covered. If they 
do not, it follows, first, that the United States is not 
represented in prophecy by any of the national sym- 
bols, as, for the reasons already stated, we should 
expect it would be ; and secondly, that the symbol 
of the two-horned beast of Revelation 13 : 11-17 finds 
no government to which it can apply. But the first 
of these suppositions is not probable \ and the second 
is not possible. 



CHAPTER V. 



A CHAIN OF PROPHECY. 

4ET us now enter upon a more particular exami- 
nation pf the second symbol of Revelation 13, 
T^r" with a view to determining its application with 
greater certainty. What is said respecting this sym- 
bol — the beast with two horns like a lamb — is not an 
isolated and independent prophecy, but is connected 
with what precedes ; and the symbol itself is but one 
of a series. It is proper, therefore, to examine briefly 
the preceding symbols, since if we are able to make 
a satisfactory application of them, it will guide us in 
the interpretation of this. 

The line of prophecy of which this forms a part 
commences with Revelation 12. The book of the 
Revelation is evidently not merely one consecutive 
prophecy of events to transpire from the beginning 
to the close of the gospel dispensation, but is com- 
posed of a series of such consecutive prophecies, 
each line taking up its own class of events, and trac- 
ing them through from the days of the prophet to the 
end of time ; and when one line of prophecy is com- 
pleted, another is introduced into the narrative, which 
in order of time goes back into the past, perhaps to 
the beginning, and follows its own series of events 
down to the end. That such a new series of prophetic 
events is introduced in Revelation 12, is evident ; 
since in the preceding chapter a line of prophecy 
comes to its completion in the great day of God's 
wrath, the judgment of the dead, and the eternal 

[94] 



A CHAIN OF PROPHEGT. 95 

reward of those that fear God and revere his name. 
No line of prophecy can go further ; and any events 
to transpire in probation, subsequently mentioned, 
must of course belong to a new series. 

Commencing, then, with chapter 12, how far does 
this line of prophecy extend ? The first symbol in- 
troduced which can be applied to an earthly govern- 
ment, is the great red dragon. The second is the 
beast of Revelation 13, which, having the body of a 
leopard, may for brevity's sake, be called the leopard 
beast. To this beast the dragon gives his seat, 
power, and great authority. This beast, then, is con- 
nected with the dragon, and belongs to this line of 
prophecy. The third symbol is the two-horned beast 
of Revelation 13. This beast exercises certain power 
in the presence of the leopard beast, and causes the 
earth and them that dwell therein to worship him. 
.This beast, therefore, is connected with the leopard 
beast, and hence belongs to the same line of proph- 
ecy. The conclusion of the prophecy is not reached 
in chapter 13, and hence this line of events does not 
end with that chapter, but must be looked for farther 
on in the record. Going forward into chapter 14, we 
find a company brought to view who are redeemed 
from among men (which expression can mean noth- 
ing else than translation from among the living at 
the second coming of Christ) ; and they sing a song 
before the throne which none but themselves can 
learn. In chapter 15, we have a company presented 
before us who have gotten the victory over the beast, 
his image, the mark, and the number of his name, the 
very objects brought to view in the concluding por- 
tion of Revelation 13. This company also sing a song, 
even the song of Moses and the Lamb \ and they 



96 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

sing it while standing upon the sea of glass, as stated 
in verse 2. Turning to chapter 4 : 6, we learn that 
this sea of glass is ''before the throne." The con- 
clusion, therefore, follows that those who sing before 
the throne, in chapter 14, are identical with those 
who sing on the sea of glass (before the throne), in 
chapter 15, inasmuch as they stand in the same place, 
and the song they both sing is the first glad song of 
actual redemption. But the declarations found in 
chapter 15 show that the company introduced in the 
opening of chapter 14 have been in direct conflict 
with the powers brought to view in the closing verses 
of chapter 13, and have gained the victory over them. 
Being thus connected with these powers, they form 
a part of the same line of prophecy. But here this 
line of prophecy must end ; for this company is 
spoken of as redeemed, and no line of prophecy, as 
already noticed, can go beyond the eternal state. 
The line of prophecy in which the two-horned 
beast stands, is, therefore, one which is very clearly 
defined ; it commences with chapter 12, and ends 
with verse 5 of chapter 14. The student of proph- 
ecy finds it one of vast importance ; the humble child 
of God, one of transcendent interest. It begins with 
the Church, and ends with the Church, — the Church, 
at first in humility, trial, and distress ; at last, in 
victory, exaltation, and glory. This is the one ob- 
ject which ever appears the same in all the scenes 
here described, and whose history is the leading 
theme of the prophecy, from first to last. Tram- 
pled under the feet of the three colossal persecuting 
powers here brought to view, the followers of Christ 
for long ages bow their heads to the pitiless storm 
of oppression and persecution ; but the end repays 



A CHAm OF PROPHECY. 97 

them all ; for John beholds them at last, the storms 
all over, their conflicts all ended, waving palm- 
branches of victory, and striking on harps celestial a 
song of everlasting triumph within the precincts of 
the heavenly land. 

Having found the line of prophecy of which the 
symbol before us forms a part thus definitely located 
and defined, we now enter upon its examination. 
The first inquiry is, What power is designated by the 
great red dragon of chapter 12 } The chapter first 
speaks of a woman clothed with the sun, the moon 
under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve 
stars. A woman is the symbol of the Church, a 
lewd woman representing a corrupt or apostate 
Church, as. in Eze. 23:2-4, etc., which refers to the 
Jewish Church in a state of backsliding, and in Rev. 
17 : 0-6, 15, 18, which refers to the apostate Romish 
Church ; and a virtuous woman representing the true 
Church, as in the verse under consideration. At 
what period in her history could the Church of Christ 
be properly represented as here described .'* Ans. 
At the opening of the gospel dispensation, and at no 
other time ; for then the glory of this dispensation, 
like the light of the sun, had just risen upon her ; the 
former or Mosaic dispensation, which, like the moon, 
shone with a borrowed light, had just passed, and lay 
beneath her feet ; and twelve inspired apostles, like 
a crown of twelve stars, graced the first organization 
of the gospel Church. To this period these repre- 
sentations can apply, but to no other. The prophet 
antedates this period a little by referring to the time 
when the Church, with long expectation, was await- 
ing the advent into this world of the glorious Re- 
deemer, and represents the new dispensation as al- 

7 



98 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ready opened, and the Christian Church organized, 
as this was the condition in which Christ was to leave 
it at the conclusion of his brief earthly ministry. 

A man child, here represented as the offspring of 
this woman, appears upon the scene. Verse 5. This 
child was to rule all nations with a rod of iron, and 
was caught up to God and his throne. These decla- 
rations are true of our Lord Jesus Christ, but of no 
one else. See Ps. 2:7-9; Eph. 1 : 20, 21 ; Heb. 8:1; 
Rev. 3 : 21. There is therefore no mistaking the time 
when, nor the place where, the opening of this proph- 
ecy is located. We mention these facts for the pur- 
pose of identifying the power symbolized by the 
dragon, which is the point we are seeking to ascer- 
tain ; for the dragon stood before the woman to de- 
vour her child as soon as it should be born. Who 
attempted the destruction of our Lord when he 
appeared as a babe in Bethlehem } — Herod. And 
who was Herod } — A Roman governor. Rome, which 
then ruled over all the earth (Luke 2 : 1), was the re- 
sponsible party in this transaction. Rome was the 
only power which at this time could be symbolized 
in prophecy, as its dominion was universal. It is not 
without good reason, therefore, that Pagan Rome is 
considered among Protestant commentators to be the 
power indicated by the great red dragon. And it 
may be a fact worth mentioning that during the sec- 
ond, third, fourth, and fifth centuries of the Christian 
era, next to the eagle, the dragon was the principal 
standard of the Roman legions ; and that dragon was 
painted red. 

There is but one objection we need pause to an- 
swer before passing to the next symbol. Is not the 
dragon plainly called the Devil and Satan, in verse 



A CHAIN OF PBOPHEGY. 99 

9 ? How, then, can the term '' dragon " be applied 
to Pagan Rome ? That it is primarily applied to the 
Devil, there seems to be no doubt ; but that it should 
be applied also to some of his chief agents, would 
seem to be appropriate and unobjectionable. Now 
Rome, being at this time pagan, and the supreme 
empire of the world, was the great and sole agent in 
the hands of the Devil for carrying out his purposes, 
so far as they pertained to national affairs. Hence 
the use of that symbol to designate, and the appli- 
cation of that term to describe, the Roman power. 

Having identified the power symbolized by the 
dragon, it is not necessary here to enter into other 
particulars concerning it, the object being to hasten 
on to the second symbol of chapter 13. We there- 
fore pass on to an examination of the next symbol, 
which is the leopard beast of the first part of chapter 
13. To this beast the dragon gives his seat, his 
power, and great authority. Verse 2. It would be 
sufficient on this point simply to show to what power 
the dragon. Pagan Rome, transferred its seat and 
gave its power. The seat of any government is cer- 
tainly its capital city. The city of Rome was the 
dragon's seat. But in A. D. 330 Constantine transferred 
the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople ; 
and Rome was given up — to what .-* to decay, desola- 
tion, and ruin 1 — No ; but to a power which would 
render it far more celebrated than it had ever before 
been, not as the seat of pagan emperors, but as the 
city of St. Peter's pretended successors, the seat of a 
spiritual kingdom which was not only to become 
more powerful than any secular government, but 
which, through the magic of its fatal sorcery, was to 
exercise dominion over the kings of the earth. Thus 



100 THE MARVEL OF KATIONS. 

was Rome — the seat of the dragon — given to the pa- 
pacy by the transfer of the throne of the emperors to 
Constantinople by Constantine in A. D. 330 ; and the 
decree of Justinian, issued in 533, and carried into 
effect in 638, constituting the pope the head of all 
the churches and the corrector of heretics, was the 
investing of the papacy with that power and author- 
ity which the prophet foresaw. See Croly on the 
Apocalypse, pp. 114, 115. 

It is very evident, therefore, that this leopard 
beast is a symbol of the papacy. But there are other 
considerations which prove this. This beast has the 
body of a leopard, the mouth of a lion, and the feet 
of a bear. In Daniel's vision of chapter 7, he was 
shown a lion, bear, and leopard ; and the fact that this 
beast has the features of each of these, shows it to be 
some power which succeeded the kingdoms symbol- 
ized by those three beasts of Daniel's prophecy; and 
one which retained some of the characteristics of 
them all ; and that was Rome. But this is not the 
first, or pagan form of the Roman government ; for that 
is represented by the dragon ; and this is the form 
which next succeeded that, which was the papal. 

But what most clearly shows that this beast repre- 
sents the papacy, is its identity with the little horn 
of the fourth beast of Daniel 7, which all Protestants 
agree in applying to the papal power. 

1. Their Chronology. (1.) After the great and 
terrible beast of Daniel 7, which represents Rome in 
its first, or pagan form, is fully developed, even to 
the existence of the ten horns, or the division of the 
Roman empire into ten parts, the little horn arises. 
Verse 24. (2.) This leopard beast likewise succeeds 
the dragon, which also represents Rome in its pagan 



A CBAIN OF PROPHECY. 101 

form. These powers — the little horn and the leop- 
ard beast — appear, therefore, upon the stage of action 
at the same time ; i. e., next after the decadal division 
of the Roman empire, as shown by the ten horns of 
Daniel's fourth beast, and after the same division 
into ten parts, as symbolized by the ten horns of the 
dragon. 

2. Their Location, (1.) The little horn plucked up 
three horns to make way for itself. The last of these, 
the Gothic horn, was plucked up when the Goths 
were driven from Rome in 538, and the city was left 
in the hands of the little horn, which has ever since 
held it as the seat of its power. (2.) To the leopard 
beast, also, the dragon gave its seat, the city of 
Rome. They therefore occupy the same location. 

3. Their Character. (1.) The little horn is a blas- 
phemous power ; for it speaks great words against 
the Most High. Dan. 7 : 25. (2.) The leopard beast 
is also a blasphemous power ; for it bears upon its 
head the name of blasphemy ; it has a mouth speak- 
ing great things and blasphemies ; and he opens his 
mouth in blasphemy against God to blaspheme his 
name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in 
heaven. Rev. 13 : 1, 5, 6. Therefore, they both 
maintain exactly the same character. 

4. Their Work. (1.) The little horn, by a long and 
heartless course of oppression against the saints of 
the Most High, wears them out ; and they are given 
into his hand. Dan. 7 : 25. He makes war against 
them, and prevails. Verse 21. (2.) The leopard 
beast also makes war upon the saints, and overcomes 
them. Rev. 13 : 7. This shows that they do the 
same worky and against the same class of people. 

5. The Tim^e of Their Continuance. (1.) Power was 



102 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

given to the little horn to continue a " time and 
times and the dividing of time." Dan. 7 : 25. A 
tiine in Scripture phraseology is one year. Dan. 4 : 
25. (The '' seven times " of Nebuchadnezzar's hu- 
miliation, Josephus informs us, were seven years.) 
Times, that is two times, the least that can be ex- 
pressed by the plural, would be two years more ; and 
the dividing of time, or half a time, half a year more, 
making in all three and a half years. (2.) To the 
leopard beast, power was also given to continue forty- 
two months. There being twelve months to the 
year, this period gives us again just three and a half 
years. And this being prophetic time, a day for a 
year (Num. 14 : 34 ; Eze. 4 : 6), and there being, ac- 
cording to Scripture reckoning, thirty days to a 
month, or three hundred and sixty days to the or- 
dinary Bible year (Gen. 7 : 11, 24 ; 8 : 4), we have in 
each case twelve hundred and sixty years for the 
continuance of the little horn and the leopard beast. 
Thus we see that they continue the same length of 
time. 

6. Their Overthrozv. (1.) At the end of the ** time, 
times, and a half," the dominion of the little horn was 
to be taken away. Dan. 7 : 26. (2.) At the end of 
the forty-two months, the same length of time, the 
leopard beast was also to be slain, politically, with 
the sword, and go into captivity. Rev. 13 : 3, 10. 

These are points which prove not merely similar- 
ity, but identity. For whenever two symbols, as in 
this instance, represent powers that, — 

1. Come upon the stage of action at the same 
time^ 

2. Occupy the same territory ^ 

3. Maintain the same character. 



A CBAIN OF PnOPHECT. 103 

4. Do the same worky 

5. Continue the same length of timey and 

6. Meet the same fate ^ — 

Those tzvo symbols must represent one and the same 
power. 

And in all these particulars there is, as we have 
seen, the most exact coincidence between the little 
horn of the fourth beast of Daniel T and the leopard 
beast of Revelation 13 ; and all are fulfilled by one 
power ; and that is the papacy. For 1. The papacy 
succeeded to the pagan form of the Roman empire ; 2. 
It has, ever since it was first established, occupied 
the seat of the dragon, the city of Rome, building for 
itself such a sanctuary — St. Peter's — as the world no- 
where else beholds ; 3. It is a blasphemous power, 
speaking the most presumptuous words it is possible 
for mortal lips to utter against the Most High ; 4. It 
has worn out the saints, the "Religious Encyclopedia" 
estimating thatthe lives of fifty millions of Christians 
have been quenched in blood by its merciless imple- 
ments of torture ; 5. It has continued a " time, 
times, and a half," or " forty-two months," or twelve 
hundred and sixty years. Commencing in 538, when 
the decree of Justinian in behalf of papal supremacy 
was first made effectual by the overthrow of the 
Goths, the papacy enjoyed a period of uninterrupted 
supremacy for just twelve hundred and sixty years, 
to 1798 ; and 6. Then its power was temporarily over- 
thrown, and its influence permanently crippled, when 
the French, under Berthier, entered Rome in triumph, 
and the pope w^as taken prisoner, and died in exile. 

Can any one doubt that the papacy is the power 
in question, and that the interpretation of this sym- 
bol brings us down within eighty-seven years of our 



104 



TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 



own time ? We regard the exposition of the proph- 
ecy thus far as clear beyond the possibility of refuta- 
tion j and if this is so, our future field of inquiry lies 
within a very narrow compass, as we shall presently 
see. 




CHAPTER VI. 



LOCATION OF THE GOVERNMENT REPRESENTED BY THE 
SECOND SYMBOL OF REVELATION 13. 

FOLLOWING the leopard, or papal beast of Rev- 
T elation 13 in consecutive order, comes another 
^^ symbol whose appearance the prophet deline- 
ates, and whose work he describes, in the following 
language : — 

Verse 11. And I beheld another beast coming up out of the 
earth ; and he had two horns . like a lamb, and he ^pake as a 
dragon. 12. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast 
before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein 
to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. 13. 
And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down 
from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, 14, and decciveth 
them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which 
he had power to do in the sight of the beast ; saying to them that 
dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast 
which had the wound by a sword, and did live. 15. And he had 
power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of 
the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not 
worship the image of the beast should be killed. 16. And he 
causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to 
receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads ; 17 "• and 
that no man might buy or sell, sr.ve he that had the mark, or the 
name of the beast, or the number of his name. 

These few verses, with an allusion to the same 
power under the name of " the false prophet " in 
Rev. 16 : 13 and 19 : 20, furnish all the testimony we 
have respecting the two-horned beast ; but brief as 
it is, it gives sufficient data for a very certain appli- 

[105] 



106 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

cation of the symbol in question. As an example of 
the world of meaning which prophecy can condense 
into a few words, a portion of the first verse of the 
foregoing quotation may be instanced. Here, within 
a compass of nineteen words, only three of which are 
words of more than one syllable, six grand points are 
made, which, taken together, are sufficient to deter- 
mine accurately the application of this symbol. The 
prophet says, first, that it is " another beast ; " sec- 
ondly, that when his attention was turned to it, it 
was ''coming up;" thirdly, that it came up "out of 
the earth ;" fourthly, that it had " two horns ;" fifthly, 
that these horns were like those of " a lamb ; " and 
sixthly, this symbol is introduced after the preceding 
beast went into captivity. 

The two-horned beast, then, is " another beast," in 
addition to, and different from, the papal beast which 
the prophet had just had under consideration ; that 
is, it symbolizes a power separate and distinct from 
that which is denoted by the preceding beast. This 
which John calls " another beast " is certainly no 
part of the first beast ; and the power symbolized by 
it is likewise no part of that which is intended by 
that beast. This is fatal to the claim of those, who, 
to avoid the application of this symbol to our own 
government, say that it denotes some phase of the 
papacy ; for in that case it would be a part of the 
preceding or leopard beast. 

To avoid this difficulty, it is claimed that the two- 
horned beast represents the religious or ecclesiastical, 
and the leopard beast the civil, power of Rome under 
papal rule, and that these symbols correspond to the 
beast and woman in Rev. 17, the one representing 
the civil power, the other the ecclesiastical. But this 



WHERE LOCATED f 107 

claim also falls to the ground just as soon as it is 
shown that the leopard beast represents the religious 
as well as the civil element of that power. And 
nothing is easier than to show this. 

Take the first symbol, the dragon. What does it 
represent ? — Rome. But this is not enough ; for 
Rome has presented two great phases to the world, 
and the inquirer wants to know which one is intended 
by this symbol. The answer then is. Pagan Rome ; 
but just as soon as we add "pagan," we introduce a 
religious element ; for paganism is one of the might- 
iest systems of false religion ever devised by the 
archenemy of truth. It was, then, the religious ele- 
ment in the empire that determined what symbol 
should be used to represent it ; and the dragon rep- 
resented Rome while under the control of a partic- 
ular form of religion. 

But the time comes when another symbol is intro- 
duced upon the scene — the leopard beast arises out 
of the sea. What power is symbolized by this } 
The answer is still, Rome. But the dragon symbol- 
ized Rome, and why not let that symbol continue 
to represent it .-^ Whoever attempts to answer this 
question must say that it is because a change had 
taken place in the power. What change } Two 
kinds of changes are conspicuous in the history of 
Rome, — changes in the form of government, and a 
change in religion. But this cannot denote any 
change in the form of government ; for the seven 
different forms of government that Rome consecu- 
tively assumed are represented by the seven heads 
of the dragon and the seven heads of the leopard 
beast. The religious change alone must therefore be 
denoted by this change of symbols. Paganism and 



108 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Christianity coalesced, and the mongrel production 
was the papacy ; and this new religion, and this alone, 
made a change in the symbol necessary. Every 
candid mind must assent to this ; and this assent is 
an admission of the utter absurdity of trying to limit 
this symbol to the civil power alone. So far from its 
representing the civil power alone, it Is to the ecclesi- 
astical element that it owes its very existence. The 
ecclesiastical is therefore the essential element, and 
without it the symbol could not exist. 

That the leopard beast represents ecclesiastical as 
well as civil power is further shown in the arguments 
already presented to prove that this beast is identical 
with the little horn of the fourth beast of Daniel T, 
which symbolizes the papacy in all its component 
parts and through all its history. It is the leopard 
beast alone that is identical with this little horn, not 
the leopard beast and the two-horned beast taken 
together. 

Again, Pagan Rome gave its seat to the papacy. 
The dragon gave his seat to the leopard beast. If 
it takes both the leopard beast and the two-horned 
beast to constitute the papacy, the prophet should 
have said that the dragon gave his seat and power 
to these two beasts combined. The fact that this 
transfer was to the leopard beast alone, is proof pos- 
itive that that beast alone symbolizes the papacy in 
its entirety. 

When, therefore, John calls the two-horned beast 
"another beast," it is certain that he does not mean 
any particular phase, or any part, of the papal 
power. 

It is claimed by others that the two-horned beast 
represents England ; by still others, France ; and by 



WHERE LOG A TED ? • 1 09 

some, Russia, etc. The first, among- many other 
fatal objections to all these applications, is, that the 
territory occupied by all these powers is already ap- 
propriated by preceding symbols. The prophecy 
does not read that the lion, the bear, or the leopard 
re-appeared under a new phase ; or that one of the 
ten horns of the leopard beast became another beast. 
If the two-horned beast symbolized any of these, it 
would be a part of other beasts instead of '* another 
beast," separate and distinct as it must be from all 
the rest. It is a law of symbols that each one oc- 
cupies territory peculiarly its own, that is, the ter- 
ritory which constituted the original government 
was no part of that which had been occupied by the 
previous powers. Thus, Babylon had its territory ; 
and Medo-Persia rose on the territory not occupied 
by Babylon ; and Medo-Persia and Babylon together 
covered all that portion of Asi-a known to ancient 
civilization. The Grecian, or Macedonian, kingdom 
arose to the west of them, occupying all Eastern 
Europe, so far as it was then known to the ancients. 
Rome rose still to the west, in territory unoccupied 
by Grecia. Rome was divided into ten kingdoms ; 
but though Rome conquered the world, we look for 
these ten kingdoms only in that territory which had 
never been included in other kingdoms. We look 
not to Eastern Europe, for that was included in the 
dominion of the third beast ; nor to Asia, for that 
constituted the empires of the first and second beasts ; 
but to Western Europe, which territory was unoccu- 
pied until taken by Rome and its divisions. 

The ten kingdoms which rose out of the old Ro- 
man empire are enumerated as follows by Machia- 
vel, indorsed by Bishop Newton, Faber, and Dr. 



110 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Hales : 1. The Huns ; 2. The Ostrogoths ; 3. The 
Visigoths ; 4. The Franks ; 5. The Vandals ; 6. The 
Suevi ; 7. The Burgundians ; 8. The Heruli ; 9. The 
Anglo-Saxons ; and 10. The Lombards. These king- 
doms have since been known, says Scott, as the " ten 
kingdoms of the Western empire," and they are dis- 
tinguishable at the present day, some of them even 
by their modern names ; as, Hungary from the Huns, 
Lombardy from the Lombards, France from the 
Franks, and England from the Anglo-Saxons. These 
ten kingdoms being denoted by the ten horns of the 
leopard beast, it is evident that all the territory in- 
cluded in these ten kingdoms is to be considered as 
covered by that symbol. England is one of these 
ten kingdoms ; France is another. If, therefore, we 
say that either of these is the one represented by the 
two-horned beast, we make one of the horns of the 
leopard beast constitute the two-horned beast. But 
this the prophecy forbids ; for while John sees the 
leopard beast fully developed, with his horns all com- 
plete and distinct, he beholds the two-horned beast 
coming up, and calls it *' another beast." We are 
therefore to look for the government which this beast 
symbolizes in some country outside the territory oc- 
cupied by the four beasts and the ten horns already 
referred to. But these, as we have seen, cover all 
the available portions of the eastern hemisphere. 

Another consideration pointing to the locality of 
this power is drawn from the fact that John saw it 
arising from the earth. If the sea from which the 
leopard beast arose (Rev. 13 : 1) denotes peoples, na- 
tions, and multitudes, as John expressly affirms that 
it does in Rev. 17:15, his use of the word "earth" 



WHERE LOCATED? Ill 

here would suggest, by contrast, a new and previ- 
ously-unoccupied territory. 

Being thus excluded from eastern continents and 
impressed with the idea of looking to territory not 
previously known to civilization, we turn of neces- 
sity to the western hemisphere. And this is in full 
harmony with the ideas already quoted, and more 
which might be presented, that the progress of em- 
pire is with the sun around the earth from east to 
west. Commencing in Asia, the cradle of the race, 
it would end on this continent, which completes the 
circuit. Bishop Berkeley, in his celebrated poem on 
America, written more than one hundred years ago, 
in the following forcible lines, pointed out the then 
future position of America, and its connection with 
preceding empires : — 

** Westward the course of empire takes its way. 
The first four acts already past, 
A fifth shall close the drama with the day ; 
Time's noblest offspring is the last." 

By the " first four acts already past," the bishop had 
undoubt«d reference to the four universal kingdoms 
of Daniel's prophecy. A fifth great power, the no- 
blest and the last, was, according to his poem, to 
arise this side the Atlantic, and here close the drama 
of time, as the day here ends its circuit. 

To Avhat part of the American continent shall we 
look for the power in question } — To the most pow- 
erful and prominent nation, certainly. This is so 
self-evident that we need not stop to pass in review 
the frozen fragments of humanity on the north of us, 
nor the weak, superstitious, semi-barbarous, revolu- 
tionary, and uninfluential kingdoms to the south of 
us. No ; we come to the United States, and here 



112 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

we are held. To this nation the question of the lo- 
cation of the two-horned beast undeviatingly leads 
us. 

As an objection to this view, it may occur to some 
minds that the two-horned beast exercises all the 
power of the first beast before him (Greek, huTrcovy 
literally, in his eyes, or before his face), and does 
wonders in his sight ; and how can the United States, 
separated by an ocean from European kingdoms, 
hold such an intimate relation to them ? We answer, 
Space and time are annihilated by the telegraph. 
Through the Atlantic cable (an enterprise which, by 
the way, owes its origin to the United States), the 
lightnings are continually picturing to European be- 
holders the affairs of America. Any important event 
occurring here is described the next hour in the jour- 
nals of Europe. So far as the transmission of an ac- 
count of our proceedings to the people of the Old 
World is concerned, it is as if America lay at the 
mouth of the English Channel. 

And the eyes of all Europe are intently watching 
our movements. Says Mr. Townsend (New World 
and Old, p, 583) :— 

** All the great peoples of Europe are curiously interested and 
amazed in the rise of America, and their rulers at present compete 
for our friendship. 'Europe,' said tlie prince Talleyrand long 
ago, ' must have an eye on America, and take care not to offer 
any pretext for recrimination or retaliation. America is growing 
every day. She will become a colossal power, and the time 
will come when (discoveries enabling her to communicate more 
easily with Europe) she will want to say a word in our affairs, and 
have a hand in them.' " 

The time has come, and the discoveries have been 
made, to which Talleyrand referred. It is almost as 



WHEBE LOCATED? 



113 



easy now to communicate with Europe as with our 
nearest town. By these things the attention of the 
world is drawn still more strongly toward us ; and 
thus whatever the United States does, it is done in 
the sight — yes, even before the eyes — of all Europe. 
One strong pillar in the argument is thus firmly 
set. The terms of the prophecy absolutely fix the 
location of the power symbolized by the two-horned 
beast ; and that location is in this western hemisphere. 
It can be nowhere else. And the conclusion is just 
as unavoidable that our own nation is the power in 
question. 




CHAPTER VII. 



WHEN MUST THE GOVERNMENT INDICATED BY THIS 
SYMBOL ARISE? 

^^AVING become satisfied where the power sym- 
bolized by the two-horned beast must be lo- 
cated, we now inquire respecting the time when 
we may look for its development. At what period 
in this world's history is theorise of this power placed 
in the prophecy ? On this point, as on the preced- 
ing, the foundation for the conclusions at which we 
must arrive is already laid in the facts elicited in ref- 
erence to the preceding, or leopard beast. It was at 
the time when this beast went into captivity, or was 
killed (politically) with the sword (verse 10), or 
(which we suppose to be the same thing) had one of 
its heads wounded to death (verse 3), that John saw 
the two-horned beast coming uj). If the leopard 
beast, as we have conclusively proved, signifies the 
papacy, and the going into captivity met its fulfill- 
ment in the temporary overthrow of the popedom by 
the French in 1798, then we have the epoch definitely 
specified when we are to look for the rising of this 
power. The expression, " coming up," must signify 
that the power to which it applies was but newly or- 
ganized, and was then just rising into prominence 
and influence. The power represented by this sym- 
bol must, then, be some power which in 1798 stood in 
this position before the world. 

That the leopard beast is a symbol of the papacy, 
[114] 



WHEN DOES IT RISE? 115 

there can be no question ; but some may want more 
evidence that the wounding of one of its heads, or 
its going into captivity, was the overthrow of the pa- 
pacy in 1798. This can easily be given. A nation 
being represented by a wild beast, the government 
of that nation, that by which it is controlled, must, 
as a very clear matter of course, be considered as an- 
swering to the head of the beast. The seven heads 
of this beast would therefore denote seven different 
governments ; but all the heads pertain to one beast, 
and hence all these seven different forms of govern- 
ment pertain to one empire. But only one form of 
government can exist in a nation at one time ; hence 
the seven heads must denote seven forms of govern- 
ment to appear, not simultaneously, but succes- 
sively. But these heads pertain alike to the dragon 
and the leopard beast, from which this one conclu- 
sion only can be drawn ; namely, that Rome, during 
its whole history, embracing both its pagan and pa- 
pal phases, would change its government six times, 
presenting to the world seven different forms in all. 
And the historian records just that number as per- 
taining to Rome. Rome was ruled first by Kings ; 
secondly, by Consuls ; thirdly, by Decemvirs ; fourthly, 
by Dictators ; fifthly, by Triumvirs ; sixthly, by Em- 
perors ; and seventhly, by Popes. See ** American 
Encyclopedia." 

John saw one of these heads wounded as it were 
to death. Which one .^ — Can we tell } Let it be 
noticed, first, that it is one of the heads of the beast 
which is wounded to death, and not one of the heads 
of the dragon ; that is, it is some form of govern- 
ment which existed in Rome after the change of 
symbols from the dragon to the leopard beast. We 



116 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

then inquire, How many of the different forms of Ro- 
man government belonged absolutely to the dragon, 
or existed in Rome while it maintained its dragonic, 
or pagan form ? These same seven heads are again 
presented to John in Rev. 17 ; and the angel there 
explains that they are seven kings, or forms of gov- 
ernment (verse 10) ; and he informs John that five 
are fallen, and one is ; that is, five of these forms of 
government were already past in John's day, and he 
was living under the sixth. Under what form did 
John live ? — The imperial, it being the cruel decree 
of the emperor Domitian which banished him to the 
Isle of Patmos, where this vision was given. Kings, 
Consuls, Decemvirs, Dictators, and Triumvirs were all 
in the past in John's day. Emperors were then rul- 
ing the Roman world ; and the empire was still 
pagan. Six of these heads, therefore, — Kings, Con- 
suls, Decemvirs, Dictators, Triumvirs, and Emperors, 
— belonged to the dragon ; for they all existed while 
Rome was pagan ; and it was no one of these that 
was wounded to death ; for had it been, John would 
have said, I saw one of the heads of the dragon 
wounded to death. The wound was inflicted after 
the empire had so changed in respect to its religion 
that it became necessary to represent it by the leop- 
ard beast. But the beast had only seven heads, and 
if six of them pertain to the dragon, only one re- 
mained to have an existence after this change in the 
empire took place. After the Emperors, the sixth and 
last head that existed in Rome in its dragonic form, 
came the Popes, the only head that existed after the 
empire had nominally become Christian. The " Ex- 
arch of Ravenna" existed so ''short a space" (Rev. 



WHEN DOES IT RISE? 117 

17 : 10) that it has no place in the general enumera- 
tion of the heads of this power. 

From these considerations it is evident that the 
head which received the mortal wound was none 
other than the papal head. This conclusion cannot 
be shaken. We have now only to inquire when the 
papal head was wounded to death. It could not 
certainly be till after the papacy had reached that 
degree of development that caused it to be mentioned 
on the prophetic page. But after it was once estab- 
lished, the prophecy marked out for it an uninter- 
rupted rule of 1260 years, which dating from its rise 
in 538, would extend to 1798. And right there the 
papacy was, for the time being, overthrown. Gen- 
eral Berthier, by order of the French Directory, 
moved against the dominions of the pope in January, 
1798. February 10, he effected an entrance into the 
self-styled " Eternal City," and on the 15th of the same 
month proclaimed the establishment of the Roman 
Republic. The pope, after this deprivation of his 
authority, was conveyed to France as a prisoner, and 
died at Valence, Aug. 29, 1799. 

This would have been the end of the papacy had 
this overthrow been made permanent. The wound 
would have proved fatal had it not been healed. 
But, though the wound was healed, the scar (to ex- 
tend the figure a little) has ever since remained. A 
new pope was elected in 1800, and the papacy was 
restored, but only to a partial possession of its former 
privileges. 

Rev. Geo. Croly, A. M., speaking upon this point, 

says : — 

"The extinction of torture and. secrecy is the virtual extinction of 
the tribunal. The power of the pope, as a systematic persecutor, 



118 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

has thus been annulled by the events growing out of the Repub- 
lican era of 1793." — Croly on the Apocalypse, p. 257. 

Let the reader look carefully at this event. It 
furnishes a complete fulfillment of the prophecy ; and it 
is the only event in all Roman history which does this ; 
for, though the first six heads were each in turn ex- 
terminated, or gave place to a succeeding head, of no 
one of them could it be said that it received a deadly 
wound, which was afterward healed. And as this 
overthrow of the papacy by the French military 
must be the wounding of the head mentioned in Rev. 
13 : 3, so, likewise, must it be the going into captiv- 
ity and the killing with the sword mentioned in 
verse 10 ; for it is an event of the right nature to ful- 
fill the prophecy, and one which occurred at the right 
time ; namely, at the end of the time, times, and a 
half, the forty-two months, or the 1260 years ; and 
no other event can be found answering to the rec- 
ord in these respects. We are not left, therefore, 
with any discretionary power in the application of 
this prophecy ; for God, by his providence, has 
marked the era of its accomplishment in as plain a 
manner as though he had proclaimed with an audible 
voice, '' Behold here the accomplishment of my pro- 
phetic word ! " 

Thus clearly is the exact time when we are to look 
for the rise of the two-horned beast indicated in the 
prophecy ; for John, as soon as he beholds the cap- 
tivity of the first or leopard beast, says, " And I be- 
held another beast coming up." And his use of the 
present participle, "coming" up, clearly connects 
this view with the preceding verse, and shows it to 
be an event transpiring simultaneously with the 
going into captivity of the previous beast. If he had 



WHEN DOES IT RISE? 119 

said, '* And I had seen another beast coming up," it 
would prove that when he saw it, it was coming- up, 
but that the time when he beheld it was indefinitely 
in the past. If he had said, *' And I beheld another 
beast which had come up," it would prove that al- 
though his attention was called to it at the time 
when the first beast went into captivity, yet its rise 
was still indefinitely in the past. But when he says, 
** I beheld another beast coming- 7ip" it proves that 
when he turned his eyes from the captivity of the 
first beast, he saw another power just then in the 
process of rapid development among the nations of 
the earth. So, then, about the year 1798, the star of 
that power which is symbolized by the two-horned 
beast must be seen rising over the horizon of the na- 
tions, and claiming its place in the political heavens. 
In view of these considerations, it is useless to speak 
of this power as having arisen ages in the past. To 
attempt such an application is to show one's self ut- 
terly reckless in regard to the plainest statements of 
inspiration. 

Again, the work of the two-horned beast is plainly 
located, by verse 12, this side the captivity of the 
first beast. It is there stated, in direct terms, that 
the two-horned beast causes *' the earth and them 
which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose 
deadly wound was healed." But worship could not 
be rendered to a beast wdiose deadly wound was 
healed, till after that healing was accomplished. 
This brings the worship which this two-horned 
beast enforces unmistakably within the present cent- 
ury. 

Says Eld. J. Litch (Restitution, p. 131) : — 



120 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

" The two-horned beast is represented as a power existing and 
performing his part after the death and revival of the first beast." 

Mr. Wesley, in his notes on Rev. 14, written in 
1754, says of the two-liorned beast : — 

"He has not yet come, tliough he cannot be far off ; for he is 
to appear at the end of the forty-two months of the first beast." 

We find three additional declarations in the book 
of Revelation which prove, in a general sense, that 
the two-horned beast performs his work with that 
generation of men who are to behold the closing up 
of all earthly scenes, and the second coming of our 
Lord Jesus Christ ; and these will complete the ar- 
gument on this point. 

1. The first is the message of the third angel, 
brought to view in the 14th of Revelation. It is not 
our purpose to enter into an exposition of the three 
messages of that chapter. We call the attention of 
the reader to only one fact, which must be apparent 
to all ; and that is, that the third of these messages 
is the last warning of danger and the last offer of 
mercy before the close of human probation ; for the 
event which immediately follows is the appearance 
of one like the Son of man, on a white cloud, com- 
ing to reap the harvest of the earth (verse 14), which 
can represent nothing else but the second advent of 
the Lor-d from heaven. Whatever views, therefore, 
a person may take of the first and second messages, 
and at whatever time he may apply them, it is very 
certain that the third and last one covers the closing 
hours of time, and reaches down to the second com- 
ing of Christ. And what is the burden of this mes- 
sage } It is a denunciation of the unmingled wrath 
of God against those who worship the beast and his 



WHEN DOE 8 IT RISE? 121 

image. But this worship of the beast and his image 
is the very practice which the two-horned beast en- 
deavors to enforce upon the people. The third mes- 
sage, then, is a warning against the work of the two- 
horned beast. And as there would be no propriety 
in supposing this warning to be given after that 
work was performed, since it could appropriately be 
given only when the two-horned beast was about to 
enforce that worship, and while he was endeavoring 
to enforce it, and since the second coming of Christ 
immediately succeeds the proclamation of this mes- 
sage, it follows that the duties enjoined by this mes- 
sage, and the decrees enforced by the two-horned 
beast, constitute the last test to be brought to bear 
upon the world ; and hence the two-horned beast per- 
forms his work, not ages in the past, but among the 
last generation of men. 

2. The second passage showing that the work of 
the two-horned beast is performed just before the 
close of time, is found in Rev. 15 : 2^ which we have 
shown to refer to the same company spoken of in 
chapter 14 : 1-5. Here is a company who have 
gained the victory over the beast and his image, and 
the mark and the number of his name ; in other 
words, they have been in direct conflict with the 
two-horned beast, which endeavors to enforce the 
worship of the beast and the reception of his mark. 
And these are " redeemed from among men " (14 : 4), 
or are translated from among the living at the sec- 
ond coming of Christ. 1 Cor. 15 : 51, 62 ; 1 Thess. 
4 : 16, IT. This, again, shows conclusively that it is 
the last generation which witnesses the work of this 
power. 

3. The third passage is Rev. 19 : 20, which speaks 



122 THE MABVBL OF NATIONS. 

of the two-horned beast under the title of the false 
prophet, and mentions a point not given in Rev. 13 ; 
namely, the doom he is to meet. In the battle of the 
great day, which takes place in connection with the 
second coming of Christ (verses 11-19), the false 
prophet, or two-horned beast, is cast alive into a lake 
of fire burning with brimstone ; and the word *' alive" 
signifies that this power will be at that time a living 
power, performing its part in all its strength and 
vigor. This power is not to pass off the stage of ac- 
tion and be succeeded by another, but is to be a 
ruling power till destroyed by the King of kings and 
Lord of lords when he comes to dash the nations 
in pieces with a rod of iron. Ps. 2 : 9. 

The sum of the argument, then, on this matter of 
chronology, is this : That the two-horned beast does 
not come into the field of this vision previous to the 
year 1798 ; that it performs its work while the last 
generation of men is living on the earth ; and that 
it comes up to the battle of the great day a living 
power in the full vigor of its strength. 

As it was shown in the argument on the location 
of the two-horned beast that we are limited in our 
application to the Western Continent, so we are lim- 
ited still further by its chronology ; for it must not 
only be some power which arises this side of the At- 
lantic, but one which is seen coming up here at a 
particular time. Taking our stand, then, in the year 
1798, the time indicated in the prophecy, we invite 
the careful attention of the reader to this question : 
What independent power in either North or South 
America was at that time " coming up " in a manner 
to answer to the conditions of the prophecy } All 
that part of North America lying to the north of us 



WHEN DOES IT RISE? 



123 



was under the dominion of Russia and Great Britain. 
Mexico, to the southwest, was a Spanish colony. 
Passing to South America, Brazil belonged to Port- 
ugal ; and most of other South American States 
were under Spanish control. In short, there was not 
then a single civilized, independent government in 
the New World, except our own United States. This 
nation, therefore, must be the one represented in the 
prophecy ; for no other answers the specifications in 
the least degree. It has always taken the lead of all 
European settlements in this hemisphere. It Avas 
" coming up " at the exact time indicated in the proph- 
ecy. Like a lofty monument in a field all its own, 
we here behold the United States grandly overtower- 
ing all the continent. So far as God's providence 
works among the nations for the accomplishment of 
his purposes, it is visible .in the development of this 
country as an agent to fulfill his word. On these 
two vital points of LOCATION and CHRONOLOGY, the 
arguments which show that OUR COUNTRY IS THE 
ONE represented by the symbol of the two-horned 
beast are ABSOLUTELY CONCLUSIVE. 




CHAPTER VIII. 

THE UNITED STATES HAS ARISEN IN THE EXACT 
MANNER INDICATED BY THE SYMBOL 

ISHE manner in which the two-horned beast was 
k: seen coming up shows, equally with its location 
^J and its chronology, that it is a symbol of the 
United States. John says he saw the beast coming 
up *' out of the earth." And this expression must 
have been designedly used to point out the contrast 
between the rise of this beast and that of other na- 
tional prophetic symbols. The four beasts of Dan. 7 
and the leopard beast of Rev. 13 all arose out of the 
sea. Says Daniel, ''The four winds of the heaven 
strove upon the great sea ; and four beast came up 
from the sea." The sea denotes peoples, nations, and 
tongues (Rev. 17: 15), and the winds denote political 
strife and commotion. Jer. 25 : 32, 33. There was, 
then, in this scene, the dire commotion of nature's 
mightiest elements, — the wind above, the waters be- 
neath, the fury of the gale, the roaring and dashing 
of the waves, and the tumult of the raging storm ; 
and in the midst of this war of elements, as if aroused 
from the depths of the sea by the fearful commotion, 
these beasts one after another appeared. In other 
words, the governments of which these beasts were 
symbols owed their origin to movements among the 
people which would be well represented by the sea 
lashed into foam by the sweeping gale ; they arose 

[124] 



MANNER OF ITS ELSE. 125 

by the upheavals of revolution, and through the strife 
of war. 

But when the prophet beholds the rising of the 
two-horned beast, how different the scene ! No po- 
litical tempest sweeps the horizon, no armies clash 
together like the waves of the sea. He does not be- 
hold the troubled and restless surface of the waters, 
but a calm and immovable expanse of earth. And 
out of this earth, like a plant growing up in a quiet 
and sheltered spot, he sees this beast, bearing on his 
head the horns of a lamb, those eloquent symbols of 
youth and innocence, daily augmenting in bodily 
proportions, and daily increasing in physical strength. 

If any one should here point to the war of the Rev- 
olution as an event which destroys the force of this 
application, it would be sufficient to reply : 1. That 
war was at least fifteen years in the past when the 
two-horned beast was introduced into the field of 
this vision ; and 2. The war of the Revolution was 
not a war of conquest. It was not waged to over- 
throw any other kingdom and build this government 
on its ruins, but only to defend the just rights of the 
American people. An act of resistance against con- 
tinual attempts of injustice and tyranny cannot cer- 
tainly be placed in the same catalogue with wars of 
aggression and conquest. The same may be said of 
the war of 1812. Hence these conflicts do not even 
partake of the nature of objections to the application 
here set forth. 

The same view of this point is taken by eminent 
statesmen here and elsewhere. In a speech at the 
"Centennial Dinner," at the Westminster Palace 
Hotel, London, July 4, 1876, J. P. Thompson, LL. D., 
said : — 



126 THE MARVEL OE NATIONfi, 

"I thank God that this birthday of the United States as a na- 
tion does not commemorate a victory ol arms. War preceeded it, 
gave occasion to it, followed it ; but the figure of Independence 
shaped on the Fourth of July, 1776, wears no helmet, brandishes 
no sword, and carries no stain of slaughter and blood. I recog- 
nize all that war has done for the emancipation of the race, the 
progress of society, the assertion and maintenance of liberty it- 
self ; I honor the heroes who have braved the fury of battle for 
country and right, I ajDpreciate thiC virtues to which war at times 
has trained nations as well as leadelrs and armies ; yet I confess 
myself utterly wearied and sated with these monuments of victory 
in every capital of Europe, made of captured cannon, and sculpt- 
ured over with scenes of carnage. I am sick of that type of his- 
tory that teaches our youth that the Alexanders and Caesars, the 
Frederics and Napoleons, are the great men who have made the 
world ; and it is with a sense of relief and refreshment that I turn 
to a nation whose birthday commemorates a great moral idea, a 
principle of ethics applied to political society — that government 
represents the whole people, for the equal good of all. No tide 
of battle marks this day ; but itself marks the high water line of 
heaving, surging humanity." — United States as a Natio?i, pp. xiii, 
xiv, 

Hon. Wm. M. Evarts quotes with approval a say- 
ing of Burke, respecting our Revolution, as follows : — 

"A great revolution has happened — a revolution made, not by 
chopping and changing of power in any of the existing States, but by 
the appearance of a new State, of a new species in a new part of the 
globe. It has made as great a change in all the relations and 
balances and gravitations of power, as the appearance of a new 
planet would in the system of the solar world. ' 

The word which John uses to describe the manner 
in which this beast comes up is very expressive. It 
is ava^aivov (anabaifion), one ^f the prominent defini- 
tions of which is, " To grow or spring up as a plant." 
And it is a remarkable fact that this very figure has 
been chosen by political writers as the one convey- 
ing the best idea of the manner in which this govern- 



MANNER OF ITS RISE. 127 

ment has arisen. Mr. G. A. Townsend, in his work 
entitled, " The New World Compared with the Old," 
p. 462, says : — 

"Since America was discovered, slie has been a subject of rev- 
olutionary thought in Europe. The mystery of her coming forth 
from 'vacancy, the marvel of her wealth in gold and silver, the 
spectacle of her captives led through European capitals, filled the 
minds of men with unrest ; and unrest is the first stage of revolu- 
tion." 

On p. 635, he further says : — 

"In this web of islands — the West Indies — began the life of 
both [North and South] Americas. There Columbus saw land, 
there Spain began her baneful and brilliant Western Empire ; 
thence Cortez departed for Mexico, De Soto for the Mississippi, 
Balboa for the Pacific, and Pizarro for Peru. The history of the 
United States was separated by a beneficent Providence far from 
this wild and cruel history of the rest of the continent, and like a 
silent seed ice grew into empire [italics ours] ; while empire itself, 
beginning in the South, was swept by so interminable a hurricane 
that what of its history we can ascertain is read by the very 
lightnings that , devastated it. The growth of English America 
may be likened to a series of lyrics sung by separate singers, 
which, coalescing, at last make a vigorous chorus, and this, at- 
tracting many from afar, swells and is prolonged, until presently 
it assumes the dignity and proportions of epic song." 

A writer in the Dublin Nation, about the year 
1850, spoke of the United States as a wonderful em- 
pire which was " emerging,'' and *' amid the silence of 
the earth daily adding to its power and pride." 

In Martyn's '' History of the Great Reformation," 
Vol. iv. p. 238, is an extract from an oration deliv- 
ered by Edward Everett on the English exiles who 
founded this government, in which he says : — 

" Did they look for a retired spot, inoffensive from its obscurity, 
safe in its remoteness from the haunts of despots, where the little 
church of Leyden might enjoy freedom of conscience ? Behold the 



128 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

mighty regions over which hi peaceful conquest — mctoria sine clade — 
they have borne the banners of the cross." 

We now ask the reader to look at tnese expres- 
sions side by side, — *' coming up out of the earth," 
** coming forth from vacancy," '* emerging amid the 
silence of the earth," *'like a silent seed we grew into 
empire," '' mighty regions " secured by " peaceful 
conquest." The first is from the prophet, stating 
what would be when the two-horned beast should 
arise ; the others are from political writers, telling 
what has been in the history of our ozvn government. 
Can any one fail to see that the last four are exactly 
synonymous with the first, and that they record a 
complete accomplishment of the prediction ? And 
what is not a little remarkable, those, who have thus 
recorded the fulfillment have, without any reference to 
the prophecy, used the very figure which the prophet 
employed. These men, therefore, being judges, — 
men of large and cultivated minds, whose powers of 
discernment all will acknowledge to be sufificiently 
clear, — it is certain that the particular manner in 
which the United States has arisen, so far as it con- 
cerns its relation to other nations, answers most 
strikingly to the development of the symbol under 
consideration. 

We now extend the inquiry a step further : Has the 
United States "come up" in a manner to fulfill the 
prophecy in respect to the achievements this govern- 
ment has accomplished } Has the progress made 
been sufficiently great and sufficiently rapid to cor- 
respond to that visible and perceptible growth which 
John saw in the two-horned beast ? 

In view of what has already been presented in 
Chapter II., this question need not be asked. To 



MANNER OF ITS RISE. 129 

show how the development of our country answers 
to the *' coming up " of the symbol, would be but to 
repeat the evidence there given. When was the 
wonderful national development indicated by the 
two-horned beast to appear ? — In the very era of the 
world's history where our own government has ap- 
peared. Where was it to be witnessed } — In that 
territory which our own government occupies. We 
call the attention of the reader again to the wonder- 
ful facts stated in Chapter II. Their significance is 
greatly enhanced by the representations of that por- 
tion of the prophecy we are now considering. Read 
again the staten'.ent from Macmillan & Co., on p. 26, 
showing that during the half century ending in 1867, 
the United States added to its domain over fourteen 
hundred thousand square miles of territory more 
than any other single nation added to its area, and 
over eight hundred thousand more than was added 
to their respective kingdoms by all the other nations 
of the earth put together. Its increase in population 
and all the resources of national strength during the 
same time were equally noteworthy. And this mar- 
velous exhibition has occurred, be it remembered, at 
that very epoch when the prophecy of the two-horned 
beast bids us look for a new government just then 
arising to prominence and power among the nations 
of the earth. According to the argument on the 
chronology of this symbol, we cannot go back of the 
present century for its fulfillment ; and we submit to 
the candid reader that to apply this to any other gov- 
ernment in the world but our own during this time, 
would be contrary to fact, and utterly illogical. It 
follows, then, that our own government is the one in 
question ; for this is the one which, at the right time 

9 



130 



THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 



and in the right place, has been emphatically " com- 
ing up." 

The only objection we can anticipate is that this 
nation has progressed too fast and too far, — that the 
government has already outgrown the symbol. But 
what shall be thought of those who deny that it has 
any place in prophecy at all ? No ; this prodigy has 
its place on the prophetic page ; and the path which 
has thus far led us to the conclusion that the two- 
horned beast is the prophetic symbol of the United 
States, is hedged m on either side by walls of adamant 
that reach to heaven. To make any other applica- 
tion is an utter impossibility. The thought would be 
folly, and the attempt, abortion. 




CHAPTER IX. 



THE TWO GREAT PRINCIPLES OF THIS GOVERNMENT. 

^]^^ AVING given us data by which to determine 

t) the location, chronology, and rapid rise of this 
power, John now proceeds to describe the ap- 
pearance of the two-horned beast, and speak of his 
acts in such a manner as clearly to indicate his char- 
acter, both apparent and real. Every specification 
thus far examined has held the application impera- 
tively to the United States, and we shall find this one 
no less strong in the same direction. 

This symbol has " two horns like a lamb." To those 
who have studied the prophecies of Daniel and John, 
horns upon a beast are no unfamiliar features. The 
ram (Dan. 8 : 3) had two horns. The he-goat that 
came up against him had at first one notable horn be- 
tween his eyes. Verse 5. This was broken, and four 
came up in its place toward the four winds of heaven. 
Verse 8. From one of these came forth another horn, 
which waxed exceeding great. Verse 9. The fourth 
beast of Dan. 7 had ten horns. Among these, a little 
horn with eyes and mouth, far-seeing, crafty, and 
blasphemous, arose. Dan. 7 : 8. The dragon and 
leopard beast of Rev. 12 and 13, denoting the same as 
the fourth beast of Dan. 7 in its two phases, have each 
the same number of horns, signifying the same thing. 
And the symbol under consideration has two horns 
like a lamb. From the use of the horns on the other 
symbols, some facts are apparent which may guide 
us to an understanding of their use on this last one. 

[131] 



182 THE MAUVE L OF NATIONS. 

A horn is used in the Scriptures as a symbol of 
strength and power, as in Deut. 33 : 17, and of glory 
and honor, as in Job 16 : 15. 

A horn is sometimes used to denote a nation as a 
whole, as the four horns of the goat, the little horn of 
Dan. 8, and the ten horns of the fourth beast of Dan. 
.7 ; and sometimes some particular feature of the gov- 
ernment ; as the first horn of the goat, which denoted 
not the nation as a whole, but the civil power, as cen- 
tered in the first king, Alexander the Great. 

Horns do not always denote division, as in the case 
of the four horns of the goat, etc. ; for the two horns 
of the ram denote the iinion of Media and Persia in 
one government. 

A horn is not used exclusively to represent civil 
power ; for the little horn of Daniel's fourth beast, the 
papacy, was a horn when it plucked up three other 
horns, and established itself in 538. But it was then 
purely an ecclesiastical power, and so remained for 
two hundred and seventeen years from that time, 
when Pepin, in the year 755, made the Roman pontiff 
a grant of some rich provinces in Italy, which first 
constituted him a temporal monarch. (Goodrich's 
History of the Church, p. 98 ; Bower's History of 
the Popes, vol, ii, p. 108.) 

With these facts before us, we are prepared to in- 
quire into the significance of the two horns which 
pertain to this beast. Why does John say that he 
has " two horns like a lamb " .'* Why not simply " two 
horns".'* It must be because these horns possess pe- 
culiarities which indicate the character of the power 
to which they belong. The horns of a lamb indicate, 
first, youthfulness, and secondly, innocence and gen- 
tleness. As a power which has but recently arisen, 



TEE TWO GREAT PRINCIPLES. I33 

the United States answers to the symbol admirably 
in respect to age ; while no other power, as has al- 
ready abundantly been proved, can be found to do 
this. And considered as an index of power and char- 
acter, it can be decided what constitutes the two 
horns of the government, if it can be ascertained what 
is the secret of its strength and power, and what re- 
veals its apparent character, or constitutes its out- 
ward profession. The Hon. J. A. Bingham gives us 
the clue to the whole matter when he states that the 
object of those who first sought these shores was to 
found " what the world had not seen for ages ; viz., a 
Church without a pope, and a State without a king." 
Expressed in other words, this would be a govern- 
ment in which the church should be free from the 
civil power, and civil and religious liberty reign su- 
preme. 

And what is the profession of this government in 
these respects } As already noticed, that great in- 
strument which our forefathers set forth as their bill 
of rights — the Declaration of Independence — affirms 
that all men are created on a plane of perfect equality ; 
that their Creator has endowed them all alike with 
certain rights which cannot be alienated from them ; 
that among these are life, of which no man can right- 
fully deprive another, and liberty, to which every one 
is alike entitled, and the pursuit of happiness, in any 
way and every way which does not infringe upon the 
rights of others. 

So much for the department of civil liberty. In 
the domain of spiritual things the position of this 
government is no less explicit and no less broad and 
liberal. In the Old World what multitudes have been 
deprived of " life, liberty, and the pursuit of happi- 



134 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ness," on account of a peculiarity of belief in religious 
matters ! What woes have been inflicted upon hu- 
manity by the efforts of spiritual tyrants to fetter 
men's consciences ! What a grand safeguard is erected 
against these evils in the noble provisions of our 
Constitution, that no person shall be prohibited from 
freely exercising his religion (on the implied condi- 
tion, of course, that no other person's rights are in- 
fringed upon) ; that Congress shall make no law in 
regard to any religious establishment ; and that no 
religious profession shall qualify, and no lack of it de- 
bar, a person from any office of public trust under the 
United States. Thus the right of worshiping God ac- 
cording to the dictates of his own conscience is guar- 
anteed to every man. 

In the chapter on the political and religious influ- 
ence of this nation, these points are brought out more 
fully. And to the matter of that chapter the reader 
is again referred. 

Here, then, are two great principles standing prom- 
inently before the people, — Republicanism and Prot- 
estantism. And what can be more just, and innocent, 
and lamb-like than these } And here, also, is the se- 
cret of our strength and power. Had some Caligula 
or Nero ruled this land, we should look in vain for 
what we behold to-day. Immigration would not have 
flowed to our shores, and this country would never 
have presented to the world so unparalleled an ex- 
ample of national growth. 

One of these two lamb-like horns may therefore 
represent the great principle of civil liberty in this 
government ; and the other, the equally great prin- 
ciple of religious liberty, which men so highly prize, 
and have so earnestly sought. As says Mr. Foss in 



THE TWO GREAT PRINCIPLES, 135 

his sermon before quoted, " The two evangels of civil 
and religious liberty are ours." How better could 
these two great principles be symbolized than by the 
horns of a lamb ? This application is warranted by 
the facts already set forth respecting the horns of the 
other powers. For (1.) the two horns may belong to 
one beast, and denote union instead of division, as in 
the case of the ram (Dan. 8) ; (2.) a horn may denote 
a purely ecclesiastical element, as the little horn of 
Daniel's fourth beast ; and (3.) a horn may denote the 
civil power alone, as in the case of the first horn of 
the Grecian goat.^ On the basis of these facts, we 
have these two elements. Republicanism and Protest- 
antism, here united in one government, and repre- 
sented by two horns like the horns of a lamb. And 
these are nowhere else to be found ; nor have they 
appeared, since the time when we could consistently 
look for the rise of the two-horned beast, in any na- 
tion upon the face of the earth except our own. 

And with these horns there is no objection to be 
found. They are like those of a lamb, the Bible sym- 
bol of purity and innocence. The principles are all 
right. The outward appearance is unqualifiedly good. 
But, alas for our country ! its acts are to give the lie 
to its profession. The lamb-like features are first de- 
veloped, but the dragon voice is to be heard hereafter. 








CHAPTER X. 



INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES. 

^ROM the facts thus far elicited in this argument, 
we have seen that the government symbolized 
by the two-horned beast must be, — 

1. Some government distinct from the powers of 
the Old World, whether civil or ecclesiastical ; 

2. That it must arise this side the Atlantic ; 

3. That it must be seen coming into influence and 
notoriety about the year 1798 ; 

4. That it must rise in a peaceful manner ; 

5. That its progress must be so rapid as to strike 
the beholder with as much wonder as the perceptible 
growth of an animal before his eyes ; 

6. That it must be a republic ; 

7. That it must exhibit before the world, as an in- 
dex of its character and of the motives by which it is 
governed, two great principles, in themselves perfectly 
just, innocent, and lamb-like ; and 

8. That it must perform its work in the- present' 
century. 

And we have seen that of these eight specifications 
just two things can be said : First, that they are all 
perfectly met in the history of the United States thus 
far ; and secondly, that they are not met in the his- 
tory of any other government on the face of the earth. 
Behind these eight lines of defense, therefore, the ar- 
gument lies impregnably intrenched. 

And the American patriot, the man who loves his 
country, and takes a just pride in her thus-far glori- 
ous record and noble achievements (and who does 
- [136] 



INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES, 137 

not?), needs an argument no less ponderous and im- 
movable, and an array of evidence no less clear, to 
enable him to accept the painful sequel which the re- 
mainder of the prophecy also applies to this govern- 
ment, hitherto the best the world has ever seen ; for 
the prophet immediately turns to a part of the pict- 
ure which is dark with injustice, and marred by op- 
pression, deception, intolerance, and wrong. 

After describing the lamb-like appearance of this 
symbol, John im.mediately adds, '' And he spake as a 
dragon." The dragon (Pagan Rome), the first link 
in this chain of prophecy, was a relentless persecutor 
of the church of God. The leopard beast (the Papacy) 
which follows, was likewise a persecuting power, 
grinding out for 1260 years the lives of millions of the 
followers of Christ. The third actor in the scene, the 
two-horned beast, speaks like the first, and thus shows 
himself to be a dragon at heart; "for out of the 
abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh," and in 
the heart actions are conceived. This, then, like the 
others, is a persecuting power ; and the reason that 
any of them are mentioned in prophecy, is simply be- 
cause they are persecuting powers. God's care for 
the church, his little, flock, is what has led him to gi^Q 
a revelation of his will, and point out the foes with 
whom they would have to contend. To his church, 
all the actions recorded of the dragon and leopard 
beast relate ; and in reference to the church, there- 
fore, we conclude that the dragon voice of this power 
is uttered. 

The ''speaking" of any government must be the 
public promulgation of its will on the part of its law- 
making and executive powers. Is this nation, then, 
to issue unjust and oppressive enactments against the 



138 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

people of God ? Are the fires of persecution, which 
in other ages have devastated other lands, to be lighted 
here also ? We would fain believe otherwise ; but 
notwithstanding the pure intentions of the noble 
founders of this government, notwithstanding the 
worthy motives and objects of thousands of Christian 
patriots to-day, we can but take the prophecy as it 
reads, and expect nothing less than what it predicts. 
John heard this power speak, and the voice was that 
of a dragon. 

Nor is this so improbable an issue as might at first 
appear. The people of the United States are not all 
saints. The masses, notwithstanding all our gospel 
light and gospel privileges, are still in a position for 
Satan to suddenly fire their hearts with the basest of 
impulses. This nation, as we have seen, is to exist 
to the coming of Christ ; and the Bible very fully sets 
forth the moral condition of the people in the days 
that immediately precede that event. Iniquity is to 
abound, and the love of many to wax cold. Matt. 
24 : 12. Evil men and seducers are to wax worse and 
worse. 2 Tim. 3 : 13. Scoffers are to arise, saying, 
"Where is the promise of his coming.-^" 2 Pet. 3:3, 
4. The whole land is to be full of violence, as it was 
in the days of Noah, and full of licentiousness, as was 
Sodom in the days of Lot. Luke IT : 26-30. And 
when the Lord appears, faith will scarcely be found 
upon the earth (Luke 18:8); and those who are ready 
for his coming will be but a "little flock." Luke 12 : 
32. Can the people of God think to go through this 
period, and not suffer persecution .'^ — No ; this would 
be contrary to the lessons taught by all past experi- 
ence, and just the reverse of what we are warranted 
by the word of God to expect. " All that will live 



INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES. I39 

godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution." If 
ever this was true in the history of the church, we 
may expect it to be emphatically so when, in the last 
days, the world is in its aphelion as related to God, 
and the wicked touch their lowest depths of iniquity 
and sin. 

Let, then, such a general spirit of persecution arise 
as the foregoing scriptures declare will in the last 
days exist, and what is more probable than that it 
should assume an organized form ? In this country 
the will of the people is law. And let there be a gen- 
eral desire on the part of the people for certain op- 
pressive enactments against' believers in unpopular 
doctrines, and what would be more easy and natural 
than that such desire should immediately crystallize 
into systematic action, and oppressive measures take 
the form of law } Then we should have just what the 
prophecy indicates. Then would be heard the voice 
or the dragon. 

And there are elements already In existence which 
furnish a luxuriant soil for a baleful crop of future evil. 
Our nation has grown so rapidly in wealth that it 
stands to-day as the richest nation in the world. 
Wealth leads to luxury, luxury to corruption, corrup- 
tion to the breaking down of all moral barriers ; and 
then the way is open for the worst passions to come 
to the front, and for the worst principles to bear rule. 
The prevailing condition of things is graphically de- 
scribed by the late distinguished and devoted J. H. 
Merle D'Aubigne, author of the "History of the Ref- 
ormation." Just previous to his death he prepared a 
paper for the Evangelical Alliance, in which he 
gave utterance to the following weighty and startling 
words : — 



140 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

** If the meeting for which you are assembled is an important 
one, the period at which it is held is equally so, not only on ac- 
count of the great things which God is accomplishing in the world, 
but also by reason of the great evils which the spirit of darkness 
is spreading throughout Christendom. The despotic and arrogant 
pretensions of Rome have reached in our days their highest pitch, 
and we are consequently more than ever called upon to contend 
against that power which dares to usurp the divine attributes. 
But that is not all. While superstition has increased, unbelief has 
done so still more. Until now the eighteenth century — the age 
of Yoltaire — was regarded as the epoch of most decided infidelity; 
but how far does the present time suri3ass it in this respect ! . . . 
But there is a still sadder feature of our times. Unbelief has 
reached even the ministry of the word." 

Political corruption is preparing the way for deeper 
sin. It pervades all parties. Look at the dishonest 
means resorted to to obtain office, — the bribery, the 
deceptions, the ballot-stuffing. Look at the stupen- 
dous revelations of municipal corruption lately dis- 
closed in New York City, — millions upon millions 
stolen directly and barefacedly from the city treasury 
by its corrupt officials. Look at the civil service of 
this government. Speaking on this point, The Nation 
of Nov. 17, 1870, said :— 

"The newspapers are generally believed to exaggerate most of 
the abuses they denounce ; but we say deliberately, that no denun- 
ciation of the civil service of the United States which has ever ap- 
peared in print has come up, as a picture of selfishness, greed, 
fraud, corruption, falsehood, and cruelty, to the accounts which 
are given privately by those who have seen the real workings of 
the machine." 

Revelations are continually coming to light, going 
beyond the worst fears of those who are even the most 
apprehensive of wrongs committed among all classes 
of society at the present time. The nation stands 
aghast to-day at the evidence of corruption in high 



INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES. 141 

places which is thrust before its face. Yet a popular 
ministry, in their softest and most soothing tones, de- 
clare that the world is growing better, and sing of a 
good time coming. 

The Detroit Evening- News of March 4, 18T6, refer- 
ring to Secretary Belknap's fall, said : — 

*'The revelations of corruption in connection with the adminis- 
tration of the Federal government have gone further than any- 
body's worst fears, in the humiliating intelligence of Secretary 
Belknap's disgrace. That among the underlings there were to be 
found rascals, might have been expected in such times as these, 
but that a minister of the Cabinet should have turned out to be 
nothing better than a vulgar thief is something which must fill this 
nation with dismay, and the civilized world with contempt. Where 
is all this to stop ? Are we so utterly rotten as a people that noth- 
ing but vileness can come uppermost, — that we cannot preserve 
even the gTeat offices of the Cabinet from the possession of ras- 
cals ? " 

Again the News says :— 

" Wa^ington seems to be ingulfed in iniquit} and steeped in 
corruption. Disclosures of fraud in high places are pushing one 
another toward the light. Belknap, Logan, Delano, Ingalls — and 
where the black list will stop. Heaven only knows." 

Since the foregoing was written, who will say that 
there has been any real improvement in the tone of 
public morals } And further enumeration is here un- 
necessary. Enoftgh crops out in every day's history 
to show that moral principle, the only guarantee for 
justice and honesty in a government like ours, is sadly 
wanting. 

And evil is also threatening from another quarter. 
Creeping up from the darkness of the Dark Ages, a 
hideous monster is intently watching to seize the 
throat of liberty in our land. It thrusts itself up into 
the noonday of the nineteenth century, not that it 



142 THE MARVEL OF STATIONS. 

may be benefited by its light and freedom, but that it 
may suppress and obscure thern. The name of this 
monster is Popery ; and it has fixed its rapacious and 
blood-thirsty eyes on this land, determined to make 
it its helpless prey. It already decides the elections 
in some of our largest cities. It controls the revenues 
of the most populous State in the Union, and appro- 
priates annually hundreds of thousands of dollars 
raised from Protestant taxes, to the support of its own 
ecclesiastical organizations, and to the furtherance of 
its own religious and political ends. It has attained 
such a degree of influence that it is only by a mighty 
effort of Protestant patriotism that any measures 
against which the Romish element combines its 
strength can now be carried. And corrupt and un- 
scrupulous politicians stand ready to concede its de- 
mands, in order to secure its support for the advance- 
ment of their own ambitious aims. Look at the so- 
called "Freedom of Worship" bill, by which Papists 
would compel the general public to support in public 
institutions its own peculiar form of worship and 
priestly influence, — a bill which has been, and in all 
probability is destined more fully to be, an occasion 
of wrangling in the New York Legislature. Rome is 
in the field, with the basest and most fatal intentions, 
and with the most watchful and tireless energy. It 
is destined to play an important part in our future 
troubles ; for it is symbolized by the very beast which 
the two-horned beast is to cause the earth and them 
that dwell therein to worship, and before whose eyes 
it is to perform its wonders. Rev. 14 : 12. 

And in our own better Protestant churches there is 
that which threatens to lead to most serious evils. 
On this point one of their own popular ministers, who 



INCONSISTENT UTTERAy JES. I43 

is well qualified to speak, may testif} ^ A sermon by 
Charles Beecher contains the following statements : — 

"Our best, most humble, most devoted servants of Christ, are 
fostering in their midst what will one (Jay, not long hence, show 
itself to be the spawn of the dragon. They shrink from any rude 
word against creeds with the same sensitiveness with which those 
holy fathers would have shrunk from a rude word against the ris- 
ing veneration of saints and martyrs which they were fostering. 
. . . The Protestant evangelical denominations have so tied up 
one another's hands, and their own, that, between them all, a man 
cannot become a preacher at all, anywhere, without accepting 
some book besides the Bible. . . , And is not the Protestant 
Church apostate ? Oh ! remember, the final form of apostasy shall 
rise, not by crosses, processions, baubles. We understand all that. 
Apostasy never comes on the outside. It develops. It is an apos- 
tasy that shall spring into life within us, — an apostasy that shall 
martyr a man who believes his Bible ever so holily ; yea, who may 
even believe what the creed contains, but who may happen to 
agree with the Westminster Assembly, that, proposed as a test, it 
is an unwarrantable imposition. That is the apostasy we have to 
fear, and is it not already formed ? . . . Will it be said that our 
fears are imaginary ? Imaginarj^ ! Did not the Kev. John M. 
Duncan, in the years 1825-6, or thereabouts, sincerely believe the 
Bible ? Did he not even believe substantially the Confession of 
Faith ? And was he not, for daring to say what the Westminster 
Assembly said, that to require the reception of that creed as a test 
of ministerial qualification was an unwarrantable imposition, 
brought to trial, condemned, excommunicated, and his pulpit de- 
clared vacant ? There is nothing imaginary in the statement that 
the creed-power is noF beginning to prohibit the Bible as really 
as Rome did, though in a subtler way. 

"Oh, woful day ! Oh, unhappy Church of Christ, fast rushing 
round and round the fatal circle of absorbing ruin ! . . . Daily 
does every one see that things are going wrong. With sighs does 
every true heart confess that rottenness is somewhere, but, ah ! it 
is hopeless of reform. We all pass on, and the tide rolls down to 
night. The waves of the coming conflict which is to convulse 
Christendom to her center are beginning to be felt. The deep 
heavings begin to swell beneath, us. *A11 the old signs fail.' 
' God answers no more by Urim and Thummim, nor by dream, nor 



144 TEE MARVEL OP NATIONS. 

by prophet/ Men's hearts are failing them for fear, and for look- 
ing after those things that are coming on the earth. Thunders 
mutter in the distance. Winds moan across the surging bosom of 
the deep. All things betide the rising of that fatal storm of di- 
vine indignation which shall sweep away the vain refuge of lies." 

In addition to this, we have spiritualism, infidelity, 
socialism, free-love, the trades unions, or labor against 
capital, and communism, — all assiduously spreading 
their principles among the masses. These are the 
very principles that worked among the people, as the 
exciting cause, just prior to the terrible French Rev- 
olution of 1789-1800. Human nature is the same in 
all ages, and like causes will surely produce like ef- 
fects. These causes are now all in active operation ; 
and how soon they will culminate in a state of an- 
archy, and a reign of terror as much more frightful than 
thr F'rench Revolution as they are now more widely 
extended, no man can say. 

Such are some of the elements already at work ; 
Such is the direction in which events are moving. 
Ari'l how much further is it necessary that they should 
prog'-ess in this manner before an open war-cry from 
the masses of persecution against those whose simple 
adherence to the Bible shall put to shame their man- 
made theology, and .whose godly lives shall condemn 
their wicked practices, would seem in nowise start- 
ling or incongruous } 

But some may say, through an all-absorbing faith 
in the increasing virtue of the American people, that 
they do not believe that the United States will ever 
raise the hand of persecution against any class. Very 
well. This is not a matter over which we need to in- 
dulge in any controversy. No process of reasoiiing 
nor any amount of argument can ever show that it 



INCONSISTENT UTTERANCES. 



145 



will noth^ so. We think we have shown good ground 
for strong probabilities that this government may yet 
commit itself to the work of religious persecution ; 
and we shall present more forcible evidence, and 
speak of more significant movements hereafter. As 
we interpret the prophecy, we look upon it as inev- 
itable. But the decision of the question must be left 
to time ; we can neither help nor hinder its work. 
Time will soon correct all errors, and solve all doubts, 
on this question. 




10 



CHAPTER XI. 



HE DOETH GREAT WONDERS. 

'N further predicting the work of the two-horned 
beast, the prophet says, *' And he exerciseth all 
^ the power of the first beast before him, and caus- 
eth the earth and them which dwell therein to wor- 
ship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed." 
This language is urged by some to prove that the 
two-horned beast must be some power which holds 
the reins of government in the very territory occu- 
pied by the first, or preceding beast, which is the pa- 
pacy ; for, otherwise, how could he exercise his 
power ? 

If the word ''before" denoted precedence in time, 
and the first (or papal) beast passed off the stage of 
action when the two-horned beast came on, just as 
Babylon gave place to Persia, which then exercised 
all the power of Babylon before it, there would be 
some plausibility in the claim. But the word ren- 
dered "before" is euuiriop (enopion)^ which means, lit- 
erally, '' in the presence of" And so the language, 
instead of proving what is claimed, becomes a most 
positive proof that these two beasts — the leopard pa- 
pal beast and the two-horned beast — are distinct and 
contemporary powers. 

The first beast is in existence, having all its sym- 
bolic vitality, at the very time the two-horned beast 
is exercising power in his presence. But this could 
not be, if his dominion had passed into the hands of 
the two-horned beast ; for a beast, in prophecy, ceases 
to exist when his dominion is taken away. What 

[146] 



HE DOETH GREAT WONDERS. I47 

caused the change in the symbols, as given in the 
seventh chapter of Daniel, from the lion, representing 
Babylon, to the bear, representing Persia ? — Simply a 
transfer of dominion from Babylon to Ptrsia. And 
so the prophecy explains the successive passing away 
of these beasts, by saying that their "lives were pro- 
longed," but their " dominion was taken away" (verse 
12) ; that is, the territory of the kingdom was not 
blotted from the map, nor the lives of the people de- 
stroyed, but there was a transfer of power from one 
nationality to another. So the fact that the leopard 
beast, here in Rev. 13, is spoken of as still an existing 
power, when the two-horned beast works in his pres- 
ence, is proof that he is, at that time, in possession of 
all the dominion that was ever necessary to constitute 
him a symbol in prophecy. 

What power, then, does the two-horned beast ex- 
ercise ? Not the power which belongs to, and is in 
the hands of, the leopard, or papal beast, surely ; but 
he exercises, or essays to exercise, in his presence, 
power of the same kind and to the same extent. The 
power which the first beast exercised, — that alone 
with which the prophecy is concerned, — was a terri- 
ble power of oppression against the people of God 
(verse 7) ; and this is a further indication of the char- 
acter which the two-horned beast is finally to sustain 
in this respect. 

The latter part of the verse, ** And causeth the earth 
and them which dwell therein to worship the first 
beast, whose deadly wound was healed," is still further 
proof that the two-horned beast is no phase nor feat- 
ure of the papacy; for the papal beast is certainly 
competent to enforce his own worship in his own 
country, and from his own subjects. But it is the 



148 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

two-horned beast which causeth the earth (the terri- 
tory out of which it arose, and over which it rules), 
and them which dwell therein, to worship the first 
beast. This shows that this beast occupies territory 
over which the first beast has no jurisdiction. 

" And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh 
fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight 
of men." In this specification we have still further 
proof that our own government is the one represented 
by the two-horned beast. That we are living in an 
age of wonders, none can deny. Time was, and that 
not twoscore of years ago, when the bare mention of 
achievements which now constitute the warp and 
woof of every-day life, was considered the wildest 
chimera of a diseased imagination. Now, nothing is 
too wonderful to be believed, nor too strange to hap- 
pen. Go back only a little more than half a century, 
and the world, with respect to those things which 
tend to domestic convenience and comfort, — the 
means of illumination, the production and application 
of heat, and the performance of various household op- 
erations ; with respect to methods of rapid locomo- 
tion from place to place, and the transmission of in- 
telligence from point to point, stood about where it 
did in the days of the patriarchs. , Suddenly the 
waters of that long stream over whose drowsy surface 
scarcely a ripple of improvement had passed for three 
thousand years, broke into the white foam of violent 
agitation. The world awoke from the slumber and 
darkness of ages. The divine finger lifted the seal 
from the prophetic books, and brought that predicted 
period when men should run to and fro, and knowl- 
edge should be increased. Then men bound the ele- 
ments to their chariots, and, reaching up, laid hold 



150 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

upon the very lightning, and made it their message- 
bearer around the world. Nahum foretold that at a 
certain time the chariots should be with flaming 
torches and run like the lightnings. Nahum 2 : 3, 4. 
Who can behold, in the darkness of the night, the 
locomotive dashing over its iron track, the fiery glare 
of its great lidless eye driving the shadows from its 
path, and torrents of smoke and sparks and flame 
pouring from its burning throat, and not realize that 
ours are the eyes that are privileged to look upon a 
fulfillment of Nahum's prophecy.'^ But when this 
should take place, the prophet said that the times 
would be burdened with the solemn work of God's 
" preparation." 

" Canst thou send lightnings," said God to Job, 
" that they may go, and say unto thee. Here we 
are "i " Job. 38 : 35. If Job were living to-day, he 
could answer, Yes, It is one of the current sayings 
of our time that " Franklin tamed the lightning, and 
Prof. Morse taught it the English language." 

So in every department of the arts and sciences, 
the advancement that has been made within the last 
half century is without precedent in the world's his- 
tory. And in all these the United States takes the 
lead. These facts are not, indeed, to be taken as a 
fulfillment of the prophecy, but they show the spirit 
of the age in which we live, and point to this time as 
a period when we may look for wonders of every 
kind. 

The wonders to which the prophecy (Rev. 13) re- 
fers are evidently wrought for the purpose of deceiv- 
ing the people ; for verse Itt reads, '' And deceiveth 
them that dwell on the earth by means of those mir- 
acles which he had power to do in the sight of the 
beast." 



HE DOETB GREAT WOlTDEnS. 151 

THE TWO-HORNED BEAST THE SAME AS THE FALSE 
PROPHET OF CHAPTER 19. 

The work attributed in verse 14:, just quoted, to the 
two-horned beast, identifies this power with the false 
prophet of Rev. 19 : 20 ; for this false prophet is the 
agency that works miracles before the beast, " with 
which," says John, " /le deceived tJieni thai had I'c- 
ceivcd the mark of the beast, and tJiein that zvoi^shiped 
his image!' — the very actions which the two-horned 
beast is to cause men to perform. We can now as- 
certain by what means the miracles in question are 
wrought ; for Rev. 16 : 13, 11, speaks of spirits of 
devils working miracles, which go forth unto the 
kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather 
them to the battle of the great day of God Almighty ; 
and these miracle-working spirits go forth out of the 
mouths of certain powers, one of which is this ve7y 
false prophet, or two-horned beast. 

Miracles are of two kinds — true and false, just as 
we have a true Christ and false christs, true prophets 
and false prophets, and true apostles and false apos- 
tles. By a false miracle we mean, not a pretended 
miracle, which is no miracle at all, but a real mir- 
acle, a supernatural performance, wrought in the in- 
terest of falsehood, for the purpose of deceiving the 
people, or of proving a lie. The miracles of this 
power are real miracles, but are wrought for the pur- 
pose of deception. The prophecy does not read that 
he deceived the people by means of the miracles 
which he claimed that he was able to perform, or 
which he pretended to do, but which he had power 
to do. 

They, therefore, fall far short of the real intent of 



152 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

the prophecy, who suppose that the great wonders 
wrought by this power were fulfilled by Napoleon 
when he told the Mussulmans that he could command 
a fiery chariot to come down from heaven, but never 
did it ; or by the pretended miracles of the Romish 
Church, which are only shams, mere tricks played off 
by unscrupulous and designing priests upon their ig- 
norant and superstitious dupes. 

Miracles, or wonders, such as are to be wrought by 
the two-horned beast, and, withal, as we think, the 
very ones referred to in the prophecy, are mentioned 
by Paul in 2 Thess; 2 : 9, 10. Speaking of the second 
coming of Christ, he says, " Whose coming is after 
[/cara, at the time of, 2 Tim. 4 : 1]"^ the working of Sa- 



* The one whose coming is referred to in 2 Thess, 2 : 9, is shown by 
the connection to be the same as the one whose coming is spoken of in 
verse 8; and that is Christ. In the original the connection is very direct; 
thus, Karagyr/aet ri) eTzccpaveia ri/g Tzagovoiaq avrov^ ov kariv ij iragovoia kut' 
kvigyeiap tov ^aravd, etc. There would seem to be no question but that 
the relative ov must refer to the preceding avrov as its antecedent ; for the 
sentence literally reads, "And shall destroy with the brightness of Ms 
coming, of whom the coming is after the working of Satan," etc. In this 
case we cannot give to Kara the definition of " through," " by means of" 
or ".according to," as it frequently means; for the coming of Christ is not 
"by means of," or "according to," the working of Satan. But Kara has 
another definition when used with an accusative, and when referring to 
time. It then means, " within the range of, during, in the course of, at, 
about." (Bagster's Analytical Greek Lexicon.) It is here used with the 
accusative, — kvegyetav, — and although the word is not directly a noun of 
time, it is a word which necessarily involves the idea of duration ; for the 
working of Satan must occupy time. We submit, therefore, that it may 
here receive one of the definitions last mentioned, and be rendered " at 
the time of." The whole passage would then read: " Whom the Lord 
shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the 
brightness of his coming ; whose coming is at the time of the working of 
Satan with all power," etc. Thus rendered, the passage becomes parallel 
to that of 2 Tim. 4 : 1, where KaTo, is properly rendered " at," meaning 
" at the time of ; " thus, "I charge thee therefore before God, and the 
Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at his appear- 
ing [/cara rfjv £TTc<pdvetai' avrov^ and his kingdom." 



BE DOETH QBE AT WONDERS. 153 

tan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and 
with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them 
that perish, because they received not the love of the 
truth, that they might be saved." These are no 
sleight-of-hand performances, but such a working of 
Satan as the world has never before seen. To work 
with all power and signs and lying wonders, is cer- 
tainly to do a real and an astounding work, but one 
which is designed to prove a lie. 

Again, the Saviour, predicting events to occur just 
before his second coming, says, " For there shall arise 
false christs and false prophets, and shall show great 
signs and wonders ; insomuch that if it were possible, 
they shall deceive the very elect." Here, again, are 
wonders foretold, wrought for the purpose of decep- 
tion, so powerful that were it possible even the very 
elect would be deceived by them. 

Thus we have a series of prophecies setting forth 
the development, in the last days, of a wonder-work- 
ing power, manifested to a startling and unprece- 
dented degree, in the interest of falsehood and error. 
All refer to one and the same thing. The earthly 
government with which it was to be especially con- 
nected, is that represented by the two-horned beast, 
or false prophet. The agency lying back of the out- 
ward manifestations was to be Satanic, " the spirit of 
devils." The prophecy, according to the application 
made of it in this book, calls for such a work as this 
in our own country at the present time. Do we be- 
hold anything like it } Read the answer in the lam- 
entation of the prophet : " Woe to the inhabiters of 
the earth and of the sea ! for the Devil is come down 
unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth 
that he hath but a short time." Rev. 12 : 12. Stand 



154 'J'lIE MAUVEL OF ITATTOKS. 

aghast, O Earth ! tremble, ye people, but be not de- 
ceived ! The huge specter of evil confronts us, as the 
prophet declared. Satan is loosed. From the depth 
of Tartarus myriads of demons swarm over the land. 
The prince of darkness manifests himself as never be- 
fore, and, stealing a word from the vocabulary of 
heaven to designate his work, he calls it — Spiintual- 

1. Does Spiritualism, then, bear these marks of Sa- 
tame agency i 

(1.) The spirits which communicate claim to be the 
spirits of our departed friends. But the Bible, in the 
most explicit terms, assures us that the dead are 
wholly inactive and unconscious till the resurrection ; 
that the dead know not anything (Eccl. 9:5); that 
every operation of the mind has ceased (Ps. 146 : 4) ■ 
that every emotion of the heart is suspended (Eccl. 
9:6); and that there is neither work, nor device, nor 
knowledge, nor wisdom, in the grave where they lie. 
Eccl. 9 : 10. Whatever intelligence, therefore, comes 
to us professing to be one of our dead friends, comes 
claiming to be what, from the word of God, we know 
he is not. But angels of God do not lie ; therefore 
these are not the good angels. Spirits of devils will 
lie ; this is their work ; and these are the credentials 
which at the very outset they hand us. 

(2.) The doctrines which they teach are from the 
lowest and foulest depths of the pit of lies. They 
deny God. They deny Christ. They deny the atone- 
ment. They deny the Bible. They deny the exist- 
ence of sin, and all distinction between right and 
wrong. They deny the sacredness of the marriage 
relation ; and, interspersing their utterances with 
the most horrid blasphemies against God and his Son, 



HE DOETE GREAT WONDERS. 155 

and everything that is lovely, and good, and pure, 
they give the freest license to every propensity to 
sin, and to every carnal and fleshly lust. Tell us not 
that these things, openly taught under the garb of 
religion, and backed up by supernatural sights and 
sounds, are anything less than Satan's masterpiece. 

2. Spiritualism answers accurately to the prophecy 
in the exhibition of great signs and wonders. Among 
its many achievements these may be mentioned : 
Various articles have been transported from place to 
place by spirits alone. Beautiful music has been pro- 
duced independently of human agency, with and with- 
out the aid of visible instruments. Many well-at- 
tested cases of healing have been presented. Persons 
have been carried through the air by the spirits in the 
presence of many others. Tables have been sus- 
pended in the air with several persons upon them. 
And finally, spirits have presented themselves in bod- 
ily form, and talked. with an audible voice. 

Experiments conducted by the great German phi- 
losopher, Prof Zollner, demonstrated the following 
facts, as related by him to Joseph Cook during the 
late visit of the latter to Europe ; namely, abnormal 
knots were tied in cords ; messages were written be- 
tween doubly and trebly sealed slates ; coin passed 
through a table in a manner to illustrate the suspen- 
sion of the laws of the impenetrability of matter ; 
straps of leather were knotted under Prof Zollner's 
hands ; the impression of two feet was given on sooted 
paper pasted inside two sealed slates ; whole and un- 
injured wooden rings were placed around the stand- 
ard of a card-table, over either end of which they 
could by no possibility be slipped ; and finally, the 
table itself, a heavy beechen structure, wholly disap- 



156 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

peared, and then fell down from the top of the room 
in which Prof Zollner and his friends were sitting. 

A writer in the Spiritual Clarion speaks as follov/s 
of the manner in which Spiritualism has arisen, and 
the astounding progress it has made : — 

"This revelation has been with a power and a might, that, if di- 
vested of its ahnost universal benevolence, had been a terror to the 
very soul ; the hair of the very bravest had stood on end, and his 
chilled blood had crept back upon his heart at the sights and sounds 
of its inexplicable phenomena. It comes with foretokening, with 
warning. It has been, from the very first, its own best prophet, 
and step by step it has foretold the progress it would make. It 
comes, too, most triumphant. No faith before it ever took so vic- 
torious a stand in its infancy. It has swept like a hurricane of 
fire through the land, compelling faith from the baffled scoffer and 
the most determined doubter." 

3. Spiritualism answers to the prophecy in that it 
had its origin in our own country, thus connecting its 
wonders with the work of the two-horned beast. 
Commencing in Hydesville,"^ N. Y., in the family of 
Mr. John D. Fox, in the latter part of March, 1848, it 
spread with incredible rapidity through all the States. 
It would be impossible to state the number of Spirit- 
ualists in this country at the present time. In 1876, 
only twenty-eight years from the commencement of 
this remarkable movement, estimates of the number 
of its adherents were made by different ones, which, 
though differing somewhat from one another, are nev- 
ertheless such as to show that the progress of Spirit- 
ualism has been without a parallel. Thus, Judge Ed- 
monds puts the number at five or six millions (5,000,- 
000 or 6,000,000) ; Hepworth Dixon, three millions 
(3,000,000) ; A. J. Davis, four milhon two hundred and 



* This place is near Rochester, N. Y ; hence the phenomenon was known at 
first as the "Rochester Knockings." 



HE BOETH GREAT WONDERS. 157 

thirty thousand (4230,000) ; Warren Chase, eight 
millions (8,000,000) ; and the Roman Catholic Coun- 
cil at Baltimore, between ten and eleven millions (10,- 
000,000 to 11,000,000). Of those who have become 
its devotees, Judge Edmonds said as long ago as 
1853 :— 

'Besides the undistinguished multitude, there are many now of 
high standing and talent ranked among them, — doctors, lawyers, 
and clergymen in great numbers, a Protestant bishop, the learned 
and reverend president of a college, judges of our higher courts, 
members of Congress, foreign ambassadors, and ex-members of the 
United States Senate." 

This statement was written about thirty-two years 
ago ; and from, that time to this the work of the spirits 
has been steadily progressing and spreading among 
all classes of people. 

One reason why it is now difficult to estimate the 
number of those who might properly be denominated 
Spiritualists, is that the more prominent and respect- 
able of the adherents of this movement, are drawing 
under cover the obnoxious and immoral features of 
the system, heretofore so prominent, and assuming a 
Christian garb. By this move they bring themselves 
and a multitude of church members upon common 
ground, where there is no distinction between them 
in fact, though there still may be in name. 

And from this nation Spiritualism has gone abroad 
into all the earth. Queen Victoria is said to be a 
devotee of the new philosophy. See Townsend's 
*'New World and Old," p. 201. The late rulers, the 
Emperor and Empress of France, the Queen jf Spain, 
Pius IX., and Alexander II., are all said to have sought 
to these spirits for knowledge. The same is said of 
the present Emperor of Russia, Alexander III., who 



158 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

is reported to have followed the direction of the spirits 
in regard to the time and manner of his coronation. 
Thus it is working its way to the potentates of the 
earth, and is fast preparing to accomplish its real mis- 
sion, which is, by deceiving the world with its mira- 
cles, to gather the nations to the battle of the great 
day of God Almighty. Rev. 16 : 13, 14. 

Here we pause. Let this work go on a little longer, 
as it has been going, and as it is still going, and what 
a scene is before us ! Having seen so much fulfilled, 
we cannot now draw back and deny the remainder. 
And so we look for the onward march of this last 
great wonder-working deception, till that is accom- 
plished which in the days of Elijah was a test between 
Jehovah and Baal, and fire is brought down from 
heaven to earth in the sight of men. Rev. 13 : 13. 
Then will be the hour of the powers of darkness, — the 
hour of temptation that is coming upon all the world 
to try them that dwell upon the earth. Rev. 3 : 10. 
Then all will be swept from their anchorage by the 
strong current of delusion, except those whom it is 
not possible to deceive — the elect of God. Matt. 24 : 
24. 

And still the world sleeps on, while Satan, with 
lightning fingers and hellish energy, weaves over 
them his last fatal snare. It is time some mighty 
move was made to waken the world, and arouse the 
churcli to the dangers we are in. It is time every 
honest heart should learn that the only safeguard 
against the great deception, whose incipient, and even 
well-advanced workings we already behold before our 
eyes, is to make the truths of God's holy and immut- 
able word our shield and buckler. 



CHAPTER XII. 




CHURCH AND STATE. 

f HE imposing miracles wrought before the people 
having riveted upon them the chains of a fatal 
deception, leading them to suppose they have 
witnessed the great power of God, and must therefore 
be doing him service, when they have only been dazed 
with a mighty display of Satanic wonders, and are led 
captive by the Devil at his will, they are prepared to 
do the further bidding of the two-horned beast, which 
is to make an image to the beast which had the wound 
by a sword and did live. Rev. 13 : 14. 

Once more we remind the reader of the impregna- 
ble strength of the argument already presented in 
previous chapters, fixing the application of this sym- 
bol to the United States. This is an established prop- 
osition, and needs no further support. An exposition 
of the remainder of the prophecy will therefore con- 
sist chiefly of an effort to determine what acts are to 
be performed by this government, and a search for 
indications, if any exist, that they are about to be ac- 
complished. If we shall find evidences springing up 
on all sides that this government is now moving as 
rapidly as possible in the very direction marked out 
by the prophet, these indications, though not neces- 
sary to establish the application of the symbol to this 
government, will serve to stifle the last excuse of 
skepticism, and become to the believer an impressive 
evidence of our proximity to the end; for the acts 
ascribed to this symbol are but few, and while yet in 
mid-career, he is ingulfed in the lake of fire of the last 
great day. [1^9] 



160 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

We may, however, notice in passing, another evi- 
dence that the government symbolized by the two- 
horned beast is certainly a republic. This is proved 
by the language used respecting the formation of the 
image. It does not read that this power, as an act of 
imperial or kingly authority, makes an image to the 
beast ; but it says to them that dwell on the earthy that 
is, the people occupying the territory where it arises, 
that they should make an image to the beast. Appeal 
is made to the people, showing conclusively that the 
power is in their hands. But just as surely as the 
government symbolized is a republic, so surely it is 
none other than the United States of America. 

We have seen that the wonder-working, Satanic 
agencies, which are to perform the foretold miracles, 
and prepare the people for the next step in the proph- 
ecy, — the formation of the image, — are already in the 
field, and have even now wrought out a work of vast 
proportions in our country ; and we now hasten for- 
ward to the very important inquiry. What will con- 
stitute the image, and what steps are necessary to its 
formation } 

The people are to be called upon to make an image 
to the beast, which expression doubtless involves the 
idea of some deferential action toward, or concessions 
to, that power ; and the image, when made, is an im- 
age, likeness, or representation of the beast. Verse 
15. The beast after which the image is modeled is 
the one w^hich had a wound by a sword and did live ; 
that is, the papacy. From this point is seen the col- 
lusion of the two-horned beast vvith the leopard or 
papal beast. He does great wonders in the sight of 
that beast : he causes men to worship that beast ; he 
leads them to make an image to that beast ; and he 



CHURCH AND STATE 161 

causes all to receive a mark, which is the mark of that 
beast. These palpable evidences of co-operation with 
the papal power led Eld. J. Litch, about 1842, to write 
concerning" the two-horned beast thus : — 

''I think it is a power yet to "be developed, or made manifest, as 
an accomplice of the pajiacy in subjecting the world." 

To understand what would be an image of the pa- 
pacy, we must first gain some definite idea of what 
constitutes the papacy itself. Papal supremacy dates 
from the time when the decree of Justinian constitut- 
ing- the pope the head of the Church and the corrector 
of heretics, was carried into effect in A. D. 538. The 
papacy, then, was a Church clothed with civil power, 
— an ecclesiastical body having authority to punish 
all dissenters with confiscation of goods, imprison- 
ment, torture, and death. What would be an image 
of the papacy .-* Another ecclesiastical establishment 
clothed with similar power. How could such an im- 
age be formed in this country } It is not difficult to • 
conceive a state of things — a state of things by no 
means impossible, and according to present prospects 
not even improbable — which would meet the proph- 
ecy precisely. Let the Protestant churches in our 
land be clothed with power to define and punish her- 
esy, to enforce their dogmas under the pains and pen- 
alties of the civil law, and should we not have an ex- 
act representation of the papacy during the days of 
its supremacy } 

It may be objected that whereas the papal Church 
was comparatively a unit, and hence could act in har- 
mony in all its departments in enforcing its dogmas, 
the Protestant Church is so divided as to be unable to 
agree in regard to what doctrines shall be made im- 

11 



162 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 

perative on the people. We answer, There are cer- 
tain points which they hold in common, and which 
are sufficient to form a basis of co-operation. Chief 
among these may be mentioned the doctrine of ''the 
conscious state of the dead" and "the immortality of 
the soul," which is both the foundation and super- 
structure of spiritualism, and also the doctrine that 
"the first day of the week is the Christian Sabbath." 
It may be objected, again, that this view makes one 
of the horns of this two-horned beast, the Protestant 
Church, finally constitute the image of the papal beast. 
If the reader supposes that the Protestant Church con- 
stitutes one of the horns of the two-horned beast, we 
reply that this is a conception of his own. No such 
idea is here taught ; and we mention this objection 
only because it has been actually urged as a legiti- 
mate consequence of the positions here taken. The 
question is also asked. If the Protestant Church con- 
, stitutes one horn, may not the Catholic Church con- 
stitute the other 1 Under the shadow of that hypo- 
thetical " if," perhaps it might. But neither the one 
nor the other performs such an office. In Chapter 
IX. of this work it has been shown that the two great 
principles — Republicanism and Protestantism — were 
the proper objects to be symbolized by these two 
lamb-like horns. But there is the plainest distinction 
between Protestantism as an embodiment of the great 
principle of religious liberty, and the different relig- 
ious bodies that have grown up under its fostering in- 
fluence, — ^just as plain as there is between Republi- 
canism, or civil liberty, and the individual who lives 
in the enjoyment of such liberty. The supposition, 
therefore, that the Protestant Church is to furnish the 



CHURCH AND STATE. 163 

material for the image, involves no violation of the 
symbolic harmony of this prophecy. 

Let us look a moment at the fitness of the material. 
We are not unmindful of the noble service the Prot- 
estant churches have rendered to the world, to hu- 
manity, and to religion, by introducing and defend- 
ing, so far as they have, the great principles of Prot- 
estantism. But they have made a fatal mistake in 
stereotyping their doctrines into creeds, and thus tak- 
ing the first step backward toward the spiritual tyr- 
anny of Rome. Thus the good promise they gave of 
a free religion and an unfettered conscience is already 
broken ; for if the right of private judgment is allowed 
by the Protestant Church, why are men condemned 
and expelled from that Church for no other crime than 
honestly attempting to obey the word of God, in some 
particulars not in accordance with her creed } This 
is the beginning of apostasy. Read Chas. Beecher's 
work, "The Bible a Sufficient Creed." ''Is not the 
Protestant Church," he asks, " apostate } " Is not the 
apostasy which we have reason to fear *' already 
formed.'*" But apostasy in principle always leads to 
corruption in practice. And so Paul, in 2 Tim. 8 : 1- 
5, sets forth the condition of the professed Church of 
Christ in the last days. A rank growth of twenty 
heinous sins, with no redeeming virtues, shows that 
the fruits of the Spirit will be choked and rooted out 
by the works of the flesh. We can look nowhere else 
for this picture of Paul's to be fulfilled, except to the 
Protestant Church ; for the class of which he speaks 
maintain a "form of godliness," or the outward serv- 
ices of a true Christian worship. And is not the 
Church of our day beginning to manifest to an alarm- 
ing degree the very characteristics which the apostle 



164 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

has specified ? Fifteen clergymen of the city of Roch- 
ester, N. Y., on Sunday, Feb. 5, 1871, distributed a 
circular entitled *' A Testimony," to fifteen congrega- 
tions of that city. To this circular the Rochester 
Democrat of Feb. 7 made reference as follows : — 

"The 'Testimony' sets out by stating tliat the foregoing pastors 
are constrained to bear witness to what they ' conceive to be a fact 
of our time ; viz., that tlie prevailing standard of piety among the 
professed people of God is alarmingly low ; that a tide of worldli- 
ness is setting in upon us, indicating the rapid approach of an era 
such as is foretold by Paxil in his second letter to Timothy, in the 
words, 'Tn the last days perilous times shall come.'" These con- 
clusions are reached, not by comparison with former times, but by 
applying the tests found in the Scriptures. They instance, as 
proof, 'the spirit of lawlessness which prevails.' The circular 
then explains how this lawlessness (religious) is shown. Men have 
the name of religion, but they obey none of its injunctions. There 
is also a growing disposition to practice, in religious circles, what 
is agreeable to the natural inclinatiotts, rather than the duties pre- 
scribed by the word of God. The tendency to adopt worldly 
amusements, by prof essed Christians, is further stated in evidence." 

This testimony is very explicit. When men ''have 
the name of religion, but obey none of its injunctions," 
they certainly may be said to have " a form of godli- 
ness," but to "deny the power ;" and when they 
''practice in religious circles what is agreeable to the 
natural inclinations, rather than the duties prescribed 
by the word of God," they may truthfully be said to 
be " lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God." 
And Rochester is not an exception in this respect. 
It is so all over the land, as the candid everywhere, 
by a sad array of facts, are compelled to admit. 

That the majority of the Christians in our land are 
still to be found in connection with these churches, is 
undoubtedly true. But a change in this respect is 
also approaching ; for Paul, in his words to Timothy, 



CHTJBGH AND STATE. 165 

above referred to, exhorts all true Christians to "turn 
away" from those who have a form of godliness, but 
deny the power thereof ; and those who desire to live 
pure and holy lives, who mourn over the desolations 
of their Zion, and sigh for the abominations done in 
the land, will certainly heed this injunction of the 
apostle. There is another prophecy which also shows 
that when the spirit of worldliness and apostasy has 
so far taken possession of the professed churches of 
Christ as to place them beyond the reach of reform, 
God's true children are every one to be called out, that 
they become not partakers of their sins, and so re- 
ceive not of their plagues. Rev. 18 : 4. 

From the course which church members are every- 
where pursuing, it is plain to be seen in what direc- 
tion the Protestant churches are drifting ; and from 
the declarations of God's word it is evident that all 
whose hearts are touched by God's grace, and molded 
by his love, will soon come out from a connection in 
which, while they can do no good to others, they will 
receive only evil to themselves. 

And now we ask the reader to consider seriously 
for a moment what the state of the religious world 
will be when this change shall have taken place. 
We shall then have an array of proud and popular 
churches, from whose communion all the good have 
departed, from whom the Holy Spirit is withdrawn, 
and who are in a state of hopeless departure from 
God. God is no respecter of persons nor of churches ; 
and if the Protestant churches apostatize from him, 
will they not be just as efficient agents in the hand 
of the enemy as ever pagans or papists have been } 
Will they not then be ready for any desperate meas- 
ure of bigotry and oppression in which he may wish 



166 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

to enlist them ? After the Jewish Church had finally 
rejected Christ, how soon they were ready to imbrue 
their hands in the blood of his crucifixion ! And is it 
not the testimony of all history that just in propor- 
tion as any popular and extensive ecclesiastical or- 
ganization loses the Spirit and power of God, it clam- 
ors for the support of the civil arm ? 

Let, now, an ecclesiastical organization be formed 
by these churches ; let the government legalize such 
organization, and give it power (a power which it will 
not have till the government does grant it) to enforce 
upon the people the dogmas which the different de- 
nominations can all adopt as the basis of union, and 
what do we have ? Just what the prophecy repre- 
sents, — an image to the papal beast, endowed with 
life by the two-horned beast, to speak and act with 
power. 

And are there any indications of such a movement ? 
The preliminary question, that of the grand union of 
all the churches, is now profoundly agitating the re- 
ligious world. 

In May, 1869, S. M. Manning, D. D., in a sermon in 
Broadway Tabernacle, New York, spoke of the recent 
efforts to unite all the churches in the land into co- 
operation on the common points of their faith, as a 
^^ prominent and noteworthy sign of the times T 

Dr. Lyman Beecher is quoted as saying : — 

"There is a state of society to be formed by an extended com- 
bination of institutions, religious, civil, and literary, which never 
exists without the co-operation of an educated ministry." 

Chas. Beecher, in his sermon at the dedication of 
the Second Presbyterian Church, Ft. Wayne, Ind., 
Feb. 22, 1846, said :— 

"Thus are the ministry of the evangelical Protestant denomina- 



CHURCH AND STATE. 16T 

tions not only formed all the way up under a tremendous pressure 
of merely human fear, but they live, and move, and breathe in a 
state of things radically corrupt, and appealing every hour to ev- 
ery baser element of their nature to hush up the truth, and bow 
the knee to the power of apostasy. Was not this the way things 
went with Rome ? Are we not living her life over again ? And 
what do we see just ahead ? — Another general council ! a world's 
convention ! Evangelical Alliance and Universal Creed ! " 

The Banner of Light of July 30, 1864, said : — 

"A system will be unfolded sooner or later that will embraee in 
its folds Church and State ; for the object of the two should be one 
and the same. The time is rapidly approaching when the world 
will be startled by a voice that shall say to every form of oppres- 
sion and wrong, 'Thus far shalt thou go, and no farther.' Old 
things are rapidly passing away in the religious and social, as well 
as in the political world. Behold, all things must be formed anew." 

The Church Advocate^ in March, 1870, speaking of 
the formation of an *' Independent American Catholic 
Church," a movement now agitated in this country, 
said : — 

"There is evidently some secret power at work which may be 
prejjaring the world for great events in the near future." 

A Mr. Havens, in a speech delivered in New York 
a few years ago, said : — 

"For m}^ own part, I wait to see the day when a Luther shali 
spring up in this country, who shall found a great American Cath- 
olic Church, instead of a great Roman Catholic Church ; and who 
shall teach men that they can be good Catholics without profess- 
ing allegiance to a pontiff on the other side of the Atlantic." 

There are indications, as will be shown in a subse- 
quent chapter, that at no distant day such a Church 
will be seen, not, indeed, raised up through the in- 
strumentality of a Luther, but rather through the op- 
eration of the same spirit that inspired a Fernando 
Nunez or a Torquemada. 



CHAPTER XIII. 




THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 

^HE principal acts ascribed to the two-horned 
beast, which seem to be performed with special 
reference to the papal beast, are, causing men 
to "worship" that beast, causing them to *' make an 
image" to that beast, and enforcing upon them "the 
mark" of the beast. The image, after it is created 
and endowed with life, undertakes to enforce the wor- 
ship of itself To avoid confusion, we must keep these 
parties distinct in our minds. There are three here 
brought before us : — 

1. The Papal Beast. This power is designated as 
"the beast," "the first beast," " the beast which had 
the wound by a sword, and did live," and the "beast 
whose deadly wound was healed." These expressions 
all refer to the same power ; and wherever they occur 
in this prophecy, they have exclusive reference to the 
papacy. 

2. The Tivo-Horned Beast. This power, after its 
introduction in verse 11 of Rev. 13, is represented 
through the remainder of the prophecy by the pro- 
noun "he ;" and wherever this pronoun occurs, down 
to the 17th verse (with possibly the exception of the 
16th verse, which perhaps may refer to the image), it 
refers invariably to the two-horned beast. 

3. The Image of the Beast. This is, every time, 
with the exception just stated, called the image ; so 
that there is no danger of confounding this with any 
other agent. 

[168] 



TEE SUNDAY QtlESTION. 169 

The acts ascribed to the image are, speaking, and 
enforcing the worship of itself under the penalty of 
death ; and this is the only enactment which the 
prophecy mentions as enforced under the death pen- 
alty. Just w^hat will constitute this worship, it will 
perhaps be impossible to determine till the image it- 
self shall have an existence. It will evidently be some 
act or acts by Vv^hich men will be required to acknowl- 
edge the authority of that image, and yield obedience 
to its mandates. 

The "mark of the beast" is enforced by the two- 
horned beast, either directly or through the image. 
The penalty attached to a refusal to receive this mark 
is a forfeiture of all social privileges, a deprivation of 
the right to buy and sell. Verse 17. The mark is 
the mark of the papal beast. Against this worship 
of the beast and his image, and the reception of his 
mark, the third angel's message of Rev. 14 : 9-12, is a 
most solemn and thrilling warning. 

Here, then, is the issue before us. Human organ- 
izations, controlled and inspired by the spirit of the 
dragon, are to command men to do those acts Avhich 
are, in reality, the worshiping of an apostate religious 
power, and the receiving of his mark, or lose the rights 
of citizenship, and become outlaws in the land, — to do 
that which constitutes the worship of the image of the 
beast, or forfeit their lives. On the other hand, God 
says, by a message mercifully sent out a little before 
the fearful crisis is upon us, Do any of these things, 
and you '^shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, 
which is poured out without mixture into the cup of 
his indignation." Rev. 14 : 9-11. He who refuses to 
comply with these demands of earthly powers exposes 
himself to the severest penalties which human beings 



170 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

can inflict ; and he who does comply, exposes himself 
to the most terrible threatening of divine wrath to be 
found in the word of God. The question whether we 
will obey God or man is to be decided by the people 
of the present age, under the heaviest pressure, from 
either side, that has ever been brought to bear upon 
any generation. 

The worship of the beast and his image, and the 
reception of his mark, must be something that in- 
volves the greatest offense that can be committed 
against God, to call down so severe a denunciation of 
wrath against it. This is a work, as was shown in 
Chapter VII., which takes place in the last days ; 
and as God has given us in his Avord most abundant 
evidence to show when we are in the last days, that 
no one need be overtaken by the day of the Lord as 
by a thief, so, likewise, it must be that he has given 
us the means whereby we may determine what this 
great latter-day sin is which he has so strongly con- 
demned, that we may not incur the fearful penalty so 
sure to follow its commission. God does not so trifle 
with human hopes and human destinies as to denounce 
a most fearful doom against a certain sin, and then 
place it beyond our power to understand what that 
sin is, so that we have no means of guarding against it. 
That we are now living in the last days, the vol- 
umes of both revelation and nature bear ample and 
harmonious testimony. Evidence on this point we 
need not here stop to introduce ; for the testimony 
already presented in the foregoing chapters of this 
work, showing that the two-horned beast is now on 
the stage of action, is in itself conclusive proof of this 
great fact, inasmuch as this power exists and performs 
its work in the very closing period of human history. 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 17l 

All these things tell us that the time has now come 
for the proclamation of the third message of Rev. 14 
to be given, and for men to understand the terms it 
uses, and the warning it gives. 

We therefore now call attention to the very impor- 
tant inquiry, What constitutes the mark of the beast 1 
The figure of a mark is borrowed from an ancient cus- 
tom. Says Bishop Newton (Dissertations on the 
Prophecies, London, one volume edition, p. 546) : — 

"It was customary among the ancients for servants to receive 
the mark of their master, and soldiers of their general, and those 
who were devoted to any particular deity, of the particular deity 
to whom they were devoted. These marks were usually impressed 
on their right hand or on their foreheads, and consisted of some hie- 
roglyphic character, or of the name expressed in vulgar letters, or 
of the name disguised in numerical letters, according to the fancy 
of the imposer." 

Prideaux says that Ptolemy Philopater ordered all 
the Jews who applied to be enrolled as citizens of Al- 
exandria to have the form of an ivy leaf (the badge 
of his god, Bacchus) impressed upon them with a hot 
iron, under pain of death. (Connection, vol. ii., p. 78.) 

The word used for mark in this prophecy is ;i:«p«7j"« 
[charagmd), and is defined to mean, "a graving, 
sculpture ; a mark cut in or stamped." It occurs nine 
times in the New Testament, and with the single ex- 
ception of Acts 17 : 29, refers every time to the mark 
of the beast. We are not, of course, to understand 
in this symbolic prophecy that a literal mark is in- 
tended ; but the giving of the literal mark, as prac- 
ticed in ancient times, is used as a figure to illustrate 
certain acts that will be performed in the fulfillment 
of this prophecy. And from the literal mark as for- 
merly employed, we learn something of its meaning 
as used in the prophecy ; for between the symbol and 



172 TBE MAUYSJL OF NATIom. 

the thing symbolized there must be some resemblance 
The mark, as literally used, signified that the person 
receiving it was the servant of, acknowledged the au* 
thority of, or professed allegiance to, the person whose 
mark he bore. So the mark of the beast, or of the 
papacy, must be some act or profession by which the 
authority of that power is acknowledged. What is it .-^ 
It would naturally be looked for in some of the 
special characteristics of the papal power. Daniel, 
describing that power under the symbol of a little 
horn, speaks of it as waging a special warfare against 
God, wearing out the saints of the Most High, and 
thinking to change times and laws. The prophet ex- 
pressly specifies on this point : " He shall think to 
change times and laws." These laws must certainly 
be the laws of the Most High. To apply it to human 
laws, and make the prophecy read, " And he shall 
speak great words against the Most High, and shall 
wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to 
change human laws," would be doing evident violence 
to the language of the prophet. But apply it to the 
laws of God, and let it read, ''And he shall speak great 
words against the Most High, and shall wear out the 
saints of the Most High, and shall think to change the 
times and laws of the Most High,'' and all is consist- 
ent and forcible. The Hebrew has ^7 (ddtJi) law, and 
the Septuagint reads, vofioq (nonios), in the singular, 
'' the law," which more directly suggests the law of 
God. The papacy has been able to do more than 
merely "think" to change human laws. It has 
changed them at pleasure. It has annulled the de- 
crees of kings and emperors, and absolved subjects 
from allegiance. to their rightful sovereigns. It has 
thrust its long arm into the affairs of nations, and 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 1Y3 

brought rulers to its feet in the most abject humility. 
But the prophet beholds greater acts of presumption 
than these. He sees it endeavor to do what it was 
not able to do, but could only think to do ; he sees it 
attempt an act which no man, nor any combination 
of men, can ever accomplish ; and that is, to change 
the law of the Most High. Bear this in mind while 
we look at the testimony of another sacred writer on 
this very point. 

Paul speaks of the same power in 2 Thess. 2 ; and 
he describes it, in the person of the pope, as *' the man 
of sin," and as sitting as God in the temple of God 
(that is, the Church), and as exalting himself "above 
all that is called God, or that is worshiped." Accord- 
ing to this, the pope sets himself up as the one for all 
the Church to look to for authority, in the place of 
God. And now we ask the reader to ponder carefully 
the question how he can exalt himself above God. 
Search through the whole range of human devices, go 
to the extent of human effort ; by what plan, by what 
move, by what claim, could this usurper exalt himself 
above God .-^ He might institute any number of cer- 
emonies, he might prescribe any form of worship, he 
might exhibit any degree of power ; but so long as 
God had requirements which the people felt bound to 
regard in preference to his own, so long he would not 
be above God. He might enact a law, and teach the 
people that they were under as great obligations to 
that as to the law of God ; then he would only make 
himself equal with God. But he is to do more than 
this ; he is to attempt to raise himself above him. 
Then he must promulgate a law which conflicts with 
the law of God, and demand obedience to his own law 
in preference to that of God, There is no other pos- 



174 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

sible way in which he could place himself in the posi- 
tion assigned in the prophecy. But to do this is sim- 
ply to endeavor to change the law of God ; and if he 
can cause this change to be adopted by the people in 
place of the original enactment, then he, the law- 
changer, is above God, the law-maker. And this is 
the very work that Daniel said he should think to do. 
Such a work as this, then, the papacy must accom- 
plish according to the prophecy ; and the prophecy 
cannot fail. And when this is done, what do the peo- 
ple of the world have } They have two laws demand- 
ing obedience, — one, the law of God as originally 
enacted by him, an embodiment of his will, and ex- 
pressing his claims upon his creatures ; the other, a 
revised edition of that law, emanating from the pope 
of Rome, and expressing his will. And how is it to 
be determined which of these powers the people honor 
and worship "i It is determined by the law which 
they keep. If they keep the law of God as given by 
him, they worship and obey God. If they keep the 
law as changed by the papacy, they worship that 
power. But further : the prophecy does not say that 
the little horn should set aside the law of God, and 
give one entirely different. This would not be to 
change the law, but simply to give a new one. He 
was only to attempt a change, so that the law that 
comes from God, and the law that comes from the 
papacy, are precisely alike, excepting the change 
which the papacy has made in the former. They 
have many points in common. But none of the pre- 
cepts which they contain in common can distinguish 
a person as the worshiper of either power in prefer- 
ence to the other. If God's law says, '' Thou shalt 
not kill," and the law as given by the papacy says the 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 175 

sa^me, no one can tell by a person's observance of that 
precept whether he designed to obey God rather than 
the pope, or the pope rather than God. But when a 
precept that has been changed is the subject of ac- 
tion, — as, for instance, if God says that the seventh 
day is the Sabbath on which we must rest, but the 
pope says that the first day is the Sabbath, and that 
we should keep this day and not the seventh, — then 
whoever observes that precept as originally given by 
God, is thereby distinguished as a worshiper of God ; 
and he who keeps it as changed, is thereby marked 
as a follower of the power that made the change. In 
no other way can the twp classes of worshipers be 
distinguished. From this conclusion, no candid mind 
can dissent ; but in this conclusion we have a general 
answer to the question, " What constitutes the mark 
of the beast.?" namely, THE MARK OF THE BEAST IS 
the change the beast has made in the law of 
God. 

We now inquire if the Catholic power has attempted 
any change in the law of God, and if so, what that 
change is. By the law of God we mean the moral 
law, the only law in the universe of immutable and 
perpetual obligation, — the law of which Webster says, 
defining the terms according to the sense in which 
they are almost universally used in Christendom, 
**The moral law is summarily contained in the deca- 
logue, written by the finger of God on two tables of 
stone, and delivered to Moses on Mount Sinai." 

If, now, the reader will compare the ten command- 
ments as found in Roman Catholic catechisms with 
those commandments as found in the Bible, he will 
see that in the catechisms the second commandment 
is left out, the tenth is divided into two to make up 



1Y6 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

the lack caused by leaving out the second, thus keeping 
good the number ten, and the fourth commandment 
(called the third in their enumeration) is made to en- 
join the observance of Sunday as the Sabbath, and 
prescribe that the day shall be spent in "hearing mass 
devoutly, attending vespers, and reading moral and 
pious books." Here are several variations from the 
decalogue as found in the Bible. Here are some 
marked changes. How have they come about .'* Are 
they authorized in the Scriptures } or has the papacy 
made them of its own will } Do any of these consti- 
tute the change contemplated in the prophecy } and 
if so, which 1 or are they all included in that change } 
Let it be borne in mind, that, according to the proph- 
ecy, he was to think to change times and laws. This 
plainly conveys the idea of intention and design, and 
makes these qualities essential to the change in ques- 
tion. But respecting the omission of the second com- 
mandment, Catholics argue that it is included in the 
first, and hence should not be numbered as a separate 
commandment. And on the tenth they claim that 
there is so plain a distinction of ideas as to require 
two commandments. So they make the coveting of 
a neighbor's wife the ninth command, and the covet- 
ing of his goods the tenth. 

In all this they claim that they are giving the com- 
mandments exactly as God intended to have them 
understood. So, while we may regard them as errors 
in their interpretation of the commandments, we can- 
not set them down as intentional changes. Not so, 
however, with the fourth commandment. Respecting 
this commandment they do not claim that their ver- 
sion is like that given by God. They expressly claim 
a change here, and also that the change has been 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 177 

made by the Church. A few quotations from stand- 
ard Catholic works will make this matter plain. In a 
work entitled '' Treatise of Thirty Controversies," we 
find these words : — 

" The word of God commandeth the seventh day to be the Sab- 
bath of our Lord, and to be kept holy ; you [Protestants], with- 
out any precept of Scripture, change it to the tirst day of the 
week, only authorized by our traditions. Divers English Puritans 
oppose, against this point, that the observation of the first day is 
proved out of Scripture, where it is said, the first day of the week. 
Acts 20: 7; 1 Cor. 16:3; Rev. 1:10. Have they not spun a fair 
thread in quoting these places ? If we should produce no better 
for purgatory and prayers for the dead, invocation of the saints, 
and the like, they might have good cause, indeed, to laugh us to 
scorn ; for where is it written that these were Sabbath days in 
which those meetings were kept ? Or where is it ordained they 
should be alwaj^s observed ? Or, which is the sum of all, where 
is it decreed that the observation of the first day should abrogate, 
or abolish, the sanctifying of the seventh day, which God com- 
manded everlastingly to be kept holy ? Not one of these is ex- 
pressed in the written word of God." 

In the '* Catholic Catechism of Christian Religion," 
on the subject of the third (fourth) commandment, 
we find these questions and answers : — 

" Ques. What does God ordain by this commandment ? 

"Ans. He ordains that we sanctify, in a special manner, this 
day on which he rested from the labor of creation. 

" Q. What is this day of rest ? 

"A. The seventh day of the week, or Saturday; for he em- 
ployed six days in creation, and rested on the seventh. Gen. 2:2; 
Heb. 4: 1; etc. 

" Q. Is it, then, Saturday we should sanctify in order to obey 
the ordinance of God ? 

"A. During the old law, Saturday was the day sanctified ; but 

the GhurcJi, instructed by Jesus Christ, and directed by the Spirit of 

God, has substituted Sunday for Saturday ; so now we sanctify the 

first, not the seventh day. Sunday means, and now is, the day of 

the Lord.'' 

13 



178 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

In the ** Catholic Christian Instructed," we read :— 

" Ques. "What are the days which the Church commands to be 
kept holy ? 

" Ans. 1st. The Sunday, or the Lord's day, which we observe 
by apostolic tradition, instead of the Sabbath. 2dly. The feasts 
of our Lord's Nativity, or Christmas-day ; his Circumcision, or 
New- Year's day ; the Epiphany, or Twelfth day ; Easter-day, or 
the day of our Lord's Resurrection ; the day of our Lord's Ascen- 
sion ; Whitsunday, or the day of the coming of the Holy Ghost ; 
Trinity Sunday ; Corpus Christi, or the feast of the Blessed Sac- 
rament. 3dly. We keep the day of the Annunciation, and As- 
sumption of the Blessed Virgin Mary. 4thly. We observe the 
feast of All-Saints. 

* ' Q' What warrant have you for keeping the Sunday preferable 
to the ancient Sabbath, which was the Saturday ? 

" A. We have for it the authority of the Catholic Church, and 
apostolic tradition. 

" Q. Does the Scripture anywhere command the Sunday to be 
kept for the Sabbath ? 

"A. The Scripture commands us to hear the church (Matt. 18: 
17; Luke 10: 16), and to hold fast the traditions of the apostles. 
2 Thess. 2:15. But the Scriptures do not in particular mention 
this change of the Sabbath. St. John speaks of the Lord's day 
(Rev. 1:10); but he does not tell us what day of the week this 
was, much less does he tell us that this day was to take the place 
of the Sabbath ordained in the commandments. St. Luke also 
speaks of the disciples meeting together to break bread on the 
first day of the week. Acts 20: 7.. And St. Paul (1 Cor. 16: 2) or- 
ders that on the first day of the week the Corinthians should lay 
by in store what they designed to bestow in charity on the faith- 
ful in Judea ; but neither the one nor the other tells us that this 
first day of the week was to be henceforward the day of worship, 
and the Christian Sabbath ; so that truly, the best authority we 
have for this is the testimony and ordinance of the Church. And, 
therefore, those who pretend to be so religious of the Sunday, 
whilst they take no notice of other festivals ordained by the same 
Church authority, show that they act by humor, and not by reason 
and religion ; since Sundays and holy days all stand upon the same 
foundation, viz., the ordinance of the Church." — Catholic Christian 
Instructed, puUisJied hy P. J. Kenedy, 5 Barclay St., Neio York^ edi~ 
Hon of 1884, pp. 202, 203. 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 179 

In the "Doctrinal Catechism" we find further tes- 
timony to the same point : — 

'* Ques. Have you any other way of proving that the Church has 
power to institute festivals of precept ? 

" Ans. Had she not such power, she could not have done that 
in which all modern religionists agree with her — she could not 
have substituted the observance of Sunday, the first day of the 
week, for the observance of Saturday, the seventh day, a change 
for which there is no Scriptural authority." — 1) ictrinal CatecJdsm, 
P. J. Kenedy, New York, p. 174. 

From the article on "Obedience to the Church," 
Chapter VL, in the same work, p. 181, we take the 
following : — 

" Ques. In what manner can we show a Protestant that he 
speaks unreasonably against fasts and abstinences ? 

"Ans. Ask him why he keeps Sunday, and not Saturday, as his 
day of rest, since he is unwilling either to fast or to abstain. If 
he reply that the Scripture orders him to keep the Sunday, but 
says nothing as to fasting and abstinence, tell him the Scripture 
speaks of Saturday, or the Sabbath, but gives no command any 
where regarding Sunday, or the first day of the week. If, then, 
he neglects Saturday as a day of rest and holiness, and substitutes 
Sunday in its place, and this merely because such was the usage 
of the ancient Church, should he not, if he wishes to act consist- 
ently, observe fasting and abstinence, because the ancient Church 
so ordained ? " 

The "Doctrinal Catechism" also attacks the prac- 
tice of Protestants in not adhering to their platform 
that the Bible alone is a rule of faith and practice. 
Among the things not contained in the Scriptures 
which nevertheless Protestants generally believe, it 
mentions the following : — 

"It [the Scripture] does not tell us whether infants should be 
baptized ; wheiher the obligation of keeping Saturday holy has 
been d^ ne away with; whether Sunday should be kept in its 
place," etc. — Id., pp. 87, 88. 



180 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

In *' Abridgment of Christian Doctrine," we find 
this testimony : — 

" Ques. How prove you that the Church hath power to com- 
mand feasts and holy days ? 

" Ans. By the very act of changing the Sabbath into Sunday, 
which Protestants allow of ; and therefore they fondly contradict 
themselves by keeping Sunday strictly, and breaking most other 
feasts commanded by the same Church. 

" Q. How prove you that ? 

" A. Because by keeping Sunday they acknowledge the Church's 
power to ordain feasts, and to command them under sin." 

And finally, W. Lockhart, late B. A. of Oxford, in 

the Toronto (Catholic) Mirror, offered the following 

" challenge " to all the Protestants of Ireland, — a 

challenge as well calculated for this latitude as that. 

He says : — 

" I do, therefore, solemnly challenge the Protestants of Ireland 
to prove, by plain texts of Scripture, these questions concerning 
the obligations of the Christian Sabbath : 1. That Christians may 
work on Saturday, the old seventh day ; 2. That they are bound 
to keep holy the first day, namely, Sunday ; 3. That they are not 
bound to keep holy the seventh day also." 

This is what the papal power claims to have done 
respecting the fourth (in their enumeration, the third) 
commandment. Catholics plainly acknowledge that 
there is no scriptural authority for the change they 
have made in this commandment, but that it rests 
wholly upon the authority of the Church ; and they 
claim this change as a *' token " or *' mark " of the au- 
thority of that Church, appealing in the most explicit 
language to the "' very act of changing the Sabbath 
into Siinday " as proof of its power in this respect. 
For further testimony on this point, the reader is re- 
ferred to a tract published at the REVIEW Office, Bat- 
tle Creek, Mich., entitled, *' Who Changed the Sab- 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 181 

bath ?" in which are also extracts from Catholic writ- 
ers refuting the arguments usually relied upon to 
prove the Sunday Sabbath, and showing that its only 
authority is the Catholic Church. 

"But," says one, "I supposed that Christ changed 
the Sabbath." A great many suppose so ; and it is 
natural that they should ; for they have been so taught. 
And while we have no words of denunciation to utter 
against any such persons for so believing, we would 
have them at once understand that it is, in reality, 
one of the most enormous of all errors. We would 
therefore remind such persons that, according to the 
prophecy, the only change ever to be made in the 
law of God, was to be made by the little horn of Dan- 
iel 7, the man of sin of 2 Thessalonians 2 ; and the 
only change that has been made in it, is the change 
of the Sabbath. Now, if Christ made this change, he 
filled the office of the blasphemous power spoken of 
by both Daniel and Paul, — a conclusion sufficiently 
hideous to drive any Christian from the view which 
leads thereto. 

Why should any one labor to prove that Christ 
changed the Sabbath } Whoever does this is per- 
forming a thankless task. The pope will not thank 
him ; for if it is proved that Christ wrought this 
change, then the pope is robbed of his badge of au- 
thority and power. And no truly enlightened Prot- 
estant will thank him ; for if he succeeds, he only 
shows that the papacy has not done the work which it 
was predicted that it should do, and therefore that the 
prophecy has failed, and the Scriptures are unreliable. 
The matter had better stand as the prophecy has 
placed it, and the claim which the pope unwittingly 
puts forth had better be granted. When a person is 



182 TEE MAUVE L OP ITATIOKS. 

charged with any work, and abundant evidence is at 
hand to show that he did it, and the jury bring in a 
verdict of" Guilty," and finally the person himself steps 
forth and confesses that he has done the work, — that 
is usually considered sufficient to settle the matter. 
So, when the prophecy affirms that a certain power 
shall change the law of God, and in due time that very 
power arises, and does the work foretold, and indis- 
putable evidence is presented to show that it has done 
the work, and finally that power openly claims that 
it has done it, — what need have we of further evi- 
dence ? 

The world should not forget that the great apostasy 
foretold by Paul has taken place ; that the " man of 
sin" for long ages held almost a monopoly of what he 
styled Christian teaching in the world ; that the mys- 
tery of iniquity has cast the darkness of its shadow 
and the errors of its doctrines over almost all Christen- 
dom ; and that out of this era of error and darkness 
and corruption, the theology of our day has come. 
Would It, then, be anything strange to find that there 
are yet some relics of popery to be discarded ere the 
Reformation will be complete ? A. Campbell (Bap- 
tism, p. 15), speaking of the Protestant sects, says : — 

"All of them retain in their bosom — in their ecclesiastical or- 
ganizations, worship, doctrines, and observances — various relics 
of popery. They are at best a reformation of popery, and only 
reformations in part. The doctrines and traditions of men yet 
impair the power and progress of the gospel in their hands." 

The nature of the change which the little horn has 
attempted to effect in the law of God is worthy of 
notice. With true Satanic instinct, he undertakes to 
change that commandment which, of all others, is the 
fundamental commandment of the law, the one which 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 183 

makes known who the lawgiver is, and contains his 
signature of royalty. The fourth commandment does 
this ; no other one does. Four others, it is true, con- 
tain the word '' God," and three of them the word 
** Lord," also. But who is this Lord God of whom 
they speak .? Without the fourth commandment, it is 
impossible to tell ; for idolaters of every grade might 
apply these terms to the multitudinous objects of their 
adoration. But when we have the fourth command- 
ment to point out the Author of the decalogue, the 
claims of every false god are annulled at one stroke ; 
for it is at once seen that the God who here demands 
our worship is not any created being, but the one 
who created all things. The maker of the earth and 
sea, the sun and moon, and all the starry host, the 
upholder and governor of the universe, is the one 
who claims, and who, from his position, has a right 
to claim, our supreme regard in preference to every 
other object. The commandment which makes 
known these facts is, therefore, the very one we 
might suppose that power which designed to exalt 
itself above God (2 Thess. 2:3, 4) would undertake 
to change. God gave the Sabbath as a memorial of 
himself, a weekly reminder to the sons of men of his 
work in creating the heavens and the earth, a great 
barrier against atheism and idolatry. It is the signa- 
ture and seal of the law. This the papacy has torn 
from its place, and erected in its stead, on its own au- 
thority, another institution, designed to serve another 
purpose. 

This change of the fourth commandment must 
therefore be the change to which the prophecy 
points, and Sunday-keeping must be the "mark of 
the beast " ! Some who have long been taught to 



184 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

regard this institution with reverence will perhaps 
start back with little less than feelings of horror at this 
conclusion. We have not space, nor is this perhaps 
the place, to enter into an extended argument on the 
Sabbath question, and an exposition of the origin 
and nature of the observance of the first day of the 
week. Let us submit this one proposition : If the 
seventh day is still the Sabbath enjoined in the fourth 
commandment ; if the observance of the first day of 
the week has no foundation whatever in the Script- 
ures ; if this observance has been brought in as a 
Christian institution, and designedly put in place of 
the Sabbath of the decalogue by that power which is 
symbolized by the beast, and placed there as a badge 
and token of its power to legislate for the Church, is 
it not inevitably the mark of the beast } The answer 
must be in the affirmative. But all these hypotheses 
can easily be shown to be certainties. See " History 
of the Sabbath," and other works on the subject, pub- 
lished at the Review Office. To these we can only 
refer the reader, in passing. 

It will be said again. Then all Sunday-keepers have 
the mark of the beast ; then all the good of past ages 
who kept this day, had the mark of the beast ; then 
Luther, Whitefield, the Wesleys, and all who have 
done a good and noble work of reformation, had the 
mark of the beast ; then all the blessings that have 
been poured upon the reformed churches have been 
poured upon those who had the mark of the beast. 
We answer. No! And we are sorry to say that some 
professedly religious teachers, though many times 
corrected, persist in misrepresenting us on this point. 
We have never so held ; we have never so taught. 
Our premises lead to no such conclusions. Give ear : 



THE SUNDAY QUESTION. 185 

The mark and worship of the beast are enforced by 
the two-horned beast. The receiving of the mark of 
the beast is a specific act which the two-horned beast 
is to cause to be done. The third message of Rev. 
14 is a warning mercifully sent out in advance to pre- 
pare the people for the coming danger. There can, 
therefore, be no worship of the beast, nor reception 
of his mark, such as is contemplated in the prophecy, 
//// it is enforced by the two-horned beast. We have 
seen that intention was essential to the change which 
the papacy has made in the law of God, to constitute 
it the mark of that power. So intention is necessary 
in the adoption of that change to make it, on the part 
of any individual, the reception of that mark. In 
other words, a person must adopt the change know- 
ing it to be the work of the beast, and receive it on 
the authority of that power, in opposition to the re- 
quirement of God. 

But how with those referred to above, who have 
kept Sunday in the past, and the majority of those 
who are keeping it to-day t Do they keep it as an 
institution of the papacy .'' — No. Have they decided 
between this and the Sabbath of our Lord, under- 
standing the claims of each 1 — No. On what ground 
have they kept it, and do they still keep it } — They 
suppose they are keeping a commandment of God. 
Have such the mark of the beast i' — By no means. 
Their course is attributable to an error unwittingly 
received from the Church of Rome, not to an act of 
worship rendered to it. 

But how is it to be in the future } — The Church 
which is to be prepared for the second coming of 
Christ must be entirely free from papal errors and 
corruptions. A reform must hence be made on the 



186 "THE MARVEL OF NATIONS 

Sabbath question. The third angel (Rev. 14 : 9-l2) 
proclaims the commandments of God, leading men 
to the true in place of the counterfeit. The 
dragon is stirred, and so controls the wicked govern- 
ments of the earth that all the authority of human 
power shall be exerted to enforce the claims of the 
man of sin. Then the issue is fairly before the peo- 
ple. On the one hand, they are required to keep the 
true Sabbath ; on the other, a counterfeit. For re- 
fusing to keep the true, the message denounces the 
unmingled wrath of God ; for refusing the false, 
earthly governments threaten them with persecution 
and death. With this issue before the people, what 
does he do who yields to the human requirement .-* 
— He virtually says to God, I know your claims, but 
I will not heed them. I know that the power I am 
required to worship is anti-Christian, but I yield to 
it to save my life. I renounce your allegiance, and 
bow to the usurper. The beast is henceforth the ob- 
ject of my adoration ; under his banner, in opposi- 
tion to your authority, 1 henceforth array myself; to 
him, in defiance of your claims, I henceforth yield the 
obedience of my heart and life. In comparison with 
the fear of his punishments, I despise your wrath. 

Such is the spirit which will actuate the hearts of 
the beast-worshipers, — a spirit which insults the God 
of the universe to his face, and is prevented only by 
lack of power from overthrowing his government 
and annihilating his throne. Is it any wonder that 
Jehovah denounces against so Heaven-daring a course 
the threatening brought to view in the scripture last 
referred to — the most terrible threatening that his 
word contains } Rev. 14 : 9-12. 



CHAPTER XIV. 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 

-E have now found what, according- to the 
I prophecy, will constitute the image which the 
^=11^1 two-horned beast is to cause to be made, and 
the mark which it will attempt to enforce. The move- 
ment which is to fulfill this portion of the prophecy is 
to be looked for among those classes which constitute 
the professedly religious portion of the people. First, 
some degree of union must be effected between the 
various Protestant churches, with some degree of co- 
alition, also, between these bodies and the beast power, 
or Roman Catholicism ; and secondly, steps must be 
taken to bring the law of the land to the support of 
the Sunday Sabbath. These movements the proph- 
ecy calls for ; and the line of argument leading to 
these conclusions is so direct and well-defined that 
there is no avoiding them. They are a clear and 
logical sequence from the premises given us. 

When the application of Rev. 13 : 11-17 to the 
United States was first made, over thirty-five years 
ago, these positions respecting a union of the churches 
and a grand Sunday movement were taken. But at 
that time no sign appeared above or beneath, at home 
or abroad, — no token was seen, no indication existed, 
that such an issue would ever be made. But there 
was the prophecy, and that must stand. The United 
States government had given abundant evidence, by 
its location, the time of its rise, the manner of its rise, 
and its apparent character, that it was the power sym- 

[187] 



188 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 

bolized by the two-horned beast. There could be no 
mistake in the conclusion that it was the very nation 
intended by that symbol. This being so, it must take 
the course, and perform the acts foretold. But here 
were predictions which could be fulfilled by nothing 
less than the above-named religious movements, re- 
sulting in a virtual union of Church and State, and 
the enforcement of the papal Sabbath as a mark of 
the beast. 

To take the position at that time that this govern- 
ment was to pursue such a policy and engage in such 
a work, without any apparent probability in its favor, 
was no small act of faith. On the other hand, to deny 
or ignore it, while admitting the application of the 
symbol to this government, would be in accordance 
with neither Scripture nor logic. The only course 
for the humble, confiding student of prophecy to pur- 
sue in such cases, is to take the light as it is given, 
and believe the prophecy in all its parts. So the 
stand was boldly taken ; and open proclamation has 
been made from that day to this, that such a work 
would be seen in the United States. With every re- 
view of the argument, new features of strength have 
been discovered in the application ; and amid a storm 
of scornful incredulity, we have watched the progress 
of events, and awaited the hour of fulfillment. 

Meanwhile, Spiritualism has astonished the world 
with its terrible progress, and shown itself to be the 
wonder-working element which was to exist in con- 
nection with this power. This has mightily strength- 
ened the evidence of the application. And now, within 
a few years past, what have we further seen i* — No 
less than the commencement of that very movement 
respecting the formation of the image and the enact- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 189 

ment of Sunday laws, which we have so long expected, 
and which is to complete the prophecy, and close the 
scene. 

Reference was made in Chapter XL to the move- 
ment now on foot for a grand union of all the Churches ; 
not a union which rises from the putting away of 
error and uniting upon the harmonious principles of 
truth, but simply a combination of sects, each retain- 
ing its own particular creed, but confederated for the 
purpose of carrying out more extensively the com- 
mon points of their faith. This movement finds a 
strong undercurrent of favor in all the Churches ; and 
men are engaged to carry it through who are not 
easily turned from their purpose. 

And there has suddenly arisen a class of men whose 
souls are absorbed with the cognate idea of Sunday 
reform, and who have dedicated every energy of their 
being to the carrying forward of this kindred move- 
ment. The New York Sabbath Committee have 
labored zealously, by means of books, tracts, speeches, 
and sermons, to create a strong public sentiment in 
behalf of Sunday. Making slow progress through 
moral suasion, they seek a shorter path to the accom- 
plishment of their purposes through political power. 
And why not .'' Christianity has become popular, and 
her professed adherents are numerous. Why not 
avail themselves of the power of the ballot to secure 
their ends.? Rev. J. S. Smart (Methodist), in a pub- 
lished sermon on the *' Political Duties of Christian 
Men and Ministers," expresses a largely prevailing 
sentiment on this question, when he says : — 

'T claim that we have, and ought to have, just as much concern 
in the government of this country as any other men. . . . We are 
the mass of the people. Virtue in this country is not weak ; her 



190 THE MABVEL OF NATIONS. 

ranks aro strong in numbers, and invincible from the righteous- 
ness of ber cause — invincible if united. Let not her ranks be 
broken by party names." 

A National Association has been in existence for 
a number of years, which has for its object the secur- 
ing of such amendments to the national Constitution 
as shall express the religious views of the majority of 
the people, and make it an instrument under which 
the keeping of Sunday can be enforced as the Chris- 
tian Sabbath. This Association already embraces 
within its organization a long array of eminent and 
honorable names, — Governors of States, Presidents of 
colleges. Bishops, Doctors of Divinity, Doctors of 
Law, and men who occupy high positions in all the 
walks of life. 

In the Address issued by the officers of this Asso- 
ciation, they say : — 

"Men of high standing, in every walk of life, of every section 
of the country, and of every shade of political sentiment and re- 
ligious belief, have concurred in the measure." 

In their appeal, they most earnestly request every 
lover of his country to join in forming auxiliary asso- 
ciations, to circulate documents, attend conventions, 
sign the memorial to Congress, etc., etc. 

In their plea for an amended Constitution, they ask 
the people to — 

"Consider that God is not once named in our national Consti- 
tution. There is nothing in it which requires an 'oath of God,' as 
the Bible styles it (which, after all, is the great bond both of loy- 
alty in the citizen and of fidelity in the magistrate), — nothing 
which requires the observance of the day of rest and worship, or 
which respects its sanctity. If we do not have the mails carried ■ 
and the post-offices open on Sunday, it is because we have a Post- 
master-General who respects the day. If our Sup eme Courts are 
not held, and if Congress does not sit on that day, it is custom. 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 191 

and not law, that makes it so. Nothing in the Constitution gives 
Sunday quiet to the custom-house, the navy-yard, the barracks, or 
any of the departments of government. 

"Consider that they fairly express the mind of the great body 
of the American people. This is a Christian people. These 
amendments agree with the faith, the feelings, and the forms of 
every Christian church or sect. The Catholic and the Protestant, 
the Unitarian and the Trinitarian, profess and approve all that is 
here proposed. Why should their wishes not become law ? Why 
should not the Constitution be made to suit and to represent a 
constituency so overwhelmingly in the majority ? . . . 

"This great majority are becoming daily more conscious not 
only of their rights, but of their power. Their number grows, 
and their column becomes more solid. They have quietly, stead- 
ily, opposed infidelity, until it has at least become politically un- 
popular. They have asserted the rights of man and the rights of 
the government, until the nation's faith has become measurably 
fixed and declared on these points. And now that the close of the 
war gives us occasion to amend our Constitution, that it may 
clearly and fully represent the mind of the people on these points, 
they feel that it should also be so amended as to recognize the 
rights of God in man and in government. Is it anything but due 
to their long patience that they be at length allowed to speak out 
the great facts and principles which give to all government its 
dignity, stability, and beneficence ? " 

Thus for several years a movement has been on 
foot, daily growing in extent, importance, and power, 
to fulfill that portion of the prophecy of Rev. 13 : 11- 
17 which first calls forth the dissent of the objector, 
and which appears from every point of view the most 
improbable of all the specifications ; namely, the mak- 
ing of an image to the beast and the enforcing of 
the mark. Beyond this, nothing remains but the 
sharp conflict of the people of God with this earthly 
power, and the eternal triumph of the overcomer. 

An association, even now national in its character, 
as already noticed, and endeavoring, as is appropriate 
for those who have such objects in view, to secure 



192 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS, 

their purposes under the sanction of the highest au- 
thority of the land, the national Constitution, already 
has this matter in hand. In the interest of this Asso- 
ciation there is published, in Philadelphia, a weekly 
paper called the Christian Statesman^ in advocacy of 
this movement. Every issue of that paper goes forth 
filled with arguments and appeals from some of the 
ablest pens in our land, in favor of the desired Con- 
stitutional Amendment. These are the very meth- 
ods by which, in a country like ours, great revolutions 
are accomplished ; and no movement has ever arisen 
in so short a space of time as this to so high a posi- 
tion in public esteem with certain classes, and taken 
so strong a hold upon their hearts. 

Says Mr. G. A. Townsend (New World and Old, p. 
212) :— 

"Church and State has several times crept into American poli- 
tics, as in the contentions over the Bible in the public schools, the 
anti-Catholic party of 1854, etc. Our people have been wise 
enough heretofore to respect the clergy in all religious questions, 
and to entertain a wholesome jealousy of them in politics. The 
latest politico-theological movement [italics ours] is to insert the name 
of the Deity in the Constitution." 

The present movements of this National Reform 
Association, and the progress it has made, may be 
gathered somewhat from the following sketch of its 
history, and the reports of the proceedings of some 
of the conventions which have thus far been held. 

From the Pittsburg (Pa.) Commercial of Feb. 6, 
1874, we take the following : — 

"The present movement to secure the religious amendment of 
the Constitution originated at Xenia, Ohio, in February, 1863, in 
a convention composed of eleven different religious denominations, 
who assembled for prayer and conference, not in regard to the 
amendment of the Constitution, but the state of religion. Meet- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 19B 

ings (small in numbers) were held shortly after in Pittsburg and 
elsewhere. At first the Association was called a ' Religious Coun- 
cil ;' now it is known as the 'National Association to Secure the 
Religious Amendment of the Constitution of the United States/ 
and is becoming more popular, and increasing largely in numbers. 

"The first National Convention of the Association was held in 
the First United Presbyterian Church, Allegheny, Pa., Jan. 27, 
1864, at which a large delegation was appointed to j)resent the 
matter to the consideration of Hon. Abraham Lincoln, President 
of the United States. An adjourned meeting was held in the 
Eighth Street Methodist Episcopal Church, Philadelphia, on the 
7th and 8th of July of the same year ; and another in the same 
city, in the West Arch Street Presbyterian Church, Nov. 29, 1864. 

"Conventions were held in New York in 1868 ; in Columbus, 
Ohio, February, 1869 ; and in Monmouth, 111., April, 1871. 

"National Conventions were held in Pittsburg, 1870 ; Philadel- 
phia, 1871 ; Cincinnati, 1872 ; and New York, 1873. The National 
Convention which meets this afternoon [Feb. 4, 1874] in Library 
Hall [in Pittsburg, Pa.], is, we believe, the fifth in order." 

From the report of the executive committee at the 
Cincinnati Convention, Jan. 31, »1872, it appeared that 
ten thousand copies of the proceedings of the Phila- 
delphia Convention had been gratuitously distributed, 
and a general secretary had been appointed. Nearly 
$1,800 was raised at this Convention. 

The business committee recommended that the del- 
egates to this Convention hold meetings in their re- 
spective localities to ratify the resolutions adopted at 
Cincinnati ; that twenty thousand copies of the pro- 
ceedings of this Convention be published in tract form ; 
and that the friends of the Association be urged to 
form auxiliary associations. All these recommenda- 
tions were adopted. 

Among the resolutions passed were the following : — 

"Resolved, That it is the right and duty of the United States, as 
a nation settled by Christians, — a nation with Christian laws and 
usages, and with Christianity as its greatest social force, — to ac- 

13 



194 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

knowledge itself in its written Constitution to be a Christian na- 
tion. 

"Resolved, That the proposed religious amendment, so far from 
tending to a union of Church and State, is directly opposed to 
such union, inasmuch as it recognizes the nation's own relations to 
God, and insists that the nation should acknowledge these rela- 
tions for itself, and not through the medium of any church estab- 
lishment." 

Of the fifth annual Convention at Pittsburg, Feb. 4, 
1874, Eld. J. H. Waggoner, who went as a correspond- 
ent from the S. D. Adventists, says, in the Advent 
Review of Feb. IT, 1874 : — 

"This was a meeting of delegates, but was largely attended. 
The number of delegates holding certificates was 641 ; non-certi- 
fied, 433 ; total, 1,073, representing 18 States. Petitions to Con- 
gress, partially returned, as I understood, footed up over 54,000 
names. 

"It has been strongly impressed upon my mind that we have 
underestimated, rather than overestimated, the rapid growth and 
power of this movement. Those who think we have been deluded 
in confidently looking for a great change in the nature and policy 
of our government, could but be convinced that we are right in 
this if they would attend such a meeting as this, or by other means 
become acquainted with what is actually taking place in this re- 
spect. The reason assigned for calling a delegated convention is 
that no place could be found large enough to accommodate a mass- 
meeting of the friends of the cause. But it is proposed to hold 
mass-meetings in the several States, and have a general grand rally 
in 1876, the centennial anniversary of our independence. 

"The animus of this meeting cannot be understood nor appre- 
ciated by any one who did not attend it. It was a large gathering 
of delegates and others, and for enthusiasm and unanimity, is rarely 
equaled. This feature can be but feebly described in any pub- 
lished report ; and I notice that some of the most significant and 
stirring expressions are left out of the most complete j-eports of 
the speeches yet given. 

"The oflicers of the Association for the coming year are. Presi- 
dent, Hon. Felix R. Brunot, Pittsburg, with 99 Vice-Presidents, 
among whom are 4 governors, 5 State superintendents of public 



INDICATION'S OF COMING CHANGES. 195 

instruction, 9 bishops, 15 judges of higher courts, and 41 college 
presidents and professors, and the others are all eminent men ; 
General Secretary, Rev. D. McAllister, N. Y. ; Corresponding Sec- 
retary, Eev. T. P. Stevenson, Philadelphia." 

In his opening address, the President of the Na- 
tional Association, and chairman of this fifth Conven- 
tion, Hon. Fehx R. Brunot, said that their "cause 
had made the progress of twenty years in five ;" and 
the general Secretary, D. McAllister, said of the past 
year that it had ''numbered a larger array of acces- 
sions to our ranks than any two, or three, or perhaps 
five, preceding years." 

Instead of a large national convention in 1875, four 
conventions, more local in their nature, were held in 
different parts of the country, as follows : — 

One in Tremont Temple, Boston, Mass., Dec. 16, 
1874 ; one in St. Louis, Mo., Jan. 27 and 28, 1875 ; one 
for Kansas and adjacent States, Feb, 10 and 11 ; and 
one for Ohio and adjoining States, early in March. 

Of the meeting in St. Louis, the C/uHstiait States- 
man of February, 1875, said : — 

" The Convention of citizens of Illinois, Iowa, Missouri, and 
neighboring States, in the city of St. Louis, on the 27th and 28th 
of last month, was a triumphant success. In a city where there 
was but a small constituency committed in advance to the support 
of the proposed amendment, public attention has been earnestly 
drawn to the movement ; a large audience was called out at all the 
sessions of the Convention, and full reports of the able addresses 
delivered have been published in the city papers. By special ar- 
rangement, the St. Louis Globe gave a full report, like that of the 
Pittsburg Commercial or the Globe of Boston, but the other paj^ers 
also contained full and respectful accounts of the proceedings. 
Fully one thousand people were present at the opening session, 
and at least three hundred at the day sessions on Thursday. Three 
hundred and ninety-four names were enrolled as members of the 
Convention. The address of J. C. Wells, Esq., a lawyer from 
Chillicothe, Illinois, was marked by the same fervor of argument 



196 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

and fervent Christian spirit which lend so much power and attract- 
iveness to his able little book entitled 'Our National Obligation.' 
Mr. Wells was also chosen President of the Convention. The 
friends in St. Louis and vicinity are to be congratulated on this re- 
sult." 

"The closing resolution adopted at the Convention reads : — 

" 'Besolved, That, recognizing the importance of this subject, we 
pledge ourselves to present and advocate it until the nation shall 
declare its Christian character, as it has, with one consent, already 
asserted its freedom in the charter of our rights and liberties. ' " 

Nov. 9, 1875, a special meeting of the National As- 
sociation was held in Philadelphia, Pa., at which meet- 
ing the Association took steps which have since been 
carried out, to become incorporated in law, under the 
name of the *' National Reform Association." The 
Christian Statesman of Nov. 20, 1875, contamed the 
following notice of this meeting : — 

"The evening session was well attended, and was altogether the 
most encouraging meeting in behalf of the cause lield in this city 
for many years. ' 

The subsequent action of the executive committee 
is reported as follows : — 

"The executive comm'ittee has since taken steps to obtain a 
charter of incorporation for the Society, and to secure an ofRce 
which shall be a recognized head-quarters for its 0])erations and 
depository of its publications, especially during the centennial 
year." 

An important meeting was held in Philadelphia at 
the time of the Centennial Exposition, and meetings 
have been held each year since, in all parts of the 
country. 

The Association has at the present time the follow- 
ing board of officers : A president, corresponding sec- 
retary, financial secretary, recording secretary, treas- 
urer, four district secretaries, and fifty-three vice- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 197 

presidents. Among these, besides the President, 
Hon. Felix R. Brunot, Pittsburg, Pa., are seven Rev- 
erends, twenty-eight D. D.'s (sixteen of these are 
presidents of, or professors in, colleges and other in- 
stitutions of learning, and most of the others are bish- 
ops and presiding elders), nine LL. D.'s, four justices 
of supreme courts, two editors, two generals, etc. 

Whatever influence great names can impart to any 
cause is certainly secured in favor of this. Mr. F. E. 
Abbott, then editor of the Index, published in Boston, 
Mass., who was present at the Cincinnati Convention, 
and presented a protest against its aims and efforts, 
thus speaks of those who stand at the head of this 
movement : — 

" We found them to be so thorougMy sincere and earnest in 
their purpose, that they did not fear the effect of a decided but 
temperate protest. This fact speaks volumes in their praise as 
men of character and convictions. We saw no indications of the 
artful management which characterizes most conventions. The 
leading men, Rev. D. McAllister, Rev. A. M. Milligan, Prof. Sloane, 
Prof. Stoddard, Prof. Wright, Rev. T. P. Stevenson, impressed us 
as able, clear-headed, and thoroughly honest men ; and we could 
not but conceive a great respect for their motives and their inten- 
tions. It is such qualities as these in the leaders of the movement 
that give it its most formidable character. They have definite and 
consistent ideas ; they perceive the logical connection of these 
ideas, and advocate them in a very cogent and powerful manner ; 
and they propose to push them with determination and zeal. Con- 
cede their premises, and it is impossible to deny their conclusions; 
and since these premises are axiomatic truths with the great ma- 
jority of Protestant Christians, the effect of the vigorous campaign 
on which they are entering cannot be small or despicable. The 
very respect with which we were compelled to regard them only in- 
creases our sense of the evils which lie germinant in their doc- 
trines ; and we came home with the conviction that religious lib- 
erty in America must do battle for its very existence hereafter. 
The movement in which these men are engaged has too many ele- 
ments of strength to be contemned by any far-seeing liberal. 



198 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Blindness or sluggishness to-day means slavery to-morrow. Rad- 
icalism must pass now from thought to action, or it will deserve 
the oppression that lies in wait to overwhelm it." 

To show the strong convictions of many minds that 
the conflict here indicated is inevitable, we present 
some further extracts from the Index. In its issue of 
Feb. 12, 1874, it says :— 

"Yet in this one point the Christianizers show an unerring in- 
stinct. The great battle between the ideas of the State and the 
ideas of the Church will indeed be fought out in the organic law 
of the nation. The long and bitter conflict of chattel-slavery with 
free industry began in the world of ideas, passed to the arena of 
politics, burst into the hell of war, and expired in the peaceful 
suffrages by which Freedom was enthroned in the Constitution. 
The old story will be repeated ; for it is the same old conflict in a 
new guise, though we hope, and would fain believe, that the 
dreaded possibility of another civil war is in fact an impossibility. 
But that the agitation now begun can find no end until either 
Christianity or Freedom shall have molded the Constitution wholly 
into its own likeness, is one of the fatalities to be read in the very 
nature of the conflicting principles. The battle of the amend- 
ments is at hand. A thousand minor issues hide it from sight ; 
but none the less it approaches year by year, month by month, 
day by day. Cowardice to the rear ! Courage to the front ! " 

The sentiment here expressed, that " the agitation 
now begun can find no end until either Christianity 
or Freedom [by which the Index means infidelity] 
shall have molded the Constitution wholly into its 
own likeness," is becoming the settled conviction of 
many minds. It is not difficult to foresee the result. 
Infidel, the Constitution can never become ; hence it 
will become wholly the instrument of that type of 
Christianity which the Amendmentists are now seek- 
ing. 

Again the Index says : — 

"The central ideas of the Church and of the Republic are locked 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 199 

in deadly combat — none the less so, because the battle-ground of 
to-day is the invisible field of thought. To-morrow the struggle 
will be in the arena of politics, and then no eye will be so blind 
as not to see it." 

At the Pittsburg Convention in 1874, — 

"Dr. Kieffer said that this movement was more political than 
ecclesiastical, appealing to the patriotism of all classes alike, and 
should be accepted by all. Dr. Hodge said it was in no sense sec- 
tarian, and the ends it sought could be accepted by one denomina- 
tion as well as by another, — by the Catholic as well as by the Prot- 
estant. He said it was destined to unite all classes. And their 
work was all in this direction." 

The following, also from the Index^ we copy from 
the Christian Statesman of Jan. 2, 18Y5. We do not 
indorse its statements as applied to r^al Christianity, 
but it probably expresses the view which will be taken 
of this matter by the churches generally, and so may 
be regarded as an indication of the course that will 
be pursued by them. While the political religionist 
can see in present movements the prelude of a mighty 
revolution, wx believe it to be the same that students 
of prophecy have for years been led by the word of 
God to expect. The Index says : — 

"Nothing could be more apparent to one who intelligently fol- 
lowed the argument from its own premises, than that this move- 
ment expresses at once the moral and the political necessities of 
Christianity in this country. It is not a question of words, but 
rather a question of the vital interests of great institutions. Chris- 
tianity must either relinquish its present hold on the government, 
— its Sunday laws, its blas^jhemy laws, its thanksgivings and fasts, 
its chaplaincies, its Bible in schools, etc., — or else it must secure 
the necessary condition of retaining all these things by inserting 
some guarantee of their perpetuit}'" in the national Constitution. 
Looking simply at the small present dimensions of the movement, 
— at the fewness of its devoted workers, the paucity of attendants 
at the late Convention, and the indifference of the public at large, 
— one is justified in dismissing it from consideration as of no im 



200 THE MAMVEL OF NATIONS. 

mediate importance. But whoever is qualified to detect great 
movements in tlieir germs, and to perceive that instituted Chris- 
tianity is in vast peril from the constant inroads of rapidly spead- 
ing disbelief of dogmatic Christianity, — whoever is able to discern 
the certainty that the claims of Christianity to mold political ac- 
tion in its own interest must sooner or later be submitted for ad- 
judication to the supreme law of the land, by which they are not 
even verbally recognized, — will not fall into the superficiality of 
inferring the future fortunes of this movement^, either from the 
mediaeval character of its pretensions or the present insignificance 
of its success. It may possibly be that the Christian churches do 
not really care for their own existence, and are prepared to sur- 
render it without a struggle, but we do not so read history. So 
soon as they come to comprehend fully the fact that their legal 
'Sabbath,' their Bible in schools, and all their present legal priv- 
ileges, must one by one slip away inevitably from their grasp, un- 
less they defend tl^m in the only possible way, by grounding them 
on Constitutional guarantees, it seems to us an irresistible conclu- 
sion from history and experience that they will arouse themselves 
to protect these possessions as infinitely important. If they do 
not, they have achieved a degree of moral rottenness, cowardice, 
and hypocrisy which we are very slow to attribute to them. These 
champions of a Christianized Constitution are to-day the political 
BRAiisr of the Christian Church. Conceding their premises, which 
are simply those of the universal Evangelical communion, it is im- 
possible to deny their conclusions. It is these premises that we 
dispute, not the logicalness of the conclusions themselves ; and 
although we hold that the same premises, if further carried out, 
must lead to the Roman Catholic position expressed by the Vati- 
can decrees, we none the less admit the necessity of traveling that 
road from the starting-point, if it is once fairly entered upon. 
Hence we are as strongly convinced as ever that the Christian- 
Amendment movement contains the germ of a demand that must 
sooner or later be heard asserted with perilous emphasis, by the 
body of orthodox Christian Churches." 

The character of this movement is thus described 
by end who was an eye-witness at the Pittsburg Con- 
vention : — 

"They show determination to make the movement popular, and 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. ^01 

to reach the feelings of the people by every means. In their 
speeches, they alternate with the most impassioned earnestness 
and gravest argument the sharpest wit, and even laughable puns 
and incidents. Staid 'Reverends' clap their hands in applause as 
heartily as I ever saw done in any kind of gathering, and Old- 
School Presbyterian Doctors of Divinity, who have generally been 
noted for clerical dignity, take the greatest delight in raising the 
cheers of the crowd by their keen thrusts and witticisms. The 
Commercial was publicly recommended as giving the official report, 
and of the speech of the President of Washington and Jefferson 
College it said, ' Dr. Hay's address was received with frequent 
marks of approbation, and his witty points drew forth shouts of 
laughter.' Judging from what I have seen, the standard of piety 
is not to be elevated by this work." — J. II W., in Bemew of Feb. 
17, 187 J^. 

Between the professions of this Association, and 
the objects which they are openly laboring to obtain, 
there is an utter inconsistency, as the following con- 
siderations will show. In the Review of March 24, 
1874, the writer last quoted says : — 

"We are sometimes perplexed to account for the singular op- 
erations of the human mind. When we see men of good natural 
ability and of superior privileges of mental and moral culture, 
persistently clinging to the weaker side in argument, and seeming 
able to discover light only on the darkest side of a proposition, or 
endeavoring to sustain themselves by taking contradictory posi- 
tions, our charity is taxed to the utmost to give them credit for 
the ability they seem to jiossess and for the integTity of purpose 
they claim. Seldom have our reflections been more forcibly turned 
in this direction than in viewing the course pursued by the advo- 
cates of the Religious Amendment. A late number of the Chris- 
tian Statesman^ speaking of the Seventh-day Adventists, says : — 

" 'From the beginning of the National Reform Movement, they 
have regarded it as the first step toward the persecution which 
they, as keepers of the seventh day, will endure when our Sab- 
bath laws are revived and enforced. One can but smile at their 
apprehensions of the success of a movement which would not 
harm a hair of their heads ; but their fears are sincere enough, for 
all that.'" 



202 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Pursuing the line of argument into a consideration 
of the question whether there is anything in the pro- 
fessions of the Amendment party calculated to change 
our opinion in this respect, he continues : — 

"If a profession of good motives and of a desire to steer clear 
of a union of Church and State on the part of the Amendment 
party could give us assurance on this point, then might we cease 
to notice this subject. On this point they are very explicit. A 
few quotations will suffice to present their claims. Said Hon. Mr. 
Patterson, in the Pittsburg Convention : — 

" 'Be not misled by the assertion that the movement agitated by 
this Convention tends to religious intolerance, to wedding Church 
and State. No such tendency exists. On the contrary, this move- 
ment claims nothing but to secure in the preamble of our national 
Constitution an acknowledgment of the supremacy of God and the 
Christian character of our nation, such as is now generally and 
authoritatively conceded to be the law of our land.' 

"This, surely, is lamb-like enough to throw us all off our guard. 
The following remarks by President Brunot (pronounced Bruno) 
on taking the chair, are equally innocent to view : — 

" 'The fourth article of the Constitution declares that "no re- 
ligious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or 
public trust under the United States," and the first amendment in 
the Constitution provides that "Congress shall make no law re- 
specting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free ex- 
ercise thereof." We have not proposed to change these. We 
deem them essential, in connection with the amendment we ask, 
to the preservation of religious liberty, and with it, an effective 
guard against a union of Church and State.' 

"And again : 'The attempt to destroy the inalienable right of 
freedom of conscience in religion in this, our favored land, would 
meet with its very first organized resistance from this Association.* 

"And Dr. Kerr said : — 

"'We want no union of Church and State. Let that question 
be raised in this country, and there is no element of the opposi- 
tion that would rise against it that would be more decided and de- 
termined than that represented in this Convention. We wish no 
restraint of the rightful liberties of any man.' 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 203 

"These utterances are pleasant to read, and doubtless they, and 
others like them, have had much to do in enlisting so strong an 
interest in favor of the amendment. And were these sayings, or 
those of like nature, all that they had put forth, we should feel 
constrained to regard the men and their work in a light somewhat 
different from that in which we now view them. 
. "We come now to examine another class of expressions, of a 
positive nature. What we have quoted is negative, — a disclaimer, 
a relation of what they do not wish to do. Very explicitly have 
they stated their desires and intentions. True, we cannot recon- 
cile what they have said under these two heads, and it is this 
which so perplexes us in regard to their professions. It is to be 
hoped that they will sometime attempt to show that their state- 
ments may be harmonized, or else confine their avowals to one 
side of the question, that all may understand, without study or 
doubt, just the position they occupy. 

"Dr. Stevenson, Corresponding Secretary of the National Asso- 
ciation, and editor of the Statesman, in the opening address at the 
Convention, said : — 

" 'Through the immense largesses it receives from corrupt poli- 
ticians, the Roman Catholic Church is, practically, the established 
church of the city of New York. These favors are granted under 
the guise of a seeming friendliness to religion. We propose to put 
the substance for the shadow, — to drive out the counterfeit by the 
completer substitution of the true.' 

"These words are somewhat ambiguous, but none the less im- 
portant, on this subject ; for, taken in any possible way, they are 
full of meaning. It may be a question whether this ' seeming 
friendliness to religion ' is the shadow, and real friendliness to re- 
ligion in politics is the substance, or whether the Catholic Church 
is the counterfeit and Protestantism the true ; but in either case 
the establishment of the Church, or a Church, or Churches, more 
completely than at present established, though they are practically 
existing now, is the object aimed at in this paragraph. The latter 
form, the establishment of the Churches, appears to be the object j 
for in the next sentence he says : — 

" ' What we propose is nothing of a sectarian character. It will 
give no branch of American Christians any advantage over any 
other.' 

** A remark made by Prof. Blanchard is a complement to the 



204 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

above. He has given us a definition of ' union of Church and 
State ' as opposed by them. Thus he said : — 

" 'But union of Church and State is the selection by the nation 
of one Church, the endowment of such a Church, the appointment 
of its officers, and the oversight of its doctrines. For such a union 
none of us plead. To such a union we are all of us opposed.' 

"In reading this, we are reminded of the turn taken by the Spir- 
itualists, when they deny that they are opposed to marriage ; they 
explain by defining marriage to be a union of two persons not to 
be regulated nor guarded by civil law, which exists only as long 
as the parties are agreed thereto, requiring no law to effect a di- 
vorce ! To such marriage the most lawless libertine would not 
object. We are sorry that the respectable advocates of the amend- 
ment take a position so nearly parallel to the above-cited position 
of Spiritualists. They give a definition of union of Church and 
State such as no one expects nor fears, — such, in fact, as is not 
possible in the existing state of the Churches, — and then loudly 
proclaim that they are opposed to union of Church and State ! 
But to a union of Church and State in the popular sense of the 
phrase ; a union, not of one Church, but of all the Churches rec- 
ognized as orthodox, or evangelical ; a union not giving the State 
power to elect Church officers, nor to take the oversight of Church 
doctrines, but giving the Churches the privilege of enforcing by 
civil law the laws, institutions, and usages of religion according to 
the faith of the Churches, or to the construction put upon those 
institutions and usages by the churches, — to such a union, we say, 
they are not opposed. They are essentially and practically, despite 
their professions, open advocates of union of Church and State. 

"President Brunot and others have referred to the first amend- 
ment to the Constitution as a safeguard against establishing a na- 
tional religion. Yet in the face of this reference he says: — 

" 'We propose "such an amendment to the Constitution of the 
United States (or its preamble) as will suitably acknowledge Al- 
mighty God as the author of the nation's existence and the ulti- 
mate source of its authority, Jesus Christ as its ruler, and the Bi- 
ble as the supreme rule of its conduct," and thus indicate that this 
is a Christian nation, and place all Christian laws, institutions, and 
usages on an undeniable legal basis in the fundamental law of the 
land.' 

"Now the question arises, If all this were accomplished, would 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 205 

the Christian religion be established in and by this government ? 
If it be answered that it would not, then another question. Would 
individuals be at liberty under the law of the land to disregard 
those Christian institutions and usages ? If not, if both of these 
questions be answered in the negative, then what would be the ex- 
isting state of things ? Could it be defined ? 

" This will never do ; such talk is idle. To place Christian 
usages on a legal basis is to enforce them by law, and to enforce 
them is to 'establish' them. When they are placed on an 'unde- 
niable legal basis in the fundamental law of the land,' they are 
fully established, and to deny this is only to trifle with language. 
But again, you cannot distinguish between ' all Christian laws, in- 
stitutions, and usages,' and the Christian religion. By establish- 
ing them, you establish it, of necessity. To deny this is to mani- 
fest a lack of discrimination or of candor. We speak with due 
respect, but we have to deal with facts of the greatest magnitude 
and importance, and which affect us in those things which we 
hold most sacred and dear. The advocates of this movement are 
able men. We hope they will hot ignore these points, but so ex- 
i)lain them as to reconcile themselves with themselves, if it can be 
done." 

The New York Independent, in January, 1875, 
showed up the inconsistency of this movement in a 
few paragraphs so pointed and pungent that we quote 
them entire, as follows : — 

"This being a Christian nation, we have a right to acknowledge 
God in the Constitution ; because, as things are now, this is not a 
Christian nation, and needs such recognition to make it one. 

"This having always been a Christian nation, we have a right 
to keep it such ; and therefore we need this amendment, since 
hitherto, without it, we have only been a heathen nation. 

"In other words, we need to make this a Christian nation, "be- 
cause we are already such, on the ground that if we do not make 
it such, we are not a Christian nation. 

"Because the people are substantially all Christians, we have a 
right, and have need, to make the Constitution Christian, to check 
our powerful element of unbelievers. 

" We mean to interfere with no man's rights, but only to get 
certain rights, now belonging to all, restricted to Christians, 



206 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

"This religious amendment is to have no practical effect, its ob- 
ject being to check infidelity. 

"It is to interfere with no man's rights, but only to make the 
unbeliever concede to Christians the right to rule in their interest, 
and to give up like claims for himself. 

"It is meant to have no practical effect, and therefore will be 
of great use to us. 

"We want to recognize God, and Christianity as our national 
duty to Deity, but intend to give no effect to such recognition, 
pleasing God by judicially voting ourselves pious, and doing noth- 
ing more. 

"We shall leave all religions in equality before the law, and 
make Christianity the adopted religion of the nation. 

"Christianity, being justice, requires us to put down infidelity 
by taking advantage of our numbers to secure rights which we do 
not allow to others. 

"Justice to Christians is one thing, and to infidels another. 

"We being a Christian people, the Jewish and unbelieving por- 
tion of our people are not, of right, part of the people. 

"And so, having no rights which we, as Christians, are bound 
to respect, we must adopt this amendment in our interest. 

"Passing this act will not make any to be Christians who are 
not Christians ; but it is needed to make this a more Christian na- 
tion. 

"The people are not to be made more Christian by it ; but, since 
the nation cannot be Christian unless the people are, it is meant 
to make the nation Christian without affecting the people. 

"That is, the object of this amendment is to make the nation 
Christian without making the people Christians. 

"By putting God in the Constitution he will be recognized by 
nobody else than those who already recognize him ; and therefore 
we need this amendment for a fuller recognition of him. 

"If we say we believe in God and Christ in the Constitution, it 
is true of those believing in him and a lie as to the rest ; and as 
the first class already recognize him, we want this amendment as 
a recognition by the latter class, so that our whole people shall 
recognize him. 

"Whether we have an acknowledgment of God in the Constitu- 
tion or not, we are a Christian nation ; and, therefore, it is this 
recognition of God that is to make us a Christian nation," 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 20Y 

As to the probability of the success of this move- 
ment, there is at present some difference of opinion. 
While a very few pass it by with a slur as a mere 
temporary sensation of little or no consequence, it is 
generally regarded, both by its advocates and its op- 
posers, as a work of growing strength and importance. 
Petitions and remonstrances are both being circulated 
with activity ; and shrewd observers, who have watched 
the movement with a jealous eye, and therefore hoped 
It would amount to nothing, now confess that it 
'' means business." No movement of equal magnitude 
of purpose has ever sprung up and become strong, 
and secured favor so rapidly as this. Indeed, none 
of equal magnitude has ever been sprung upon the 
American mind, as this aims to remodel the whole 
frame-work of our government, and give to it a strong 
religious caste, — a thing which the framers of our 
Constitution were careful to exclude from it. They 
not only ask that the Bible, and God, and Christ shall 
be recognized in the Constitution, but that it shall in- 
dicate this as '' a Christian nation, and place all Chris- 
tian laws, institutions, and usages in our government 
on an undeniable legal basis in the fundamental law 
of the nation." 

Of course, appropriate legislation will be required 
to carry such amendments into effect, and somebody 
will have to decide what are " Christian laws and in- 
stitutions." And when this question is raised, who 
will be appealed to as qualified to determine the mat- 
ter in question 1 — The doctors of religion, of course. 
Then what shall we have } — The Church sitting in 
judgment on men's religious opinions, the Church 
defining heresy, and the State waiting at its beck to 
carry out whatever sentence shall be affixed to a de- 



208 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

viation from what the Church shall declare to be 
" Christian laws and institutions." But was not this 
exactly the situation in the darkest reign of Roman 
Catholicism ? And would not its production here be 
a very " image to the beast" ? — Yea, verily. But this 
is the inevitable sequence of the success of this effort 
to secure a religious amendment of the Constitution. 
From what we learn of such movements in the past 
in other countries, and of the temper of the churches 
of this country, and of human nature when it has 
power suddenly conferred upon it, we look for no 
good from this movement. From a lengthy article 
in the Lansing (Michigan) State Republican in refer- 
ence to the Cincinnati Convention, we take the fol- 
lowing extract : — 

"Now there are hundreds and thousands of moral and profess- 
edly Christian people in this nation to-day who do not recognize 
the doctrine of the Trinity, — do not recognize Jesus Christ the 
same as God. And there are hundreds and thousands of men and 
women who do not recognize the Bible as the revelation of God, 
The attempt to make any such amendment to the Constitution 
would be regarded by a large minority, perhaps a majority, of our 
nation as a palpable violation of liberty of conscience. Thousands 
of men, if called upon to vote for such an amendment, would hes- 
itate to vote against God, although they might not believe that the 
amendment is necessary or that it is right ; and such men would 
either vote affirmatively or not at all. In e.very case, such an 
amendment would be likely to receive an affirmative vote which 
would by no means indicate the true sentiment of the people. 
And the same rule would hold good in relation to the adoption of 
such an amendment by Congress or by the Legislatures of three- 
quarters of the States. Men who make politics a trade would hes- 
itate to record their names against the proposed Constitutional 
Amendment, advocated by the leaders of the great religious de- 
nominations of the land, and indorsed by such men as Bishop Simp- 
son, Bishop Mcllvaine, Bishop Eastburn, President Finney, Prof. 
Lewis, Prof Seelye, Bishop Huntington, Bishop Kerfoot, Dr. Pat- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 209' 

terson, Dr. Cuyler, and many other divines who are the represent 
ative men of their respective denominations." 

Not only the representative men of the churches 
are pledged to this movement, but governors, judges, 
and. many who are among the most eminent men of 
the land in other directions, are working for it. Who 
doubts the power of the "representative men of the 
denominations" to rally the strength of their denom- 
inations to sustain this work at their call } We utter 
no prophecy of the future ; it is not needed. Events 
transpire in these days faster than our minds are pre- 
pared to grasp them. Let us heed the admonition to 
"watch!" and with reliance upon God, prepare for 
" those things which are coming on the earth." 

But it may be asked how the Sunday question is to 
be affected by the proposed Constitutional Amend- 
ment. Answer : The object, or to say the least, one 
object, of this amendment, is to put the Sunday insti- 
tution on a legal basis, and compel its observance by 
the arm of the law. At the National Convention held 
in Philadelphia, Jan. 18 and 19, 1871, the following 
resolution was among the first offered by the Business 
Committee : — 

" Besolved, That, in view of the controlling power of the Consti- 
tution in shaping State as well as national policy, it is of immedi- 
ate importance to public morals and to social order, to secure such 
an amendment as will indicate that this is a Christian nation, and 
place all Christian laws, institutions, and usages in our govern- 
ment on an undeniable legal basis in the fundamental law of the 
nation, specially those which secure a proper oath, and which pro- 
tect society against blasphemy. Sabbath-breaking, and polygamy." 

By Sabbath-breaking is meant nothing else but 
Sunday-breaking. In a convention of the friends of 
Sunday, assembled Nov. 29, 1870, in New Concord, 
Ohio, the Rev. James White is reported to have said : — 

14 



210 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

" The question [of Sunday observance] is closely connected witli 
the National Reform Movement ; for until the government comes 
to know God and honor his law, we need not expect to restrain 
Sabbath-breaking corporations." 

Here again the idea of the legal enforcement of 
Sunday observance stands uppermost. 

Once more : The Philadelphia Press, of Dec. 5, 
1870, stated that some Congressmen, including Vice- 
President Colfax, arrived in Washington by Sunday 
trains, Dec. 4, on which the Christian Statesman com- 
mented as follows (we give italics as we find them) : — 

" 1. Not one of those men wJio thus violated the SabbatJi is Jit to hold 
any official position in a Christian nation. * * * * 

"He who violates the Sabbath may not steal, because the judg- 
ment of society so strongly condemns theft, or because he believes 
that honesty is the best policy ; but tempt him with the prospect 
of concealment or the prospect of advantage, and there can be no 
reason why he who robs God will not rob his neighbor also. For 
this reason, the Sabbath law lies at the foundation of morality. 
Its observance is an acknowledgment of the sovereign rights of 
God over us. 

"2. The sin of these Congressmen is a national sin, because the 
nation hath not said to them in the Constitution, the supreme rule 
for our public servants, ' We charge you to serve us in accordance 
with the higher law of God.' These Sabbath-breaking railroads, 
moreover, are corporations created by the State, and amenable to 
it. The State is responsible to God lor the conduct of these creat- 
ures which it calls into being. It is bound, therefore, to restrain 
them from this as from other crimes, and any violation of the Sab- 
bath by any corporation, should work immediate forfeiture of its 
charter. And the Constitution of the United States, with which 
all State legislation is required to be in harmony, should be of 
such a character as to prevent any State from tolerating such in- 
fractions of fundamental moral law. 

" 3. Give us in the national Constitution the simple acknowl- 
edgment of the law of God as the supreme law of nations, and all 
%he results indicated in this note will ultimately be secured. Let no one 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 211 

say that the movement does not contemplate sufficiently practical 
ends." 

Let the full import of these words be carefully con- 
sidered. The writer was by some unaccountable im- 
pulse betrayed into a revelation of the real policy and 
aim of this movement. He holds up to the public 
viev/ those Congressmen who traveled on Sunday, as 
men who would rob and steal if they saw an oppor- 
tunity to do so without danger of detection ! Not 
one of them, he says, is fit to hold any office in the 
government. He would make this religious test a 
qualification for office, contrary to the Constitution. 
Every corporation that infringes upon Sunday should 
be immediately destroyed by a forfeiture of its char- 
ter. And what then of the individual, in this respect, 
who does not observe the Sunday .-^ Of course he 
could fare no better than the corporations, — he must 
be at once suspended from business. What does the 
prophecy say the enactment will be i^ — ''That no man 
might buy or sell save he that had the mark, or the 
name, of the beast, or the number of his name." Could 
there be a more direct fulfillment than this would be 
if once carried out, as the religious amendmentists are 
trying to do } 

From all this we see the important place the Sab- 
bath question is to hold in this movement, — the im- 
portant place it even now holds in the minds of those 
who are urging it forward. Let the amendment called 
for be granted, '' and all the results indicated in this 
note," says the writer, "will ultimately be secured ;" 
that is, individuals and corporations will be restrained 
from violating the Sunday observance. The acknowl- 
edgment of God in the Constitution may do very well 
as a banner under which to sail ; but the practical 



212 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

bearing of the movement relates to the compulsory 
observance of the first day of the week. 

An article in the Christian at Work of April 20, 
1882, spoke of a proposed plan to induce railroad cor- 
porations and the leading industries of the country 
to suspend business on Sunday. The writer thought 
the plan would fail, because it did not have ** the force 
of a penalty," and said : — 

" There is need of the power of government behind the plan, — 
the strength of the national government in support of the rule ; 
for the great business corporations of the country have risen above, 
and reach beyond, the authority of a Commonwealth, And not 
till the people have made the Federal Government the escutcheon 
of the Sabbath [Sunday], may we expect the rival industries to 
honor that sacred day." 

And while this writer thus sturdily called for law, 
he believed that if the Church " insisted on her rights" 
as loudly as the "infidel resisted them," they could 
be easily secured. 

Even now the question is agitated why the Jew 
should be allowed to follow his business on the first 
day, after having observed the seventh. The same 
question is equally pertinent to all seventh-day keep- 
ers. A Avriter signing himself ''American," in the 
Boston Herald'oi Dec. 14, 1871, said : — 

"The President in his late message, in speaking of the Mormon 
question, says, * They shall not be permitted to break the law un- 
der the cloak of religion.' This undoubtedly meets the approval 
of every American citizen, and I wish to cite a parallel case, and 
ask. Why should the Jews of this countrj^ be allowed to keep open 
their stores on the Sabbath, under the cloak of their religion, while 
I, or any other true American, will be arrested and suffer punish- 
ment for doing the same thing ? If there is a provision made al- 
lowing a few to conduct business on the Sabbath, what justice and 
equality can there be in any such provision, and why should it not 
be stopped at once ? " 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 213 

And this question, we apprehend, will be very sum- 
marily decided, adversely to the Jew and every other 
seventh-day observer, when once the Constitutional 
Amendment has been secured. 

At a Ministerial Association of the Methodist Epis- 
copal Church, held in Healdsburg, Cal., April 26-28, 
1870, Rev. Mr. Trefren, of Napa, speaking of S. D. A. 
ministers, said, " I predict for them a short race. 
What we want is law in the matter." Then, referring 
to the present movement to secure such a law, he 
added : " And we will have it, too ; and when we get 
the power into our hands, we will show these men 
what their end will be." 

In 1876 the question was raised in Keokuk, Iowa, 
''whether a Seventh-day Adventist could be com- 
pelled to attend court as, a witness on Saturday;" 
and Judge Blanchard decided that he could be, and 
that " a refusal would be contempt of court." 

The Signs of the Times^ of Oakland, Cal., in its is- 
sue of Dec. 22, 1881, said :— 

"After a sermon recently preached by an Oakland D. D., in favor 
of enforcing the Sunday law, some of the members of the congre- 
gation were heard giving utterance to strong commendations of 
the sermon and of the law. Said* one, 'I am glad the Seventh-day 
Adventists will have to come to time.'" 

This feeling is not confined to the Pacific States. 
A correspondent of the Review and Herald^ Battle 
Creek, Mich., writing from Illinois in 1883, said : — 

"A short time ago, at the dedication of a certain church, I heard 
a minister — who is also president of one of the leading colleges in 
our State, and of enough importance to have D. D. to his name — 
say that he was glad that the sectarian walls are being thrown 
down, and that people are becoming more liberal. ' Yes,' says he, 
' I thank God for a Roman Catholic Church ; for there is no relig- 
ious body that is any more zealous in trying to establish a law for 



214 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

the protection of the Sabbath [Sunday].' Another minister, where 
I was holding meetings a few weeks since, in a sermon against us, 
said : * You Americans all have great respect for Noah Webster ; 
there is not one of you but what considers him absolutely infallible ; 
and if you will look in his dictionary at the word Sunday, you will 
find that he says that it is the Christian Sabbath. It is true that be- 
fore Christ, the Jewish people kept the seventh day ; but since 
Christ the lines of longitude and latitude have been such that it is 
impossible to keep it. And furthermore, the custom of our coun- 
try makes it obligatory upon us to observe Sunday sacredly. But 
these miserable Adventists come around in the face of all this, and 
tell us that we must keep the old Jewish Sabbath. They are a set 
of ABOMINABLE TRAITORS, who are trying to produce dissension in 
our land, and oppose the laws of our country ; the place for ev- 
ery ONE of them is in our State prisons, and what we want is a 
LAW that will put them there ; and, thank God, the time is not far 
distant when we will have it.'" 

There are abundant indications that this pious feel- 
ing largely prevails in many sections of our country. 

From a work recently issued by the Presbyterian 
Board of Publication, entitled *' The Sabbath," by 
Chas. Elliott, Professor of Biblical Literature and Ex- 
egesis in the Presbyterian Theological Seminary of 
the Northwest, Chicago, 111., we take the following 
paragraph : — 

"But it may be asked. Would not the Jew be denied equality of 
rights by legislation protecting the Christian Sabbath and ignojing 
the Jewish ? The answer is, We are not a Jewish, but a Christian 
nation ; therefore our legislation must be conformed to the insti- 
tutions and spirit of Christianity. This is absolutely necessary 
from the nature of the case." 

There is no mistaking the import of this language. 
No matter if the Jew does not secure equal rights 
with others. We are not a Jewish nation, but a 
Christian ; and all m.ust be made to conform to what 
the majority decide to be Christian institutions. This 
affects all who observe the seventh day as much as it 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCE 8. 215 

does the Jews ; and we apprehend it will not be a dif- 
ficult matter to lead the masses, whose prejudices in- 
cline them in this direction, to believe that it is ''ab- 
solutely necessary" that all legislation must take such 
a form, -and cause them to act accordingly. 

Several years since, Dr. Durbin, of the Christian 
Advocate and Journal, gave his views on this subject 
as follows : — 

"I infer, therefore, that the civil magistrate may not be called 
upon to enforce the observance of the Sabbath [Sunday] as re- 
quired in the spiritual kingdom of Christ ; but when Christianity 
becomes the moral and spiritual life of the State, the State is 
bound, through her magistrates, to prevent the open violation of 
the holy Sabbath, as a measure of self-preservation. She cannot, 
without injuring her own vitality and incurring the Divine dis- 
pleasure, be recreant to her duty in this matter." 

At a meeting held at Saratoga Springs, N. Y., Aug. 
12, 1860, ex-President Fillmore said that '' while he 
deemed it needful to legislate cautiously in all mat- 
ters connected with public morals, and to avoid co- 
ercive measures affecting religion, the right of every 
citizen to a day of rest and worship could not be ques- 
tioned, and laws securing that right should be en- 
forced." 

And the Christian Statesjnan of Dec. 15, 1871, in 
speaking of the general disregard of the Sabbath 
[Sunday] in the arrangements for welcoming the 
Grand Duke Alexis of Russia, said : — 

"How long will it be before the Christian masses of this coun- 
try can be aroused to enact a law compelling their public servants 
to respect the Sabbath ? " 

That the Sunday question has entered into the 
arena of politics to stay till some decision is reached 
in regard to it, is now too apparent to be questioned ; 



216 THE MAMVEL OF NATIONS. 

and this is an immense stride in the direction of the 
fulfillment of the prophecies referring to this subject, 
as herein set forth. 

In August, 1882, a copy of a paper published in 
Chicago, and called the Illinois Amei'lcaUy was placed 
in our hands. It purported to be the organ of the 
American party, and it was announced that the 
party intended to establish similar papers in all the 
leading States of the Union. That party claims to 
embody in its platform '* all the great reforms of the 
day." ■ One reform which it considers essential is the 
enforcement of Sunday as the Sabbath, after the man- 
ner of the National Reform Association. In proof of 
this, we have but to quote the first two planks in its 
platform : — 

"We hold, 1. That ours is a Christian and not a heathen nation, 
and that the God of the Christian Scriptures is the author of civil 
government ; 2. That God requires and man needs a Sabbath." 

This Sabbath is, of course, the first day of the week ; 
and whatever papers this party shall establish, will be 
the political organs of the Religious Amendment 
Movement, as the Christian Statesman is the relig- 
ious organ. They enter thfe field as a national party, 
and nominated candidates for the presidential elec- 
tion of 1884, as follows : For President of the United 
States, Jonathan Blanchard, D. D., President of Whea- 
ton College, Illinois ; for Vice-President, John A. 
Conant, of Connecticut. 

The fanatical temper of the leading candidate, on 
the Sunday question, is plainly read in a few facts : 
1. He is one of the vice-presidents of the National 
Reform Association, and a prominent worker in that 
movement ; 2. In October, 1881, a circular was sent 
out from Wheaton College chapel, of which he was 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 21 Y 

quite evidently the inspiring spirit, addressed to the 
" Churches of Christ throughout the United States," 
setting forth that our great national calamity, the as- 
sassination of President Garfield, was a judgment of 
God upon the nation for its sins, chief among which 
is Sabbath (Sunday) breaking ; and beseeching " that 
the churches of Christ, individually or collettively, 
unite in requesting Congress to forbid, by proper 
enactment, the transaction of public business upon 
the Sabbath-day by any department of government, 
and that petitions to this effect be prepared or ob- 
tained from the Sabbath Association of Philadelphia, 
to be presented by that society at the opening of Con- 
gress on December next." 

We know many will be inclined to look upon the 
formation of this new American party as an idle move, 
and upon its efforts and object as vain and impossible. 
But the significant fact still remains that somebody 
has thought enough of these things to inaugurate this 
movement, and everything must have a beginning. 
Moreover, we all know that sometimes the beginnings 
of great revolutions are exceedingly small. The acorn 
which the little child so easily holds in its hand, comes 
at length to be the sturdy oak, which the mightiest 
tempest cannot uproot. 

In one State already, the Sunday question has been 
made the main issue, in a State election, betwpen the 
two great parties. Democratic and Republican. In 
the fall election of 1882, California made this issue, 
and gave to our country the first spectacle of a strictly 
religious question in the arena of politics. In this 
struggle Sunday was led to the front under the man- 
tle of a "police regulation," a merely "civil institu- 
tion." The working-man, said the Sunday advocate, 



218 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

must be secured in his right to a day of rest. This 
claim was too transparent to conceal from view the 
real object ; for the law which it was sought to en- 
force was not the law of the ciz'il code, which makes 
Sunday a legal holiday and gives every one the priv- 
ilege of resting on it who chooses to do so, but the 
Sunday law of the penal code, which was enacted for 
the purpose of making all desecration of the day an 
offense against religion, and punishing it as such. 
Now if the design was simply to secure rest to the 
people on that day, the civil code already provided 
for that, and no one proposed to interfere with the 
action of that law ; but if it was to enforce Sunday as 
a religious institution, on religious grounds alone, the 
law of the penal code was the one to enforce ; and in 
that direction the effort was made. The object was 
therefore sufficiently apparent. 

The Democrats having inserted in their platform a 
plank calling for the repeal of the Sunday law, the 
Republicans, in their State Convention, which con- 
vened in Sacramento, Cal., Sept. 30, 1882, introduced 
into their platform a plank calling for the mainte- 
nance of the law. Thus the issue was fairly joined. 
The scene in the Sacramento Convention when the 
Sunday plank was read, baffles description. The four 
hundred and fifty delegates broke into a vociferous 
shout ; they clapped their hands, stamped with their 
feet, threw up their hats, and hugged each other in a 
delirium of joy. It was a wild, insane spirit, on which 
neither argument nor the testimony of Scripture 
would make any impression. We imagine it is just 
such a blind, impetuous spirit which is essential to 
the success of the Sunday movement. 

The Democrats carried the election, and the Sun- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 219 

day law was in due time repealed. And now the 
friends of the institution turn more vigorously than 
ever toward the national movement which is working 
for the religious amendment. 

In New York, Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, the agi- 
tation of the Sunday question has been remarkable. 
In February, 1883, a correspondent wrote from Indi- 
ana : "Almost every paper in the State is crying out 
for Sunday law and Sunday reform." 

No less significant is the fact that the Sunday agi- 
tation is appearing in foreign countries simultaneously 
with the Sunday movement in this country. The N. 
Y. Independent of Oct. 1, 1885, published the follow- 
ing significant article touching the question of Sun- 
day-keeping in Europe :- 

"No desideratum of the social and religious world is now being 
more actively agitated in Central Europe than the project of a bet- 
ter observance of the Lord's (\-jy. It seems that the so-called 
' Continental Sunday ' is doomed ' to go ; ' and no friend of public 
and private morals will do otherwise than rejoice that its day of 
doom appears to have come. For years an international associa- 
tion, organized for the purpose of cduvMing public sentiment on 
this point, has been busily at worl<^ 3il*'i head-quarters at Geneva, 
and by means of branch associations, publications, annual delegate 
meetings, petitions, and the like, has managed to keep the subject 
constantly before the public. The movement is just now assum- 
ing a new character, and is entering upon a new stage that prom- 
ises some healthy results. The political authorities are beginning 
to recognize the agitation, and are taking active steps in the right 
direction. In various cantons of Switzerland — such as St, Gall, 
Berne, Aargau, and others — more stringent laws have been enacted. 
In Austria such laws went into force a few months ago, and al- 
ready good results are reported. Now the German governments 
have taken hold of the matter, and are trying to find out what to 
do in the premises. Prussia is leading in the movement. The 
Minister of Cultus has issued a circular letter to the presidents of 
the various provinces, directing a stricter obedience to the Sunday 



220 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

laws already in existence ; namely, that, during the principal serv- 
ices Sunday morning and afternoon, and also on the great Church 
festivals, all work that can interrupt the devotions must cease, and 
promising that, in the near future, further laws will be passed by 
the government. The Imperial government is taking similar steps 
for the whole German empire. During the past winter lively de- 
bates were held on the subject in the Reichstag, or Imperial Par- 
liament, which gave occasion to many classes of the people to ex- 
press their sentiments on this burning question. These facts have 
influenced the government to issue a circular letter to representa- 
tive manufacturers and other ' work-givers," and also to workmen, 
asking answers to the following questions : 1. Is Sunday work 
common in all branches of industry ? 2. Is Sunday work the rule 
or the exception ? 3. Is this work done {a.) in the whole business, 
(&.) for all the workmen, (c.) for the whole Sunday or for a part ? 
4. What causes this work, {a.) technical reasons or (&.) economic 
reasons ? 5. What results would the forbidding of such work 
have {a.) for the capitalist, {b.) for the workingman, in regard to 
his income ? Would this loss find a compensation in any gain ? 
6. Is it possible to carry laws forbidding work on Sunday, ('a.) with- 
out any exceptions, {b.) with what exceptions, and for what reasons? 
The answers received to these questions by the government officials 
will have a great deal to do in shaping the proposed legal meas- 
ures in regard to Sunday observance to be introduced into the next 
German parliament." 

Who can explain the fact that Sunday seems ev- 
erywhere coming to the front, except on the ground 
that we have reached the time pointed out in proph- 
ecy when such a movement should be seen ? The 
Chester (Eng.) Chronicle of July 9, 1881, reported a 
meeting of 3,000 persons in Liverpool in favor of clos- 
ing all public houses on Sunday. The Christian 
Statesman of July 22, 1880, gave information from 
England to the effect that a " Working-man's Lord's- 
Day Rest Association" had been formed there, and 
that two of England's prime ministers, Beaconsfield 
and Gladstone, had given their voice against the 
opening of museums, etc., on Sunday. The same 



INDICATION'S OF COMING CHANCES. 221 

policy is enforced by some, at least, of the English 
in their dependencies. One of the first acts of the 
Marquis of Ripon, who was made Viceroy of India in 
1880, was, according to the Christian Weekly^ to issue 
an order forbidding official work of any kind on Sun- 
day. 

In France the question is also agitated. The Senate 
having occasion to consider some proposed changes 
in the Sunday laws, an eminent senator, M. Barthel- 
emy Saint Hilaire, according to the French journal, 
Le Chris tia?tis7n an 19e Siecle^ of June 11, 1880, opened 
the eyes of his hearers by a clear argument showing 
that the seventh day, and not the first day, is the Sab- 
bath of the Bible. 

In Switzerland and Germany, also, this question is 
before the people. In the latter country, according, 
to the New York Independent, a meeting was held a 
few years ago, numbering some 5,000 persons, to en- 
courage a more strict observance of Sunday. Many 
of these were socialists. 

Austria also shares in the general movement. A 
New York paper in January, 1883, published the fol- 
lowing item :— 

"A telegram from Vienna, Austria, says : 'A meeting of 3,000 
workmen was held to-day, at which a resolution was passed pro- 
testing against Sunday work. A resolution was also passed in fa- 
vor of legal prohibition of newspaper and other work on that 
day.'" 

To come back again to our own country, we have 
the following singular circumstance to record: The 
Illustrated Christian Weekly of March 3, 1883, spoke 
of the novel spectacle of a strike for religious pur- 
poses, as follows : — 

"A hundred men employed by the Chesapeake and Ohio Rail- 
way have struck, not for higher wages, but for their Sunday." 



222 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

There is a local Sabbath (Sunday) Committee in 
many of the great cities, and an International Sab- 
bath Association to secure the co-operation of other 
nations. This Association has its offices in Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

The Churches can carry their point whenever they 
can become sufficiently aroused to take general and 
concerted action in the matter. David Swing, at a 
ministers' meeting in Chicago in 1879, held for the 
purpose of deliberating in regard to a better observ- 
ance of Sunday, according to a report in the Inter 
Ocean, said : — 

"Group together these Churches, — Presbyterian, Methodist, 
Baptist, Cougregational, Episcopal, and Catholic, — and they make 
up a powerful group of generals and soldiers. They can throw 
great armies into the field. Whoever should hope to lift up suf- 
fering humanity without asking the aid of all these heroes of old 
battle-fields, would simply show how feeble he is in the search of 
great means to a great end." 

Thus Protestants propose to act in concert with 
Catholics in this matter, and profess no lack of assur- 
ance in regard to accomplishing what they undertake. 
And so impatient are some to reach the desired re- 
sult, that they are even considering whether they can- 
not regard the Constitution already Christian, and 
proceed to act accordingly, without waiting for the re- 
ligious amendment. Thus, Bishop A. Cleveland Coxe, 
D. D., writing on " National Christianity," in the N. 
Y. Independent of July 8, 1880, expresses respect 
for the "integrity, piety, efforts, and objects of the 
National Reform Association," but thinks it would be 
conceding too much to the infidel element to acknowl- 
edge that the Constitution is not Christian as it now 
stands. He thinks the better way would be to con- 



mniGATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 223 

sider that it is already Christian, and then unitedly 
move against all opposing influences. And he sug- 
gests that by the time the centennial anniversary of 
the adoption of the Constitution shall be reached, 
Sept. I'T, 1887, a league shall have been formed, em- 
bracing all Christians in an organization which poli- 
ticians shall respect and evil-doers fear, and then such 
a celebration of the adoption of *' Our Christian Con- 
stitution" shall be held as will cause the material 
splendor of 1876 to pale before its moral grandeur, 
and make "AMERICAN Christianity as evident to 
the world as our other characteristics are already." 

Something important may grow out of this sugges- 
tion. It will at any rate be safe to say that we shall 
see what we shall see. 

This notice of current movements would hardly be 
complete without a glance at the seductive apparent 
change of issue which is now coming to be quite prom- 
inently brought to the front ; and that is, that the 
Sunday is not to be enforced as a religions institution, 
but only as a civil institution ; that to enforce the 
keeping of the day as an act of religion, would be to 
violate the spirit of the Constitution and strike a blow 
at religious liberty, but that the State has a right to 
enforce it as a "sanitary measure," a "police regula- 
tion," a merely "civil enactment," and with this sev- 
enth-day keepers must comply, or move elsewhere. 

The International Sabbath Association Recorder y 
published at 19 So. Twelfth St., Philadelphia, Pa., has 
for one of its mottoes these words of Adam Smith : — 

"The Sabbath as 2i 'political institution is of inestimable value, 
independently of its claim to divine authority." 

Richard W. Thompson, when Secretary of the Navy, 
in 1880, at a meeting of the New York Sabbath Com- 



224 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

mittee, as reported in the N. Y. Herald of March 8, 
1880, said :— 

"I take it there is no principle better fixed in the American mind 
than the determination to insist upon the conformity by foreign- 
ers to our Sunday legislation. We are a Sabbath-keeping people. 
[Applause.] Men say that we have no power to interfere with 
the natural right of individuals ; that a man may spend Sunday as 
he pleases. But society has a right to make laws for its own pro- 
tection. They are not religious laws. The men engaged in this 
grand work of securing the enforcement of the Sabbath laws, do 
not want to force you into any church ; for these gentlemen rep- 
resent all denominations. They want to make you observe the 
Sabbath-day as a day of rest merely, — 'peaceably if they can, forci- 
bly if they must, — only so far as it is necessary to protect society.- 
Destroy the Sabbath, and you go out of light into darkness. A 
government without the Sabbath as a civil institution, could not 
stand long enough to fall. [Applause.] " 

And yet with all these professions they find it im- 
possible to conceal the fact that it is, after all, a re- 
ligious observance which they wish to secure. Thus 
Mr. Thompson continues : — 

" Why are we so specially interested in Sabbath laws ? — Because 
there is no other government that depends so much on the moral- 
ity of its citizens as ours. Here, where we have a republic with 
its existence depending on the mass of the peojDle, it is necessary 
to have a general observance of tJie Sabbath." 

The italics in the foregoing quotation are ours ; and 
we thus emphasize these words because we must in- 
sist that the devoting of a day to cessation from labor 
in obedience to a law of the State is in no sense the 
"observance of the Sabbath," even though the right 
day were selected for that purpose. For the very 
idea of the Sabbath is a religious idea. It is derived 
from the word of God. There is no Sabbath in any 
Scriptural sense, except the day that God made such 
by resting upon it. And when the day is observed 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 035 

as a religious act, on the authority of God's word and 
as his word directs, the Sabbath is observed, but not 
otherwise. Neither is compliance with a State law 
to stop work on a certain day, in any just sense the 
practice of "morality," unless the State is the source 
of that grace, and civil laws are moral laws. Yet Mr. 
T.'s language betrays the fact that it is the *' moral- 
ity," and the ''observance of the Sabbath," that it is 
intended to enforce. 

The people of Louisville, Ky., in the call for a mass- 
meeting, Feb. 10, 1879, " for the purpose of securing 
a better observance of our weekly rest-day," endeav- 
ored to draw this distinction sharp, as follows : — 

"With regard to the Sabbath as a religious institution, we pro- 
pose to do nothing whatever in this meeting. We withdraw from 
the discussion every religious question. Your attention will be 
called exclusively to the Sabbath as a civil institution, a day of 
rest from labor and public amusements, set apart for that purpose 
by the immemorial usage of the American people and the laws of 
the land." 

Mr. Joseph Cook, in a Boston lecture in May, 1879, 
claimed the same distinction. He said : — 

''Sabbath laws are justified in a republic by the right of self- 
preservation. . . . An important distinction exists between 
Sunday observance as a religious ordinance and as a civil institu- 
tion. American courts, while enforcing the Sunday laws, disclaim 
interference with religion," etc. 

Such a presentation of the subject will captivate 
many minds, and lead thousands to act from a stand- 
point of secular policy as they would not dare to act 
from that of religious toleration. 

Even the N. Y. Independent, after its scathing ex- 
posure of the inconsistency of the Religious Amend- 
ment Movement, as given on p. 205, is, in its issue of 
Jan. 4, 1883, carried away with this kind of logic, 

15 



226 THE 3IARVEL OF NATIONS. 

The case calling out its remarks was this : Certain 
Jews in New York City made application for an in- 
junction restraining the police from arresting them 
for pursuing their ordinary business on the first day 
of the week, on the ground that they were observers 
of the seventh day. The injunction was temporarily 
granted by Judge Arnoux, but was soon after dis- 
solved, on the plea that the business of the applicants 
would not come under the head of " works of mercy 
or necessity." The New York penal code makes only 
this provision for observers of the seventh day : — 

'Tt is a sufficient defense to a prosecution for servile labor on 
the first day of the week, that the defendant uniformly keeps an- 
other day of the week as holy time, and does not labor on that 
day ; and that the labor complained of was done in such a manner 
as not to interrupt or disturb other persons in observing the first 
day of the week as holy time." 

It is now argued that this is no ground for exemp- 
tion from arrest for Sunday labor ; for such labor is a 
violation of the letter of the law, and the law does 
not presume that a man has a defense till he makes 
one. Therefore, although a man is well known to be 
a conscientious observer of the seventh day, he may 
be arrested whenever found working on the first day, 
and put to all the annoyance and trouble of making 
a defense. And such a course of action is defended 
as right. 

To the question, Would not this be a hardship to 
the Jews and Seventh-day Baptists } the Independent 
makes answer that this is incidental to their living in 
a community which makes Sunday the day of rest, 
and cannot be avoided without destroying the day of 
rest altogether. 

Again it says that if the Sunday law — 



INDIGATION'S OF COMING CHAN'OES. 227 

• ' Is not equally well fitted to the Jews, as it is not, who form but 
a mere fragment of the people, this is an inconvenience to them 
which they must bear, and which the law cannot remove without 
imposing a much greater inconvenience upon a far larger number 
of persons." 

Now comes the distinction on the strength of which 
these sentiments are uttered. Again we quote : — 

"If it [the. Sunday law] enforced any kind of religious observ- 
ance upon them, this would be unjust ; but there is no injustice 
in requiring them to observe Sunday as a day of rest in a commu- 
nity in which, for good and sufficient general reasons, the day is so 
observed. If they do not like it, we see no remedy for them ex- 
cept in a withdrawal from such a community." 

Notwithstanding such declarations, the general 
reader will, we think, be able to look beneath this 
woolly exterior, and discern the true nature of the 
Sunday-law movement, and why it has seen fit to ar- 
ray itself in sheep's clothing. It will, without doubt, 
be conceded by all that the present clamor for Sun- 
day legislation is owing entirely to the fact that the 
great majority of religionists regard the day as a di- 
vine institution, and its observance as a religious duty. 
But some do not so regard it, because they under- 
stand that God has set apart another day for the Sab- 
bath, and does not require the observance of this one ; 
and when such are compelled to observe the first day, 
in what 'position are they at once placed .'' — They are 
made to keep the day because others regard it as a 
divine institution, while they do not so regard it, and 
to pay homage to a religious custom which they know 
to be false. They are deprived of one-sixth of the 
time which God has given them for labor, and are 
thus robbed of one-sixth of their means of support, if 
they live by the labor of their hands, as most of them 
do, because a stronger religion demands it, and the 



228 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

State confirms that demand. Is there not here relig- 
ious discrimination ? Are not the consciences of one 
class oppressed in the interest of another class ? Is 
not this an interference on the part of the State with 
the spiritual freedom of its subjects ? Is not this re- 
ligious intolerance and persecution for conscience' 
sake ? Such, in reality, it is, however much people 
may try to disguise it by other names. 

In a later issue, dated March 1, 1883, in reply to 
the question from a correspondent, *' Will you please 
tell me how this has nothing to do with religion V' the 
Independent says : — 

"We can only repeat that it is a great disadvantage to be in the 
minority. People there may be right ; but they must suffer and 
submit." 

Every one, from the days of the apostles down, who 
has suffered from religious oppression, could testify 
In regard to the disadvantage of being in the minor- 
ity. But is this government, which professes to guar- 
antee to the weakest and humblest citizen his just 
rights, now to take the position that such rights can- 
not be secured unless he is with the majority? 

Again the Independent says : — 

"All the State wants is that the citizen shall have ,one day in 
seven for rest, not for religion." 

But can any one tell why the large majority can- 
not ''rest" just as well on the first day, even if the 
small minority who keep the seventh day go about 
their legitimate and honorable occupation } If it is 
"rest" merely that is waiited, does my work hinder 
my neighbor from resting.? But no ! if you are seen 
at work, you shall be arrested. Therefore, it is not 
simply the privilege of rest for those who desire it^ 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 229 

but a compulsory rest, whether you wish it or not, 
because others desire that you shall rest as well as 
themselves. Again we quote : — 

"If they insist on so working as to interfere with the rest-day 
of the majority, they must either move, or be moved away. We 
are sorry, but there is no help for it." 

We know of no observers of the seventh day who 
have the least intention of interfering, or desire to in- 
terfere, with others in their observance of the first 
day. They ask for no right to do anything of this 
kind. They would religiously refrain from disturb- 
ing either the private rest or the public devotion of 
any on that day. But we apprehend that the very 
fact that they do not keep the day, nor acknowledge 
its claims, will be construed to amount to a sufficient 
"interference" and "disturbance" to call for repress- 
ive measures. Let them " move or be moved." 

The opposition to the religious amendment mani- 
fested in many parts of the country, especially by the 
liberal or infidel element, is thought by many to be 
an insuperable barrier in the way of its success. But 
if we mistake not, this is the very stimulus which will 
excite its friends to such exertions that it will ulti- 
mately be secured ; for the opposition assumes such 
an aggressive attitude that no neutral ground is left ; 
an irrepressible conflict is precipitated ; it must be 
victory or defeat of the most decisive kind with either 
party ; the government must become nominally wholly 
Christian or in reality wholly secular. 

Thus the National Reform Association set forth the 
object they have in view by the second article of their 
Constitution, which reads as follows : — 

"The object of this Society shall be to maintain existing Chris- 
tian features in the American government, and to secure such an 



230 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

amendment to the Constitution of the United States as will indi- 
cate that this is a Christian nation, and place all the Christian 
laws, institutions, and usages of our government on an undeniable 
legal basis in the fundamental law of the land." 

On the other hand, in opposition to this National 
Reform Movement, Liberalism sets forth its sweeping 
antagonistic demands in the following platform : — 

"1. We demand that churches and other ecclesiastical property- 
shall no longer be exempt from just taxation. 

" 2. We demand that the employment of chaplains in Congress, 
in State Legislatures, in the navy and militia, and in prisons, 
asylums, and all other institutions supported by public money, 
shall be discontinued. 

"3. We demand that all public appropriations for educational 
and charitable institutions of a sectarian character shall cease. 

"4. We demand that all religious services now sustained by the 
government shall be abolished ; and especially that the use of the 
Bible in the public schools, whether ostensibly as a text-book or 
avowedly as a book of religious worship, shall be prohibited. 

"5. We demand that the appointment, by the President of the- 
United States or by the Governors of the various States, of all re- 
ligious festivals and fasts, shall wholly cease. 

"6. We demand that the judicial oath, in the courts and in all 
other departments of the government, shall be abolished, and that 
simple affirmation under the pains and penalties of perjury shall 
be established in its stead. 

"7. We demand that all laws directly or indirectly enforcing 
the observance of Sunday as the Sabbath shall be repealed. 

"8. We demand that all laws looking to the enforcement of 
* Christian ' morality shall be abrogated, and that all laws shall be 
conformed to the requirements of natural morality, equal rights, 
and impartial liberty. 

" 9. We demand that not only in the Constitutions of the United 
States and of the several States, but also in the practical adminis- 
tration of the same, no privilege or advantage shall be conceded 
to Christianity or any other special religion ; that our entire polit- 
ical system shall be founded and administered on a purely secular 
basis ; and that whatever changes shall prove necessary to this 
end, shall be consistently, unflinchingly, and promptly made." 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 231 

The Inter Ocean of Nov. 16, 1880, reported the pro- 
ceedings of a convention held in Chicago the day 
previous, for the promotion of the '' secularization " of 
the State. " By that," said the report, " they signify 
the exclusion of the Bible and all religious training 
from the public schools, and the taxation of church 
property. A permanent organization was effected." 

Thus while frequent conventions are held by the 
National Reform party, counter conventions are held 
by the Liberalists ; and the forces are marshaling on 
either side. 

The Tulare (Cal.) Times of Oct. 20, 1882, said :— 

"The Associate Reformed Presbyterian Covenanter organ pro- 
claims ' an irrepressible conflict between the religious and secular 
theories of government.' The sectarian press reiterates the senti- 
ment, and such politicians as John Sherman, Governor Foster, 
Jeremiah Black, Judge Sawyer, Senator Harvey, Judge Brooks of 
North Carolina, Judge Saffold of Alabama, Judge Phelps of Con- 
necticut, Judge Cole of Iowa, Governor Turnes of Nebraska, Judge 
Rockwell of Massachusetts, and Judge Morrison of California echo 
the demand for a religrious amendment to the Constitution of the 
United States. General Grant warned the country years ago, that 
there was impending such a struggle between the ' God in the 
Constitution party ' on the one side, and the friends of the present 
guarantees for religious freedom on the other side, as would shake 
the very foundations of our government. And yet such men as 
ex-Governor Woods have the effrontery to deny that there is any 
danger of a religious contest. These fomenters of religious tyr- 
anny are endeavoring ^to lull the people and put them to sleep, 
that their designs may be the more easily accomplished." 

The Chicago Express of Feb. 16, 1884, contains an 
article written by Bishop Foster, of the Methodist 
Church. While traveling in Europe, he takes occa- 
sion to speak of those forms of worship there which 
are supported by law, and the acts that led to such a 
state of things. He says : — 



^3^ TSE MABYEL OP JfATlOW. 

"That there is but little real, vital, j^ersonal, religion in these 
lands, is among the most jDatent facts. ... I know of nothing 
more sad than the religious condition of Europe, and the saddest 
part of it is that it is chargeable to the Church itself, and therefore the 
more hopeless. If something is not speedily done, the so-called Chris- 
tian Church will drive Christianity from these ancient lands, if not 
from the whole world" 

In speaking of the primary causes which led to 
this spiritual condition, he says : — 

"Did Constantine make the Roman mind Christian by abolish- 
ing paganism, and proclaiming the religion of the cross in its 
stead, and, creating the constituted Roman nation into a Church, 
make the nation a Christian Church ? or did he not rather pagan- 
ize Christianity ? " 

Speaking still further of the present state of things, 
he says : — 

"By a false theory, the Church has been taken from the people, 
and converted into a priestly and political machine, and has ceased to 
he a Church of Christ, as much as the pajDal machine at Rome. . . . 
This condition of things is the sad inheritance of the union of 
Church and State." 

The editor of the Express, in calling attention to 
these statements of the Bishop, says : — 

" The Church in America has also very largely become a polit- 
ical machine, and has been used as a means of raising a campaign 
fund to retain and maintain the party in power, and return men to 
office who have betrayed the people, and sold them to the giant 
corporations of the land. . . . How long, we would ask of 
Bishop Foster, does he imagine it will be before the Church in 
America, like the Church in Europe, will be forced to seek an al- 
liance with the State in order to sustain itself, because of the in- 
difference of the people, who perceive its iniquitous practices, and 
scoff at its pretended Christianity ? Already a union of the two is 
a thing openly spoken of as desirable. 

" We have before us at this moment a religious journal, the Sah- 
hath Sentinel, which in its leading editorial warns the Church 
against the tend(?ncy. The rich men within the Church, who have 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 233 

taken shelter there against public condemnation of their crimes of 
extortion, are ready at any time for the union — more than ready. 
They would do with their taxes to the Church as they have done 
with their taxes to the State, — frame the laws in such a way that 
the poor shall be forced to pay for them. Every one of the causes 
which produced the union of Church and State in Europe, exists 
either in full bloom or in embryo in this country ; and here, as 
there, 'if something is not speedily done, the so-called Christian 
Church will drive Christianity from the land.' 

"Again we say, with the Bishop, 'Let the Church of God come 
out from the world ; let it be made of followers and disciples of 
Christ ; let it represent righteousness and truth ; let it cut loose 
from false and entangling alliances ; let its priests be clothed with 
salvation, and its citizens be a holy communion ; let it demonstrate 
its divine lineage, — let this be the watch-cry of Zion, and then it 
will be a power in the earth, and will silence the taunt of its ene- 
mies.' " 

In the Richland Star of Dec. 4, 1879, pubUshed in 
Bellville, Ohio, an infidel wrote against the National 
Reform party, which had then recently held a con- 
vention in Mansfield, Ohio, concluding his remarks 
as follows : — 

" The lash and the sword have always proved poor ambassadors 
of Christ. If we live up to our Constitution as it now is, we shall 
be good citizens, and have all the room we care to occupy as 
Christians." 

To this writer a Mr. W. W. Anderson replied in 
the next issue of the same paper, in defense of the 
Association, giving expression, in his remarks, to this 
sentiment : — 

"Either we are a Christian nation, or we are not. Either our 
Sabbath laws, so essential to good order and the welfare of all 
classes, are to be maintained, or they are to be abrogated. In the 
latter case, we shall wade through blood, as Paris did when under 
infidel rule." 

These passages show that the contestants are fully 



234 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

aware of the nature and magnitude of the struggle 
upon which the Christian world is now entering. 

A minister in Kansas, an agent of the National Re- 
form Association, uses the term, ** A Second Irrepress- 
ible Conflict," to describe the antagonism now arising 
between theology and secularism, as embodied in the 
present movement for a religious am.endment of the 
Constitution of the United States. The opposition 
to this he likens to the great Rebellion, and asks if we 
are to have another such rebellion. A few words 
from his pen will set forth his views in this respect, 
and indicate the length to which he would be willing 
to go in its suppression. He says : — 

" The great Rebellion, which was \mt down at such frightful 
cost, was a rebellion which aimed to strike doicn liberty from its 
place in the American government. The rising rebellion we have 
yet to deal with, aims to strike down Christianity from the place it 
has held in our government from its origin to the present hour." 

This, he thinks, can be met only by the amendment 
movement of the National Reform party. And he 
leaves it to be inferred, as did also the speakers at 
the National Reform Convention in Cleveland, in De- 
cember, 1883, that if the success of this movement cost 
even as great a sacrifice as the suppression of our late 
political Rebellion cost, the sacrifice should be made 
rather than that the religious amendment movement 
should fail. For he says : — 

''The success of the present endeavor to conform our govern- 
ment in every respect to its acknowledged secular Constitution, 
would be followed by consequences more revolutionary and more 
frightful [italics his] than would have followed the success of the 
endeavor of the pro-slavery party of the North and of the South, 
to conform our government in every respect to our then pro-slavery 
Constitution." 

If this is so, the rising rebellion, before which he 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 235 

stands appalled, should be put down even at a greater 
sacrifice than the former. 

But it might be well to inquire what has given Lib- 
eralism its recent impulse toward the secularization 
of the State. Is it not the National Reform move- 
ment itself ? We heard nothing about the "demands" 
of Liberalism, nor their specially aggressive work, till 
the amendmentists began to seek the aid of the civil 
power in behalf of religious customs and dogmas. 
This naturally threw the Liberalists into an active 
defensive movement under the menace of the loss of 
their civil rights. Thus the amendmentists find that 
they have conjured up a demon which they would 
now fain exorcise. Neither party can recede from 
the positions it has taken. The crisis must now 
come ; and the amendmentists see no way to meet it 
on their part, but to carry through to the desperate 
end, the movement by which it has been precipitated. 

A very marked and rapid change is taking place 
in public opinion relative to the proposed religious 
amendment of the Constitution. Some who were at 
first openly hostile to the movement, we learn are 
now giving their influence for its advancement ?\\d 
clamoring loudly for a Sunday law. And some \vho 
at first regarded it with indifference, are now be^^om- 
ing its warm partisans. As a sample of this change 
of feeling, the following paragraph from the Chny.tian 
Press of January, 18Y2, may be presented. The Chris- 
tian Pi'ess is the organ of the Western Book and 
Tract Society, Cincinnati, Ohio, and its editor, speak- 
ing of the National Association above referred to, 
says : — 

"When this Association was formed, while we were prepared 
to bid it God speed, we did not then feel that there was any press- 



236 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ing need for tlie object sought ; and as our mission was specially- 
directed to the Christianizing, enlightening, and elevating of the 
masses of the peoiDle, we have said little in our columns on the 
subject, being assured that if the people are right, it is easy to set 
the government right. The late combined efforts, however, of 
various classes of our citizens to exclude the Bible from our 
schools, repeal our Sabbath laws, and divorce our government en- 
tirely from religion, and thus make it an atheistic government, — 
for every government must be for God or against him, and must 
be administered in the interests of religion and good morals, or in 
the interests of irreligion and immorality, — have changed our 
mind, and we are now prepared to urge the necessity for an ex- 
plicit acknowledgment in the national Constitution of the author- 
ity of God, and the supremacy of his law as revealed in the Script- 
ures of the Old and New Testaments." 

The course of the Examine}'- and Chronicle^ the lead- 
ing Baptist journal of our country, is another case in 
point. When the movefnent for the religious amend- 
ment of the Constitution was inaugurated, this paper, 
alluding thereto, said : — 

"We have wondered at the magical effects ascribed to the sac- 
raments according to high-church theology. But turning a nation 
of atheists to Christians by a few strokes of the pen, by a vote in 
Congress, and ratifying votes in three-fourths of the State Legis- 
latures, is equally miraculous and incomprehensible. This agita- 
tion for a national religion, officially professed, has for its logical 
outcome, persecution — that, and nothing more or less. It is a 
movement backward to the era of Constantine ; as far below the 
spirituality of the New Testament as it is below the freedom of 
republican America." 

But in 1879 the same paper, in an article on " The 
Day of Rest," changed its tone in reference to na- 
tional action on this question, as follows : — 

"By these and other cons'iderations, therefore, we are justified 
in holding that the spirit of the fourth commandment, with all its 
divine sanctions and sacred privileges, applies in full force to the 
Christian day of rest. To preserve it from profanation, to main- 
tain its inestimable privileges, to secure to all the sanitary, moral. 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 23^ 

family, and civic benefits of which. M. Proudhon wrote, as well as 
the undisturbed enjoyment of religious service on that day, is a 
duty which Christians owe at once to their country and their God. 
And in this work governments should aid, within their sj^here, in 
the interest of public morals, and the general well-being of society." 

Again, the Univcrsallst of Oct. 6, 1877, published 
in Boston, Mass., contained a report of the Massa- 
chusetts Convention of UniversaHsts, held in Wor- 
cester, Mass., Sept. 25, 1877. In that Convention a 
resolution ^'* heartily sympathizing with the aims of 
the National Reform Association in seeking a legal 
recognition of God and his government," was intro- 
duced. The committee to whom it was referred rec- 
ommended its adoption. In the discussion which fol- 
lowed, Mr. H. Kimball said, ''We may initiate a re- 
ligious war, of all wars the most bitter." Dr. Flan- 
ders said, " There is danger in the resolution." Hev. 
Mr. Chambre said, " It is a reactionary movement, 
hostile to the religious liberty whereof UniversaHsts 
have been the special champions." Rev. G. W. Has- 
kell said that " the Association which seeks the change 
in the Constitution only keeps its Calvinism in abey- 
ance. That will come in due time if it gets encour- 
agement." -^p 

After all these plain utterances, a motion for indefi- 
nite postponement was lost. A motion to strike it 
out was lost. The motion to adopt was then carried 
by a vote of 61 to 47. 

This strange action on the part of the UniversaHsts 
may be attributed largely to the course of the Lib- 
eral League in calling for the 'abolition of all recog- 
nition of God and religion in State instruments and 
operations, and making the government wholly sec- 
ular ; for this is arousing the fears of all classes of 



238 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

professed Christians, and inciting them to repel what 
they consider the danger. Nothing can tend more 
strongly to precipitate the conflict on the Amendment 
question. 

The tendency of religious opinion is still further 
shown in the position taken by the Christian Instruc- 
tor in the year 1884. Judge Black of Pennsylvania, 
having argued before the House Judiciary Committee 
at Washington, Jan. 30, 1883, against the bill ** To 
Suppress Polygamy in the Territories, the Instructor 
said : — 

"T71ien distinguislied jurists are taking such positions relating 
to questions of Christian morals, is it not time, is it not impera- 
tive, that the Christian people of this nation should demand the 
religious amendment of the Constitution ? Many sa}^ as they have 
been saying, 'It is best to let well enough alone.' It is becoming 
manifest, however, that well enough cannot be left alone. The si- 
lence of the Constitution is being interpreted and used against the 
Christian institutions of the nation. The Constitution must cease 
to bo silent, and, b}^ the amendment, must unmistakably declare 
that this is a Christian nation, and that its morality is the morality 
of the revealed will of God. Onl}^ thus is it possible to have our 
Christian institutions and usages permanently preserved." 

The following resolutions may also be taken as 
sample expressions of the sentiment that prevails to 
a large extent among church members of different de- 
nominations, in reference to the proposed religious 
amendment of the Constitution of the United States. 

The St. Joseph District Conference of the M. E. 

Church, Marysville, Mo., passed a resolution Oct. 4, 

1882, of which the following is the substance : — 

" Resohed, That we do most heartily commend and indorse the 
object of the National Reform Association, and we pledge to them 
our prayers for success in securing their commendable and much 
needed amendment to our National Constitution." 

The General Conference of the M. E. Church, at 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 239 

Philadelphia, May 27, 1884, unanimously passed the 
following : — 

"Resolved, That we will use our efforts to secure such, a change 
in the Constitution of our country as shall recognize the being of 
God, our dependence upon him for prosperity, and also his word 
as the foundation of civil law." 

The Iowa State Western Baptist Association, at 
Shenandoah, Oct. 5, 1882, unanimously embodied the 
same sentiment in the following resolution : — 

" Besolved, That we earnestly approve of that part of the plan 
adopted by the National Association which aims at the enactment 
of such laws as will lead to the better observance of the Sabbath, 
and the use of the Bible in our public schools." 

The Kansas Annual Conference of the Protestant 
Methodist Church, at Whitewater Center, Sept. 16, 
1882, also unanimously passed the following : — 

" Resolved, That, as a Christian nation, it is the sense of this 
Conference that we should demand ingrafted in the United States 
Constitution an amendment acknowledging our faith in, and de- 
pendence upon. Almighty God." 

Almost as fast as the matter is brought to the at- 
tention of the Churches and Conferences, similar sen- 
timents are called out. The danger is that many will 
be drawn into the movement without perceiving its 
true import, and the evils to which it will lead ; that 
they will favor an amendment of the Constitution, 
thinking it will be made better, not understanding 
that the final result will be to transform it from the 
grand segis of our liberties into an instrument of un- 
righteousness and oppression. 

Yet notwithstanding all these indications of the 
sentiment fast growing up in the religious circles of 
this country to establish religion by law, some are 
still skeptical in regard to the possibility of any such 



240 • THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

revolution ; and when we express the opinion that 
the majority of the professors of reHglon, and others, 
are to combine so far as to enact a general law for the 
observance of the so-called "Christian" or "Ameri- 
can" Sabbath, we are met with expressions of the ut- 
most Incredulity in regard to such a movement. A 
law of that kind, they say, can never be carried, as it 
would interfere with too many kinds of business, and 
there are too many liberals and irreligious persons to 
oppose It. And yet when pressed right down to an 
expression of their own views in the matter, these 
very persons will take the position that there ought 
to be such a law. Now do they not see that all that 
is necessary is to have such persons take their posi- 
tion and act, and the requisite majority is secured ; 
for they but represent a feeling that generally pre- 
vails. 

An illustration in point comes from a correspond- 
ent, who writes : — 

"In conversation with a number of persons a few days ago, I 
stated our views in regard to the Sunday movement, whereupon 
all ridiculed the idea of such a thing in a country of liberty, mak- 
ing mention of railroads, amusements, etc. But scarcely five min- 
utes had elapsed when all said that they thought such a law ought 
to be passed, and signified their willingness to vote for it ! " 

Many have been waiting with no little interest to 
hear Catholics speak on this question, querying what 
position they would assume. An incident which oc- 
curred In the summer of 1880, plainly foreshadowed 
their policy in this matter. At the time referred to, 
S. V. Ryan, the Catholic Bishop of Buffalo, N. Y., Is- 
sued a circular denouncing the profanation of the first 
day of the week, and declaring that none would be 
recognized as Catholics who would not strictly ob- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 211 

serve the Lord's day. He urged his plea solely on 
the authority of the Church, claiming, truly, that the 
day was wholly an institution of the Church. Not- 
withstanding this, the ChiHstian World hastened to 
welcome this new ally in the Sunday cause. Publish- 
ing the remarkable document, which appeals to the 
''Blessed Mother" as witness to its truth, the World 
urges the consideration and preservation of the cir- 
cular, and says : — 

"It would certainly furnish great ground of gratitude to every 
truly pious heart, if we might count upon the Roman Catholic 
ministers of religion as faithful allies in the struggle." 

In reference to the Catholic claim that the Sunday 
institution rests wholly upon the authority of the 
Church, the World says : — 

" The historical statement with regard to the position of the 
Roman Catholic Church on the question of the Lord's day is, un- 
fortunately, far from correct. . . . And yet we prefer to waive 
an inquiry into the truth or falsity of Bishop Ryan's claims, and 
to congratulate our Roman Catholic citizens and ourselves on the 
position which some, at least, of the prelates of this Church in 
this country are disposed to assume." 

Is it not marvelous that a religious journal, profess- 
ing to be a defender of the truth, should take such a 
position as this .-^ Here is an assertion put forth by 
the great Roman Catholic hierarchy that Sunday is 
an institution of their Church, — and Protestants are 
challenged to meet it, — an assertion which, if true, 
nullifies every claim of the first-day Sabbath to divine 
support, takes out from under it every prop which a 
true Protestant would depend upon to sustain it, and 
makes it simply a human institution, not binding in 
any degree upon the consciences of men. In the face 
of such an assertion the first question to be settled is, 

IG 



242 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

whether this claim is true or not. But this Protestant 
writer proposes to waive all inquiry into the matter, 
virtually saying, We care not whether the claim is 
true or false, nor what the origin of the institution is, 
nor upon what authority it rests, if only we can have 
your assistance in trying to carry our point, and en- 
force it upon the people. Can any one suppose that 
the fear of God and the love of the truth for the truth's 
sake, constitute the motive for such a course of action ? 
In this connection a reference to the change of at- 
titude on the part of Protestantism toward Catholi- 
cism, will not be considered wholly a digression from 
the main argument ; for this movement has a signifi- 
cant bearing on the question before us. The "image," 
as elsewhere emphasized in this work, is to be made 
to the beast, Romanism. This would indicate cordial 
friendliness toward, and a certain degree of deference 
to, Catholicism, on the part of the image-making 
power, which we have shown to be Protestantism. 
And this friendliness of feeling on the part of Protest- 
ants, is even now prominently manifested in some 
quarters. The time was, and has been all along un- 
til within a few years, when Protestants were Protest- 
ants indeed, protesting against the errors and abuses 
of the Roman Catholic Church. But there seems to 
be now a widespread inclination to stretch their hands 
across the chasm which has divided them, and wel- 
come the Catholic Church to union and fellowship, 
not because the Catholics have reformed in any of the 
objectionable features of their system, but because 
Protestants are seemingly becoming very indifferent 
to them. How else can we account for a remarkable 
scene which took place in Westminster Abbey, Oct. 
19, 1884, when in that professedly Protestant sanctu- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 243 

ary, a procession of five hundred Catholics were ad- 
mitted to kneel at the shrine of Edward the Confessor, 
and pray — for what ? For the success and good of 
Protestantism ? — No ; but for the conversion of Eng- 
land to the Roman Catholic faith ! This is not mere 
toleration ; it is surrender. 

Certain Protestants in this country seem inclined 
to include all in one Church, calling themselves '' the 
Protestant branch of the great Catholic Church." 
But do Catholics propose to make any concessions, 
and meet Protestants half way in these fraternal ges- 
tures ? — Not at all. Protestants may go the whole 
way in the disgraceful surrender of principles which 
have cost the struggles of three hundred years.; and 
then perhaps the Catholic Church will receive them 
back into her bosom as erring, repentant children. 
But the Catholic Church is the same to-day in its in- 
tolerant and blood-thirsty instincts that it always has 
been. It makes its boast that it never changes.. Once 
let it gain supreme control in this country, and how 
soon would every Protestant place of worship in the 
land be sealed up as silent as the tomb, and every Bible 
be banished, not from the schools alone, but from the 
homes and hands of the people, and rigid conformity 
to the Catholic ritual alone be enforced by flood and 
flame, dagger and dungeon. To flatter ourselves that 
the bloody scenes of the Dark Ages were owing to the 
spirit of the age, and not the spirit of the Church, 
and could not now be repeated under Romish rule, is 
to be not only willfully but criminally blind. And to 
see Protestants shutting their eyes to these facts, and 
virtually accepting the preposterous pretensions of 
Catholicism, is astonishing indeed. 

These movements on the part of Protestants toward 



244 THE MARVEL OF J^ATIOJ^S. 

fraternity with Catholics, become very significant in 
view of the agitation of the Sunday question, which 
is becoming so prominent in the land. The Sunday 
rest-day, being a Papal institution, will naturally claim 
the support of the Catholics. And in this thing, Prot- 
estants who are seeking a Sunday law will gladly wel- 
come them as allies ; and who then can for a moment 
doubt the ability of these two Churches, the Protest- 
ant and Catholic, to carry any measures upon which 
they might unite ? 

According to the Dakota State Record, the Bishop 
of the Episcopal Church of Ohio speaks of '' the Prot- 
estant portion of the Catholic Church of Rome." He 
proposes a union between all Protestant sects and 
the Romish Church on marriage and divorce and the 
Sabbath (Sunday). He calls these (Protestant sects 
and the Romish Church) ** every portion of the 
Christian Church," and thinks that '* it is within 
reasonable expectation " that this "Christian Church 
throughout the world will speak the same language 
on all these moral issues," and that "legislation will 
not fail to follow the lead of such a public opinion." 

Yes, if Protestantism is only a "portion of the 
Catholic Church of Rome," why should it maintain 
the position of a schismatic, and keep up the division .? 
Why not go back at once to the mother Church .? 
But if that Catholic Church which is represented in 
the Scriptures as a harlot woman, drunken with the 
blood of the saints, — a Church which has harried a 
hundred millions of innocent victims to their graves, 
which has invented and inflicted upon the humble 
followers of Christ horrible barbarities, more in num- 
ber and more fiendish in character than those of all 
heathendom combined, from the earliest ages, — if 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 245 

such a Church is CJnHstian, God pity Christianity ! 
but rather God pity the man whose moral sensibihties 
have become so benumbed and paralyzed that he can 
assume such an attitude toward this tragical burlesque 
of Christianity ! 

That such words can be spoken by Protestants, and 
such propositions be urged by them, is one of the 
most alarming indications of the tendency of the 
times. 

With the anti-Sunday movements of the present 
day, considering their associations, and the manner 
and object in and for which they are carried forward, 
we have no sympathy. They aim at utter no- 
Sabbathism, freedom from all moral restraint, and all 
the evils of unbridled intemperance, — ends which we 
abhor with all the strength of a moral nature quick- 
ened by the most intense religious -convictions. And 
while the indignation of the better portion of the 
community will be aroused at the want of religious 
principle and the immorality attending the popular 
anti-Sunday movements, a little lack of discrimination, 
by no means uncommon, will, on account of our 
opposition to the Sunday institution, though we 
oppose it on entirely different ground, easily associate 
us with the classes above mentioned, and subject us 
to the same odium. 

We therefore here take occasion to put on record 
a few words defining more fully our position. We 
wish it to be understood that we are in the most 
complete accord and the fullest sympathy with all 
reforms which tend to restrain immorality and con- 
duce to the well-being of society. We bid all tem- 
perance reformers Godspeed in their noble efforts. 
We wish all success to the great work of rescuing 



246 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

men from the evils of intemperance. We wish all 
crippling, blighting, and paralyzing influences to fall 
upon the vile traffic in intoxicating liquors, above 
and below, east, west, north, and south, always and 
everywhere. We would restrain it, not only on Sun- 
day, but on every day of the week. 

So, too, we are in favor of a divorce reform, prison 
reforms, all sanitary reforms, labor reform as against 
the encroachments of monopolies, reforms to restrain 
cruelty to children and to animals, and to prevent the 
circulation of vile, blasphemous, or obscene matter 
through the mails. We wish the latter reform might 
be extended also to the publication and circulation, in 
any manner, of the dime novel curse and abomination. 
Let the law which is designed to be a safeguard to 
society, take hold of all these things, we care not how 
rigidly. 

But with these things, our friends are unfortunately 
connectinganother enterprise as a reform, which lacks 
the true basis of all reforms ; namely, the divine sanc- 
tion. They labor to secure the enforcement by law 
of a day as the Sabbath which the Scriptures nowhere 
declare to be the Sabbath, in opposition to the day 
which they do explicitly declare to be the Sabbath. 
Now we believe in Sabbath reform ; but we say. Let 
us take the day which the Scriptures everywhere set 
forth as the divinely-appointed day of rest, and se- 
cure its observance by moral suasion under the sanc- 
tions of the divine law. 

Let it be understood further that we take no ex- 
ception to laws in behalf of those who conscientiously 
deem it their duty to observe any day as a day of 
rest, so far as to secure them from any real disturb- 
ance on such days. 



INDICATIONS OP COMING CHANGES. ^4Y 

If people wish to observe Sunday, let them then be 
protected from anything which would really interfere 
with such observance. But we say that those who 
have conscientiously observed another day as the 
Sabbath, should not be compelled to keep Sunday 
also (all disturbance of course excepted), because 
some one else thinks that day is the Sabbath, any 
more than the Sunday-keeper should be compelled to 
keep the seventh day, because we believe that day is 
the Sabbath. An exemption should be made to cover 
such cases. To refuse this is to strike a blow at re- 
ligious liberty in this country. Here is the danger ; 
and this is the ground of our protest. 

Meanwhile, some see the evils involved in this 
movement, and raise the note of alarm. The Chris- 
tian Union ^ January, 1871, said : — 

" If the proposed amendment is anything more than a bit of 
sentimental cant, it is to have a legal effect. It is to alter the 
status of the non-Christian citizen before the law. It is to affect 
the legal oaths and instruments, the matrimonial contracts, the 
sumptuary laws, etc., etc., of the country. This would be an out- 
rage on natural right." 

The Janesville (Wis.) Gazette^ at the close of an ar- 
ticle on the proposed amendment, speaks thus of the 
effect of the movement, should it succeed : — 

"But, independent of the question as to what extent we are a 
Christian nation, it may well be doubted whether, if the gentlemen 
who are agitating this question should succeed, they would not do 
society a very great injury. Such measures are but the initiatory 
steps which ultimately lead to restrictions of religious freedom, and 
to commit the government to measures which are as foreign to its 
powers and purposes as would be its action if it should undertake 
to determine a disputed question of theology." 

The Weekly Alta Californian of San Francisco, 
March 12, 1870, said : — 



248 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

"The parties who have been recently holding a Convention for 
the somewhat novel purpose of procuring an amendment to the 
Constitution of the United States recognizing the Deity, do not 
fairly state the case when they assert that it is the right of a Chris- 
tian people to govern themselves in a Christian manner. If we 
are not governing ourselves in a Christian manner, how shall the 
doings of our government be designated ? The fact is, that the 
movement is one to bring about in this country that union of 
Church and State which all other nations are trying to dissolve." 

The New York Independent, February, 1870, spoke 
of the movement as having the same chance of suc- 
cess that a union of Church and State would have. 

The Champlain Journal, speaking of incorporating 

the religious principle into the Constitution, and its 

effect upon the Jews, said : — 

"However slight, it is the entering wedge of Church and State. 
If we may cut off ever so few persons from the right of citizen- 
ship on account of difference of religious belief, then .with equal 
justice and propriety may a majority at any time dictate the adop- 
tion of still further articles of belief, until our Constitution is but 
the textbook of a sect beneatth whose tyrannical sway all liberty of 
religious opinion will he crushed" 

Meanwhile the movement assumes a very harmless 
and innocent mien. What hurt can it do, it is asked, 
just to recognize God in the Constitution } Who 
could object just to the mention of the Supreme Being 
and of Christ in our great national charter } We have 
such recognition now, they plead, in most of our State 
Constitutions, and it does not seem to work any mis- 
chief; why not then put it into the national Consti- 
tution .'' 

Thus the advocates of the religious amendment are 
wont to reason, or at least thus they seem pleased to 
have other people reason, with the hope, very appar- 
ently, that they will act from that standpoint, and 
thus the more readily give support to their move- 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 240 

ment. This feature comes out very distinctly in the 
report of one of the secretaries of the National Reform 
Association, who has lately [1884] been laboring in 
Lincoln, Nebraska. 

The object sought is thus put in a light which seems, 
at first view, very innocent and unobjectionable. But 
let us look at it a little more closely, and see if the 
most virulent kind of sophistry is not involved therein. 
If the simple insertion of the names of God and Christ 
somewhere in the Constitution is all that is designed, 
we inquire how that can be a matter of such impor- 
tance as to warrant such a movement as is now on 
foot in its behalf — the organization of an association, 
the issuing of books and tracts, the publication of a 
weekly paper, the calling of conventions, the employ- 
ing of men to devote the whole or a part of their time 
to its promulgation, and the pouring out of liberal 
contributions of money in its support. All this shows 
upon the very face of it that there is something more 
in view than the mere mention of God in the Consti- 
tution. 

But further, if God is already recognized in most of 
the State constitutions, as they acknowledge is the 
case, why is not that sufficient .? Is he not acknowl- 
edged by all the States, and thus, so far as constitu- 
tional action can go, by all the people of those States 1 
What is to be gained, then, by putting his name into 
the Constitution of the nation } 

This brings us to the real issue. They desire not 
simply the name of God in the Constitution, but "such 
an amendment as shall place all the Christian laws, 
institutions, and usages of the government, on an un- 
deniable legal basis in the fundamental law of the 
land." They want this because, as the case now 



250 TSE MARVEL OP NATIONS. 

stands, if attempt is made through any State laws to 
enforce religious enactments, appeal can be taken to 
the higher court, and such efforts can be shown to be 
unconstitutional. It is just because the recognition 
of God in the State constitutions is thus liable to be 
rendered inoperative, because religious enactments 
under State laws are virtually null and void, that they 
want to get a sure foot-hold in the national Constitu- 
tion, the highest source of authority in the land. And 
then our whole relation to religious matters would 
very speedily assume a different complexion ; for they 
desire such an arrangement that men can be coerced 
into compliance with what the majority shall decide 
to be religious customs. For instance, they declare — 
and for this we have their own explicit language — 
that, this amendment once secured, no one who does 
not strictly observe the first day of the week as the 
Sabbath, shall hold any public office under this gov- 
ernment ; and that any corporation which will not 
thus regard it, shall immediately forfeit its charter ! 
Now look at the method of reasoning they conde- 
scend to adopt in this matter : God is recognized in 
State constitutions, and no mischief comes of it ; 
therefore no man should be afraid to have him recog- 
nized in the national Constitution. But why does no 
m.ischief come of his recognition by State constitu- 
tions } — Because such recognition not existing in the 
national Constitution, the recognition by the State 
cannot be used to enforce religious tests in national 
affairs. And what do they intend to gain by such a 
recognition in the national Constitution } Answer: 
To put matters in such a shape that religious tests 
can be enforced. But this would at once reverse the 
situation, and transform all their reasoning into a 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 251 

falsehood and a snare. If such enforcement as they 
are laboring for could now be had by the recognition 
of religious customs by the State constitutions, no 
one could say that no mischief came of it ; and if these 
men could do under State constitutions what they de- 
sire to do, they would seek for no amendment of the 
general Constitution. But now they appeal to the 
harmless nature of State constitutions on points where 
they are inoperative, to quiet men's fears and lead 
them to amend the national Constitution in such a 
manner as will make these State enactments operative, 
where they are not now, and thus change the whole 
complexion of their action. In other words, their 
reasoning is virtually this : Because a tiger caged can 
do no harm, therefore we need not fear to take such 
action as will uncage him, and let him loose upon the 
community, and it is our duty so to do. 

Is such reasoning fair and honest } Is it not rather 
the wickedest kind of sophistry } Their only chance 
of success in such reasoning is that people preoccu- 
pied with other things will not stop to consider the 
movement sufficiently to see its true intent, as was 
doubtless the case with some prominent citizens of 
Lincoln, whom the secretary reported himself as in- 
terviewing, and who he claimed gave the movement 
their sanction. Well did the editor of the Nebraska 
State Journal think there was recognition enough in 
the Constitution already, and Rev. Mr. Gregory ques- 
tion the propriety of advancing moral reforms by legal 
enactments, and Rev. Mr. Ingram express alarm lest 
the movement meant a union of Church and State. 

Another argument used by the advocates of the 
amendment against our government as now consti- 
tuted, must be abhorrent to every unvitiated Amer- 



252 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

ican patriot. It is that the doctrine that governments 
derive their just powers from the consent of the gov- 
erned, is a false principle. At the Cleveland (O.) 
Convention of the National Reform Association, held 
in December, 1883, one of the speakers attacked the 
statement as found in our Declaration of Independ- 
ence, and which lies at the very foundation of our na- 
tional polity, that governments " derive their just 
powers from the consent of the governed," and with 
a bitterness which was truly surprising, denounced it 
as "the old Philadelphia lie." In defense of his posi- 
tion, he rung the changes on such questions as these : 
How could a past generation ''consent" for the pres- 
ent } And how many of those now living under this 
government have actually "consented" to it.-* How 
do minors " consent " to it } And what criminal would 
"consent" to the government.'' 

Such sophistry is well answered by Jos. P. Thomp- 
son, D. D., LL. D., in a lecture on the "Doctrine of 
the Declaration of Independence," in which he says : — 

** 'Where/ asks Mr. Jefferson, 'shall we find the origin oi just 
powers, if not in the majority'- of society ? Will it be in the mi- 
nority ? or in an individual of that minority ? ' This is the key to 
the statement of the Declaration, that governments ' derive their 
just powers from the consent of the governed.' He was not think- 
ing of a poll of equal rights, that each individual as an ' inaliena- 
ble ' voter might ' consent ' to be governed thus or so, but of the 
community, the political society, in some method of its own, fram- 
ing, commissioning, or consenting to, the government under which 
it should live ; and in this view of its meaning, this statement of 
the Declaration, like those that precede it, is also true, and of deep 
and far-reaching significance for governments and for mankind." 

He then draws from the history of both England 
and France, facts in confirmation of this view, and 
adds : — 



Q cr? 



o 



CD 



P 

CD 



cr 

CD 
cn 

CD 

CD 



P 

CT? 
CD 

to 

OS 

to 

CO 




254 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

"The attachment of a people to their government may be vari- 
able ; their sentiment toward officers and policy may change with 
men and measures ; their loyalty may be that of enthusiastic devo- 
tion, of calm acquiescence, or of patient endurance ; but there in- 
heres in every body politic a latent right of revolution ; and, so 
long as the people do not revive this right, the government cle 
facto is presumed to hold its powers with ' the consent of the gov- 
erned.'" — The JInited States as a Nation, pp. 82-84. 

The idea expressed by the Cleveland speaker was 
that all government being derived from God, its re- 
quirements were to be made known by properly con- 
stituted agents, and all that the governed had to do 
was to quietly submit ; their ''consent" was not to be 
taken into the account at all. Had this man been 
arguing, under some benighted tyranny, for the " di- 
vine right of kings," instead of standing amid the 
manifold blessings and privileges secured by this Re- 
public, and denouncing the principles of its constitu- 
tion, after more than one hundred years of such uni- 
form and unbounded prosperity, as no other nation 
of the earth had ever enjoyed, his statements would 
not have seemed quite so astounding. 

It may still be asked, Has not the State the right 
to make a law that one day in the week shall be kept 
as a day of rest } and would it not be the duty of all 
citizens to obey such a law, when made .'' Anszver: 
The State has a right to legislate in reference to all 
the relations that exist between man and man, to 
protect and secure the just rights of each. It has a 
right, therefore, to legislate in regard to such crimes 
against society as Mormon polygamy, though prac- 
ticed under the name of religion, against intemper- 
ance, and against some forms of worship which pagans 
under the sanction of their religion, might introduce 
upon our shores. But in matters purely religious, 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANCES. 255 

matters of conscience between man and his Maker, 
which in no wise encroach upon the rights of others, 
the State has no right to interfere. It is going be- 
yond its legitfmate province when it does so. The 
Constitution of the United States recognizes this 
truth, when, in the first amendment, it provides that 
*' Congress shall make no law respecting an establish- 
ment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise 
thereof" 

But in the matter of the Sabbath, God himself has 
already promulgated a law ; and certainly the State 
has no right to interfere with that. It is replied that 
the State does not propose to interfere with that, but 
only to establish a day of rest as a '^ r/V/7 institution" 
for the good of society. This will do as a film behind 
which to try to hide ; but it is not sufficient to con- 
ceal the true motive. Speakers and writers alike cry 
out for a better observance of the Sabbath as they call 
the first day of the week. But resting upon any day 
merely as a requirement of the State, as a '* sanitary 
measure," a ''police regulation," is in no sense the 
keeping of a Sabbath as an act of worship offered to 
Heaven. Again, they urge it as a measure to secure 
a better state of morality. Here again the religious 
idea, which is the underlying principle in this m.ove- 
ment, crops out. 

There is one remarkable fact to be noticed in all 
this agitation ; namely, however much a day of rest 
may be urged as a "civil institution," a "police regu- 
lation," etc., as if it was not a religious matter, the 
day selected for the rest-day is always Sunday. Why 
is this } Will any one be willing to confess himself so 
obtuse as not to know that it is because the majority 
regard Sunday, in a religious sense, as the Sabbath f 



256 THE MARVEL OE NATIONS. 

And this at once discriminates against those who ob- 
serve the seventh day, inasmuch as, being obliged to 
keep another day also, they are deprived of one-sixth 
of their time, and, if laboring men, of one-sixth of 
their means of support, on account solely of the relig- 
ious prejudices of other people. This strikes at the 
very root of religious liberty. 

If any deny this, and insist that the object is to be 
absolutely impartial and fair, the matter can be tested 
by the following proposition : Let some day be se- 
lected as the State rest-day, which neither party re- 
gards as the Sabbath by divine appointment. Take 
for instance Tuesday. Now we, having kept the sev- 
enth day, could keep Tuesday on the same ground 
that the Sunday-keeper, having observed the first day, 
could keep Tuesday also. Here would be equality, 
one class not being discriminated against more than 
another. But how many Sunday-keepers would agree 
to this } No ; they would say, having kept Sunday, 
what is the use of our keeping Tuesday } Exactly. 
And so we say, After having kept the seventh day, 
what is the use of our keeping the first day } 

If any are still disposed to query why we should 
object to a general Sunday law, we reply further that 
to such a law, in itself considered, we do not object. 
People may make as many Sunday laws as they please 
for themselves, and of just such kinds as they please. 
We do not ask the repeal of any now existing Sunday 
law. We only ask that those who have conscien- 
tiously observed the seventh day, in compliance with 
the law of God, which says that " the seventh day is 
the Sabbath of the Lord thy God, in it thou shalt not 
do any work," and with the physiological law of rest, 
which demands one day of rest in seven, — we ask that 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES 25Y 

such shall be exempted from the requirements of the 
Sunday law, and be allowed to go quietly and peace- 
ably about their labor in obedience to the same law 
of God which says, *' Six days shalt thou labor." 

And we imagine we hear many responding, " Oh, 
yes ! that is fair ; that is just ; and of course you will 
be guaranteed that privilege." But this is just what 
those who are now so loudly clamoring for a Sunday 
law do not intend to grant ; and this is what we want 
the people to understand. On this point we have 
tangible evidence. 

Most of the States have exemption clauses in their 
Sunday laws in favor of observers of the seventh day. 
Pennsylvania has no such exemption ; but she has an 
old, unrepealed Sunday law of 1Y94 upon her statute 
books. Taking advantage of this state of things, 
some evil disposed persons have caused the repeated 
oppression, by fine and imprisonment, of a certain 
Seventh-day Baptist'"" in that State, for quietly work- 
ing upon the first day of the week after having consci- 
entiously and scripturally observed the seventh day. 



* The person referred to is D. C. Waldo, of Venango, Pa. Being a mem- 
ber of the Seventh-day Baptist Church, he conscientiously and religiously 
observes the seventh day of the week as the Sabbath. Having done this, he 
deems it his duty to go quietly about his legitimate business upon the first 
day, in obedience to the same high law which says, " Six days shalt thou 
labor." He owns a planing-mill in an isolated country position, more than 
two miles from any first-day meeting-house. Yet under the old 1794 law 
of Pennsylvania he has been twice prosecuted for thus laboring on Sunday. 
The last time he appealed to the higher court, at a cost ■ to himself in 
money, besides his time and trouble, of one hundred and fifty dollars. But 
the decision of the lower court was sustained. And thus this man suffers 
for his religious opinions, under a government which guarantees to every 
man the right to worship God according to the dictates of his own con- 
science. One other person besides Mr. Waldo has also been prosecuted in 
that place. 17 



258 THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

Seeing the injustice of such proceedings, a few no- 
ble souls have labored to secure an act, not repealing 
the law, but simply exempting observers of the sev- 
enth day from its operation. In 1881-82 this lacked 
only one vote of becoming a law. But in 1882-83 the 
same bill was defeated by the surprising majority of 
130 against 37. Thus Pennsylvania hugs her disgrace. 
But what had wrought this chan ^e between the win- 
ter of 1881-82 and that of 1882-h3 .? One important 
influence at least, we think, may De seen in the fol- 
lowing fact : — 

While the bill (No. 122) was pending at the last- 
named session of the Legislature, some zealous Sun- 
day man placed a copy of it in the hands of Hon. 
Felix R. Brunot, President of the National Reform 
Association, and Elliott E. Swift, of Pittsburg, Pa. 
They immediately sent a copy of the bill to the Coni- 
mei^cial Gazette of that city, with the accompanying 
note : — 

"The following bill, No. 122, has just been handed us with the 
statement that it has already passed the second reading in the Leg- 
islature of Pennsylvania. Its enactment will lead toward the de- 
struction of the Christian Sabbath in this Commonwealth. It is 
very desirable that the bill should be understood by our people, 
and that numerous and emphatic i:)rotests be adopted and for- 
warded immediately. We therefore request j^ou to publish it." 

The animus of this note is not to be mistaken. No 
effort is made to repeal the Sunday law, but simply 
(mark it !) to provide exemption for those who con- 
scientiously keep the seventh day ; and this man, who 
stands at the head of the National Reform Associa- 
tion, utters a vigorous and emphatic protest — the ex- 
emption must not be granted ! and he calls upon "our 
[his] people," to protest likewise. Ring it out through 



INDICATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 259 

all the land, that a conscientious Christian man in the 
State of Pennsylvania, who believes that the seventh 
day is the Sabbath, as the Bible declares, and keeps 
it as such, wishes the privilege of quietly following 
his labor on the first day of the week unmolested by 
the law which those who believe in keeping Sunday, 
which he does not believe in, have made for them- 
selves ; and the man who stands as the representative 
of that Association which is calling for a national 
Sunday law, thunders out, to the extent of his ability, 
a relentless No ! the privilege must not be granted ; 
it will work '' the destruction of the Christian Sab- 
bath." 

Does the thoughtful reader suppose that when such 
men gain the power, seventh-day keepers anywhere 
will be exempted ? — Not at all. 

In reference to the probable future of the religious 
amendment movement. Eld. W. H. Littlejohn, in the 
Sabbath Sentinel of May, 1884, spoke as follows : — 

" The National Reform party is confident of ultimate success. 
The men who are behind it are not enthusiasts to that extent that 
they anticipate an easy victory, or one which is to be realized im- 
mediately. Composed as the leaders are of men of learning and 
experience, their practiced eyes, while seeing with distinctness the 
goal of their ambition, are. able to measure the distance between 
it and themselves with tolerable accuracy. Surveying the field of 
contest with a coolness and penetration characteristic of experi- 
enced politicians, they have cautiously estimated the strength of 
the positions of their enemies and the measure of their own re- 
sources. Having been active participants in what is termed the 
great moral contest of the recent past, they have studied the ele- 
ments which rendered them successful ; and they feel assured that 
the struggle in which they are engaged is equally moral in its char- 
acter, and therefore certain to triumph sooner or later. Perceiv- 
ing that the success of the great anti-slavery contest was assured 
the moment it secured for itself the support, generally speaking, 
of the pulpits of the land, they very naturally infer that, whenever 



260 ^^^ MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

they shall be able to enlist the same pulpits in the interests of a 
movement which to their minds is as certainly favored of Heaven 
as was the one in question, the realization of their expectation will 
not be far removed. 

"With them, therefore, the whole matter turns upon the cap- 
ture of the ministry of the nation. To that end all their efforts 
are directed at the present time. If they succeed, there is no 
power that can stand before them. It must be admitted also that 
the probability that they will ultimately secure the active support 
and co-operation of the clergy. and the Churches, judging from 
present appearances, is very strong. They are active and untiring 
in their efforts, while those in the Churches and outside of the 
Churches who ought to be alive to the dangers of the situation 
have but little or nothing to say in the direction of sounding the 
alarm. One by one the representative bodies of the different de- 
nominations are roped into the National Eeform movement, and 
induced by resolutions or otherwise to commit themselves and 
those for whom they speak to an indorsement of it. In a single 
year ten Methodist Conferences were induced to give hearty ap- 
proval to the movement, and five thousand copies of the Christian 
Statesman — the organ of the party — were sent to as many clergy- 
men. Besides the papers spoken of and a flood of other publica- 
tions, with which the country is being inundated, and all bearing 
upon the same general subject, ministers and lecturers have been 
traversing the continent from Maine to California. siDeaking in 
the interest of the so-called Reform. 

"When it is remembered that there is to the average Christian 
mind a wonderful fascination in the thought of becoming a cham- 
pion in the conflict for the recognition of the names of God 
and Christ in the Constitution of the nation ; and when it is 
borne in mind that it is a comparatively easy task for a polished 
orator to make his uninformed hearers believe that God will hold 
them responsible for the desecration of a day that from childhood 
they have been taught to believe was holy time,— it will be per- 
ceived that if not opposed with vigor in this work, it will be com- 
paratively easy for a few energetic and determined spirits to 
arouse in favor of their enterprise an enthusiasm which will 
sweep everything before it. 

"Never did a party have a more thrilling war-cry than in the 
words, "The names of God and Christ in the Constitution, the read- 



mniCATIONS OF COMING CHANGES. 261 

ing of the Bible in the common schools, and the enforcement of the 
Sunday laws." All three of these projects are of such a nature 
as to commend themselves to Christians generally, unless they can 
be shown that these same projects cannot be realized without im- 
periling the government and doing great injustice to certain 
classes of our citizens. 

"Nor are professed Christians alone in this. Outside the pale 
of the Churches are multitudes of men and women who, though 
not professedly Christians, are nevertheless, very friendly to what 
they believe to be Christian institutions, and who are ready at all 
times to support them by voice and vote, whenever they can do so 
without making a public profession of religion. These persons, 
unless thoroughly arousedf to the tendency of the proposed legis- 
lation, are certain to enlist under the banners of the new party. 

"There is also another feature of this subject that is worthy of 
attention. Aside from Seventh-day Adventists and Seventh-day 
Baptists, the apathy of those Christians even who are at heart op- 
posed to the purposes of the National Reform party, is so complete 
that the public are not apprised of their real feelings. On the 
other hand, infidels and atheists are so out-spoken in their hostility to 
that party that the casual observer, unaware of the efforts of the 
two denominations spoken of above, naturally concludes that the 
contest is wholly between believers and unbelievers. This fact 
acts very much to the prejudice of those who are standing man- 
fully for the right. Indeed, this is so true that it will be apparent 
to any intelligent observer that the supporters of the amendment 
movement are already gaining no inconsiderable advantage by 
trying to make it appear that the opponents of their work are 
found almost wholly among the enemies of God. In a short time 
they will add to the benefits of a fascinating war-cry the advantage 
that is derived from hopelessly fastening upon an antagonist an 
opprobrious epithet. While as a matter of fact Seventh-day Ad- 
ventists and Seventh-day Baptists are what they are because of 
their strict adherence to the word of God, and while they are 
noted for their devotion to the cause of temperance, they will 
nevertheless be classed with the frequenters of beer gardens, and 
with such men as Abbott and Ingersoll, whose principles they de- 
test. 

"Unless men of every denomination shall speedily cross over 
the line of indifference, and unite in an effort to enlighten the public 
mind in reference to the true nature of the proposed legislation 



262 THE MARVEL OF NATION'S. 

by the general government in matters of religion, it will be for- 
ever too late. The drift is altogether in the wrong direction. 
The Churches once practically captured, the end will not be far 
off. Sabbatarians, though right in regard to the true Sabbath, 
and deeply in earnest in their endeavors to stem the tide which is 
sweeping in the direction of uniting Church and State, are too few 
in numbers to avert that calamity. In the tempest of passion 
which is soon to be raised over this subject, their voices will be 
lost unless they receive immediate help from their fellow-Chris- 
tians, and the battle for religious liberty will be lost, So far as 
atheists and infidels are concerned, they are incapable of holding 
the field against the systematic attacks of the thoroughly drilled 
and perfectly organized armies of the brthodox Churches. The 
decision of the question will be simply one of time. The hosts of 
the Reform party will enter the halls of the capitol, and take into 
their hands the reins of government. History will repeat itself. 
Intoxicated with success, and ambitious for the complete realiza- 
tion of their long cherished plan of placing all Christian laws and 
usages of the government upon an "undeniable legal basis," they 
will commence to enact laws to secure that end. When this is 
done, resistance to their plans will no longer be tolerated. Inter- 
jDreting their success as a token of Divine favor, they will never 
pause in their career until they have added another to the long 
list of governments in which religious liberty has been sacrificed 
on the altar of blind fanaticism. 

"Reader, would you avert such a misfortune as long as pos- 
sible ? Then strike hands with those who are struggling hard for 
the same purpose. Have you looked with innocent pride at the 
grand old ship of State which for a hundred years has been the 
object of universal admiration, and the hope of the regions where 
religious intolerance and political ojDpression have acted like a 
blight and a mildew on the national life? Then remember that 
the hands which have held the helm of that noble craft thus far 
have all been lifted to Heaven in attestation of a solemn vow to 
preserve and carry out a Constitution which provides that "Con- 
gress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion or 
prohibiting the free exercise thereof." Do you think it would be 
unsafe to allow the majestic old ship to pass under the control of 
those who would turn her prow away from the course she has 
hitherto pursued, directing her into unexplored seas, filled with 



INDICATION'S OF COMING CHANGES. 263 

dangerous rocks and tossed by fierce tempests ? If so, throw 
your personal influence against a political organization that seeks 
to do the very thing which you so much dread." 

For a union of Church and State, in the strict 
mediaeval form and sense, we do not look. In place 
of this, we apprehend that what is called " the image," 
a creation as strange as it is unique, comes in, not as 
a State Church, supported by the government, and 
the Church in turn controlling the State, but as an 
ecclesiastical establishment empowered by the State 
to enforce its own decrees by civil penalties ; which, 
in all its practical bearings, will amount to exactly 
the same thing. 

Some one may now say. As you expect this move- 
ment to carry, you must look for a period of religious 
persecution in this country ; nay, more, you must 
take the position that all the saints of God are to be 
put to death ; for the image is to cause that all who 
will not worship it shall be killed. 

There would, perhaps, be some ground for such a 
conclusion, were we not elsewhere informed that in 
the dire conflict God does not abandon his people to 
defeat, but grants them a complete victory over the 
beast, his image, his mark, and the number of his 
name. Rev. 15 : 2. We further read respecting this 
earthly power, that he causeth all to receive a mark 
in their right hand or in their foreheads ; yet chapter 
20 : 4 speaks of the people of God as those who do 
not receive the mark, nor worship the image. If, 
then, he could " cause " all to receive the mark, and 
yet all not actually receive it, in like manner his 
causing all to be put to death who will not worship 
the image does not necessarily signify that their lives 
are actually to be taken. 



264 TEE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

But how can this be ? A/iswer: It evidently comes 
under that rule of interpretation in accordance with 
which verbs of action sometimes signify merely the 
will and endeavor to do the action in question, and 
not the actual performance of the thing- specified. 
The late George Bush, Professor of Hebrew and 
Oriental Literature in New York City University, 
makes this matter plain. In his notes on Ex. 7 : 11 
he says : — 

" It is a canon of interpretation of frequent use in the exposi- 
tion of the sacred writings that verbs of action sometimes signify 
merely the will and endeavor to do the action in question. Thus 
in Eze. 24 : 13 : *I hay e purified thee, and thou wast not purged ;* 
i. e. , I have endeavored, used means, been at pains, to purify thee. 
John 5 : 44 : * How can ye believe which receive honor one of an- 
other ;' i. e., endeavor to receive. Rom. 2:4: 'The goodness of 
God leadetJi thee to repentance ;' i. e., endeavors, or tends, to lead 
thee. Amos 9:3:* Though they be Jiid from my sight in the bot- 
tom of the sea ;' i. <?., though they aim to be hid. 1 Cor. 10 :33 : 
' 1 please 2i\\mQn.\* i. e., endeavor to please. Gal. 5:4: 'Whoso- 
ever of you nvQ justified by the law ;* i. e., seek and endeavor to be 
justified. Ps. 69 :4 : 'They that destroymQ are mighty ;' i. e.y that 
endeavor to destroy me. Eng., 'That W56>w?<f destroy me.* Acts 7: 
26 : ' And set tJiem at one again ; * i. e., wished and endeavored. 
Eng., ' Would have set them.*'* 

So in the passage before us. He causes all to re- 
ceive a mark, and all who will not worship the image 
to be killed ; that is, he wills, purposes, and endeavors 
to do this. He makes such an enactment, passes such 
a law, but is not able to execute it ; for God interposes 
in behalf of his people ; and then those who have 
kept the word of Christ's patience are kept from fall- 
ing in this hour of temptation, according to Rev. 3 : 
10 ; then those who have made God their refuge are 
kept from all evil, and no plague comes nigh their 
dwelling, according to Ps. 91 : 9, 10 ; then all who are 



INDICATiom OF GOMma GHAN0E8. 265 

found written in the book are delivered, according to 
Dan. 12 : 1 ; and, being victors over the beast and his 
image, they are redeemed from among men, and raise 
a song of triumph before the throne of God, according 
to Rev. 14:4; 15:2. 

The objector may further say, You are altogether 
too credulous in supposing that all the skeptics of 
our land, the Spiritualists, the German infidels, and 
the irreligious masses generally, can be so far brought 
to favor the religious observance of Sunday that a 
general law can be promulgated in its behalf. 

The answer is. The prophecy must be fulfilled, and 
if the prophecy requires such a revolution, it will be 
accomplished. But we do not know that it is neces- 
sary. Permit the suggestion of an idea which, though 
it is only conjecture, may shov/ how enough can be 
accomplished to fulfill the prophecy without involving 
the classes mentioned. This movement, as has been 
shown, must originate with the Churches of our land, 
and be carried forward by them. They wish to en- 
force certain practices upon all the people ; and it would 
be very natural that in reference to those points re- 
specting which they wish to influence the outside 
masses, they should see the necessity of first having 
absolute conformity among all the evangelical de- 
nominations. They could not expect to influence 
non-religionists to any great degree on questions 
respecting which they were divided among themselves. 
So, then, let union be had on those views and prac- 
tices which the great majority already entertain. To 
this end, coercion may first be attempted. But here 
are a few who cannot possibly attach to the observance 
of the first day, which the majority wish to secure 
any religious obligation ; and would it be anything 



^QQ THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

strange for the sentence to be given, Let these few 
factionists be made to conform, by persuasion if pos- 
sible, by force ii necessary ? Thus the blow may fall 
on conscientious commandment-keepers before the 
outside masses are involved in the issue at all. And 
should events take this not improbable turn, it would 
be sufficient to meet the prophecy, and leave no 
ground for the objection proposed. 

To receive the mark of the beast in the forehead, 
is, we understand, to give the assent of the mind and 
judgment to his authority in the adoption of that in- 
stitution which constitutes the mark. By parity of 
reasoning, to receive it in the hand would be to 
signify allegiance by some outward act, perhaps by 
signifying a willingness to abstain from labor — the 
work of their hands^ — -on that day, though not indors- 
ing its religious character. 

The number, over which the saints are also to get 
the victory, is the number of the papal beast, called 
also the number of his name, and the number of a 
man, and said to be six hundred threescore and six. 
Rev. 13 : 18. Where is that number to be found "t The 
pope wears upon his pontifical crown in jeweled 
letters, this title : *' Vicarius Filii Dei,'' " Vicegerent 
of the Son of God," the numerical value of which 
title is just six hundred and sixty-six. Thus V stands 
for 5 ; I, 1 ; C, 100 ; a and r, not used as numerals ; I, 
1 ; U, anciently written as V and standing for 5 ; s 
and f, not used as numerals ; I, 1 ; L, 50 ; I, 1 ; I, 1 ; 
D, 500 ; e, not used as a numeral ; I, 1. Tabulating 
this, we have the following :— 



INB 


TCATI0N8 OF 


COMING GHANOEB 


1 


V 


= 5 




I 


= 1 




c 


= 100 




I 


= 1 


•- 


U(V) 


= 5 




I 


= 1 




L 


= 50 




I 


= 1 




I 


= 1 




B 


= 500 




I 


= 1 



26r 



666 

The most plausible supposition we have seen on 
this question is that in this name we find the number 
sought for. It is the number of the beast, the papacy ; 
it is the number of his name, for he adopts it as his 
distinctive title ; it is the number of a man, for he 
who bears it is the *' man of sin." We get the victory 
over it by refusing those institutions and practices 
which he sets forth as evidence of his power to sit 
supreme in the temple of God, and by adopting which 
we should acknowledge the validity of his title, by 
conceding his right to act for the Church in behalf of 
the Son of God. 

And now, reader, we leave this subject with you. 
We confidently submit the argument as one which is 
invulnerable in all its points. We ask you to review 
it carefully. Take in, if thought can comprehend it, 
the wonderful phenomenon of our own nation. Con- 
sider its location, the time of its rise, the manner of 
its rise, its character, Satan's masterpiece of lying 
wonders which he has here sprung upon the world, 
and the elements which are everywhere working to 



^eS THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 

fulfill in just as accurate a manner all the remainder 
of the prophecy in regard to the dragon voice, the 
erection of the image, and the enforcing of the mark. 
Can you doubt the application ? We know not how. 
Then the last agents to appear in this world's history 
are on the stage of action, the close of this dispensa- 
tion is at hand, and the Lord cometh speedily to judge 
the world. But between us and that day stands an 
issue of appalling magnitude. It is no less than this : 
To yield, on the one hand, to unrighteous human en- 
actments, soon to be made, and thus expose ourselves 
to the unmingled wrath of an insulted Creator ; or, on 
the other, to remain loyal to God, and brave the 
utmost wrath of the dragon and his infuriated hosts. 
In reference to this issue, the third message of Rev. 
14 : 9-12 is now going forth as a solemn and vehement 
warning. If you have read the foregoing pages, this 
warning has come to you. In tender solicitude we 
ask you what you intend to do with it. To aid in 
sounding over the land this timely note of alarm, to 
impress upon hearts the importance of a right position 
in the coming issue, and the necessity of pursuing 
such a course as will secure the favor of God in the 
season of earth's direst extremity, and a share at last 
in his glorious salvation, is the object of this effort. 
And if with any it shall have this effect, the prayer of 
the writer will not be utterly unanswered, nor his 
labor be wholly lost. 



The portraits of fifty of the fifty-six signers of the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence (a document so often referred to in this woi-k) have been pre- 
served. Presuming that the reader would be interested to see them, we 
herewith present them in the order in which their names were attached to 
that venerable instrument. 





JOHN HANCOCK. 



BUTTON GWINNETT, 




LYMAN HALL. 



GEO. WALTON. 



WM. HOOPER. 




JOSEPH HEWES. 



EDWARD RUTLEDGE. THOS. HEY WARD, JUNR. 





THOS. LYNCH, JUNR. 



ARTHUR MIDDLETON. 



269 




THOS. STONE. CHARLES CAKROLL OF CARROLLTOX. GEORGE ^VYTU 



:tue. 




RICHARD HEXRY: LEE 



THOS. JEFFERSON. 



BENJ. HARRISON. 





370 



THOS. NELSON", JR. 



FRANCIS LIGnXFOOT LEE. 





ROBT. MORRIS. 



BENJAMIN RUSH. 




BENJA. FRANKLIN. 



GEO. CLYMER. 



JAS. SMITH. 




THOS. M. KEAP. 





WM. FLOYD. 



PHIL. LIVINGSTON. 






FRANS. LEWIS. 



LEWIS MORRIS. 



RICHD. STOCKTON. 




JNO. WITHERSPOON. 



FRANS. HOPKINSON. 



ABRA. CLARK. 





JOSIAH BARTLETT. 



WM. WHIPPLE. 



272 





SAML. ADAMS. 



JOHN ADAMS. 





VX . : "AT PAINE. 



ELBRIDGE GERRY. 



STEP. HOPKINS. 




WILLIAM ELLERY. 



ROGER SHERMAN. 



SAML. HUNTINGTON. 





WM. WILLIAMS. 



OLIVER WOLCOTT. 



* 



^ 



' WHEN, l^ 

the course of human 
•Tenia, it becomes necessary for one 



4 



• 

ir 

* 
* ' 



people to 
cal band 
oectcdth 
acdtoaa 
e powers 
separaU 
to which 
« and of 
%lethem.a 
the opinions 

dowed by their Creator with certa. 



of the e 

ftnclequ 
tholawa 
oature'a 
decent i 



, liberty, and 









Ibe poUti 
hare con 
another 
mongth 
artb the 
al station 
of natur 
Qodenti 
ufc 1 espect to 
ikiud requires that 
i-ipel them to the separation. -We 
len are created equal ; that thty e 

THE POKSUiT o? UAPPlNEhb. >^"f' ^. • • j powers from the consent 
2re instituted ft'no°?„frwHENEVER any Mum Sr government becomes 
grxHE oovEaNED^-iiiAr ^:L"^^ev^'>j^5uT all the LAND TO ALL 
PROCLAIM UBERT Y THKUU unuu 1 Hui- ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^ 

rESTKUCT.VE OF THESE ENDS IT^^ JHE lUG.^^^ U^^ .^^ foundation on 

«n abolish it, ana to insiiiuit? » ur ,^,.^, j^^ ^fj-^.^., tho.r 

.,?.hp°ncip"e'. and orB.n;3in? its rowers m such ff^^^l;'^ "-(.^lT' DICTATE THAT GOVERN 

S^fIty AND UAPPl^f%--'^u"?,rt^„At be ohan-'ed for light and transient 
ments Ions established, should not be oian^t a lo^ |^^ ^E 

rSl^N-D AccoRmNOLY^ ALL exp™^^ PROVINCE OF PENNS 

BY ORDER OF THE ASSEMBLY ur i n«^ ^^^^^^ .j,iian to rioht them 
UOBE DISPOSED TO SUFFER. WHl^^^^^ ^^^^ accustomed. But, yhen a 

selves by abolishing the forms ^" ."'.'. hi. the same object, evinces a design to reduce 
foig train of abuse, and "'-P^'^r^'-^C r;°i, " t i tll^ir d"; to th'row off such Government and 
them under absolute dearotismit.sthurngM.t b^en the patient sufferance of these colony. 

Jo provide new guards for their future "' "I^'f • """^ rtrains them to alter the.r former eyslem. 

Imf such IS now the necessit, which con p ^ | LA D^ .ent king of Great Britain >s a ^-^^oryot 
of Government. The histor, of the pre in direct object, the establishment of an 

repeated injurie. and usurpations, ^1 '" M DCCLIII ve this, let facts be submitted to a candid 
.biolute tyranny over these ''t""'"- „^° P",/:' " j^h^lesome and necessary for the public f ""/•-"'T'^^, 

^!^d;n^:-aJ^:^'^;^rr,^mr^^^^^-;^.-^^^ 

cntherightsofthepeople.-Hehasrefu sed for » l»"K ' "" h",e returned to the people at large for their « 

:^-f?h:^:at:^:l:^"^i^rs:^fei;p::i't^^i5Wo^ 

oTne- a'rroT'iat on. o'f land..-ll. has o bstruct.d '*>°°<'-'";t's',^:,,°lre "for 'the tenure of their offices, and th. 

S:nfiiiKt?^'^a,^-^J ^"-i"?^Hr:st'^^ 

iS. ihem hv a mock trial, from punishment for any murders which they "'""'^ " ""i ^onsent.-For depriving us, in many 
yofcutZgo'ffortraJ.wiVh all prrts of the world. F°' '-!r'"^'"\%rbr?r7ed forp^etendelofflnc.s.-For aboli.W 
cLcVof tli benefits of trial by jury.-For transport .ng "'>''°°J,^;;^ '° ^^ ^ tJ^^^^^ "-' enlarging its boundaries 



• 

si- 






uur'charters, abolishing our most valuable laws nod 

a: OWE Legislalurc., and declaring themselves invested with 

^ ment here, by declaring us out of his protection, and vvag 

town., and deftroyed the lives of our people. — lie. is at Ihie 

death, dejolation and tyranny, already begun with circums 

toUlly unworthy the head of a civilized nation. -Be has cons 

Country, to become the eiecutioners of their friends and l.ret 

amongst us, and ha. endeavored to bring on the inhabitants ot 

linguiahed destruction of all ages, seiaa, and conditions.— in every 

repeated petition, have been answered only by repeated ininry.— .^ 

lo be the ruler of a free people,— Nor have we been wanting in atlen 

by their legislature to cxlonl an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. 

We haye .ippeaUd to their native justice and mw;nn 

dred. to dUavow these nsurpations, which would inevitably interrupt onr 
.sagulnitT.- We muit, therefore, acquiesce in the necessilv which denoun 
M)-ds.— W.. therefor., the nepresentstives of the United Stales of Amen 
TUDE OP OUR INTENTIONS, 1)0. IS TUB NAME. AND B\ THE A 

and deelnre, that these United Colonies are, and of right 

(11 allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between th 
lodtiwodoDt Slate., tbe; bava full p««M to Uvy wwr.couulude peac, contract 



10 enlarging its boundL... 
Colonies.-For taking away 
nments —For suspending our , 

__ . ,g, fund'amentally, the powers ot °"T ""•°;^ _i,e' has abdicated Govern 

^- w:^is':!::^^-si\;;sl^>^;errr^r.a^ <»^ 
^r;rof^:i^X"Mr:ca^5[j^.^,;-^:,nf^^^^ 

trained our fellow-citi^ens taken captive on t^ohigns j„n>e6tic 'nsprrection. 

hren. or to full themselves by their *"'"'l'--"V'r„ „„ .„)^ of warfare is an undi» 
our frontiers the merciless Indian ^"''e^-X^^a.esTm the most humble terms; our 

.tage of t><-««PP"»r""Th^rm\'rk?db7e'ery act which may define a tVJ"'' ''.""".'a 
prince whose character IS thus markert ^^ ""' ," from time to time, of attempts man 
tion to our British brethren.-We have warned them trom t^ , ^^^ eettlement he 

We have reminded them of the, circumstances »' J""^. '"'j^ f oMV COmMOn I 

nimity, and we have ••""J"':«"«l t''«'J^;,''jiZf to the\oice of justice and 

connections and correspondence.- I ney, too, n^»o • _,„);|„^. enemies in war, in j 

UTHORiTY OP THE G"'J»PS'°'^^V«.l*QfntPR- that they Breftbsolved 
ought to be. Free and In''«'P«"^«"* f ♦j'^f t^^.Uy d.S-. •"'' '*-''dr:t^f 

irnc'i:!-:sti'bth%?«rrctr^^^^^^ 

may of rig 

Mdo. And 

for the sup 

port of this De 

claration. with 

ft Ann reliaDC« 

on the protection 

of DiTine rroTtdeno 

e, wo mutnally pi* 

dge to each other 

OUT livea. oar 

fbr%an«o, ft 

bd o«r ftftO 



ilPPE^NDIX. 



^^[INCE the foregoing pages went to press, events have 
tl^l transpired in Arkansas and Tennessee, going to show 
^^ very clearly what the practical workings of the Sunday 
law will be whenever and wherever it may be secured. 

It is but a short time since the attention of the people in 
some places in Arkansas, began to be called to the importance 
of observing the seventh day of the week as the Sabbath 
according to the fourth commandment of the decalogue, by 
the advocates of that faith. As converts to that view and 
practice began to appear, it excited strong opposition on the 
part of some, as it has in other places, and as truth has always 
done ever since error has endeavored to usurp control over 
the minds of men. How far the action which has since fol- 
lowed has been owing to this opposition, we do not say. We 
only state the facts, and leave the reader to draw his own 
conclusions. 

In the winter of 1884-5, ^ ^^ "^^s introduced into the 
Legislature of that State to abolish the clause in the existing 
Sunday law which exempted from its operation those who 
conscientiously observed the seventh day. Up to this time 
the laws of that State had been very just and liberal in this 
respect. But now a petition was presented that the exemption 
clause be stricken out, bringing all alike, without regard to 
their religious faith or practice, under subjection to the 
enactment to keep the first day of the week as the Sabbath. 
The petition claimed to have been called out by the fact that 
certain Jews in Little Rock, regarding the seventh day as the 
Sabbath, kept open stores and transacted their usual business 
on the first day of the week. Considering the fact that their 

[275] 



276 APPENDIX. 

places of "business were open also on the seventh day, this 
brought them into unfair competition with the other merchants 
of the place. There was certainly no necessity for a change 
of the law to meet this difficulty ; for the law exempted those 
only who conscientiously observed the seventh day; and 
these Jews, by keeping open places of business on the seventh 
day, showed that there was no such conscientious observance 
on their part, and consequently that they could not justly 
claim the exemption of the law. But ostensibly on this 
ground the petition was urged, and the repeal of the exempt- 
ing clause secured. 

What has been the result? We have not learned that the 
aforesaid Jews in Little Rock, or any other part of the State, 
have been molested ; that railroads, hotel-keepers, livery 
men, or those engaged in any like vocations, have been in 
anywise restrained. But those persons above referred to, 
who, from a Christian point of view, had commenced to ob- 
serve the seventh day in preference to the first; who were not 
engaged in such business as brought them into con\petition 
with others; who, having conscientiously observed the seventh 
day, proposed to go quietly and industriously about their 
lawful business on the first day of the week, — these soon 
found that they were not overlooked. Warrants were promptly 
issued for the arrest of some five or six of these, one of them 
a minister whose offense was that he was engaged one Sunday 
in painting a meeting-house erected by his people. 

The trial of these persons came off at Fayetteville, Ark., 
the first week in November, 1885. In making up the indict- 
ment, an observer of the seventh day was called in to testify 
against his brethren. The following examination substantially 
took place : — 

*'Do you know any one about here who is violating the 
Sunday law ? — Yes. Who ? — The Frisco railroad is running 
several trains each way on that day. Do you know of any 
others? — Yes. Who? — The hotels of this place are open and 
doing a full run of business on Sunday as on other days. Any 
others? — Yes; the drug stores and barbers. Any others? — 



APPENDIX. 27Y 

Yes ; the livery-stable men do more business on that day than 
on any other." 

As these were not the parties the court was after, the ques- 
tion was finally asked directly, '^Do you know of any 
Seventh-day Adventists who have worked on Sunday?" 
Ascertaining that some of this class had been guilty of labor 
on that day, indictments were issued for five persons accord- 
ingly. 

At the trial, the defendants employed the best counsel ob- 
tainable — Judge Walker, ex-member of the United States 
Senate. The points he made before the court were that the 
law was unconstitutional, — 

First, because it was an infringement of religious freedom, 
or the right of conscience, inasmuch as it compelled men to 
keep as the Sabbath a day which their conscience and the 
Bible taught them was not the Sabbath; 

Secondly, because it was an infringement of the right of 
property, taking from seventh-day keepers one-sixth part of 
their time ; and the time of a laboring man being his property, 
the law was in its nature a robber j and — 

Thirdly, because it took away a right that God had given 
— the right to labor six days and to rest one. 

All this was overruled by the judge, who charged that the 
law rested equally upon all, requiring that all men should 
rest one day, and that the first day of the week ; which re- 
quirement rested alike on the Methodists, the Baptists, the 
Congregationalists, the Sabbatarians, the Jews, worldlings 
and infidels ; and if our religion required us to keep another 
day, that was a price we paid to our religion, and with that 
the State had nothing to do. He ruled, moreover, that no one 
had a right to set up his conscience against the law of the 
land 

From these denials of the rights which the Author of their 
existence has given to all men — namely, their right to labor 
six days, and to rest on the seventh, and the right to obey 
God rather than man, when man's requirements conflict 



278 APPENDIX. 

with his, the counsel for the defendants of course took appeal ; 
and the case went up to the supreme court of the State, to be 
tried in May, 1886. 

After the argument of the counsel had been presented, the 
defendants were given opportunity to speak for themselves, 
whereupon the minister before referred to occupied about 
forty minutes in presenting to the court a clear and concise 
argument from the Scriptures, showing the duty of all men to 
keep the seventh day and that alone. By-standers remarked 
that the spectacle of a minister of the gospel pleading in court 
from an open Bible for God-given rights which the laws of 
men denied him, was one not often witnessed since long by- 
gone days of religious intolerance and persecution. 

One other case besides those of the observers of the seventh 
day — that of a hotel runner, came up for trial; but he was 
cleared in about five minutes, while the seventh-day keepers 
were convicted. Many think this case was thrown in merely 
as an attempted cover of the true spirit of the prosecutions, 
which came from professors of religion. 

During the same time a similar work has been going on in 
Tennessee, where seventh-day views have of late been more 
extensively agitated. Eld. S. Fulton, of Springville, Henry 
Co., Tenn., writes that eight in that State have been prosecuted 
for Sunday labor. Three of the number have been convicted 
on a charge of " flagrant violation of the Christian Sabbath." 
The charge was preferred by a professor of religion ; but two 
of the men were quietly plowing in their fields a full half mile 
from the house of the one who lodged complaint against 
them. In these cases a fine of ^20 and costs was imposed on 
each. Appeal has been taken to the supreme court of the 
State, which convenes in Jackson in May next (1886), the 
parties having meanwhile to give bail of ^250 each for their 
appearance in court at that time. 

In regard to the state of public sentiment in Tennessee on 
this question. Eld. F. writes: — 

*' Public sentiment is fast changing here in favor of Sunday 
legislation. Some seven years ago, a Mr. Thomason, a lawyer 



APPENDIX. 2t9 

of Paris, Tennessee, in consulting with our brethren on the 
question of Sunday labor, advised them to pursue their work 
on Sunday, claiming that they could not be harmed for it, as 
the constitution granted them that right. Since then, he has 
professed religion and joined the Presbyterian church, and 
now says that we must quit work on the Christian Sabbath or 
suffer punishment by law; and there is no avoiding it." 

Speaking of the trial, he says: ''In the court room, the 
attorney for the defendant asked the question if Sunday was 
the Sabbath; and the judge ruled it out as not a proper 
question ; neither would he permit a statement to be made 
why our brethren worked on Sunday. In his charge to the 
jury, it was easily seen that he was determined to have them 
punished. The jury had hardly left the room when they re- 
turned a verdict of ' Guilty,' and a fine of ^20 and costs was 
imposed on each. Our brethren then appealed to the su- 
preme court, in the hope that some justice may be shown 
them there." 

It is the opinion of some that the decision will be reversed 
in the higher court. A prominent lawyer whom Eld. F. has 
consulted gives his views of the case in the following letter, 
which we are permitted to lay before the reader : — 



** Huntingdon, Tennessee, Jan. 6, 1886. 
" Eld. Samuel Fulton, 

" Springville^ Tennessee. 

" Dear Sir, — 

" Your letter of yesterday received 
and duly considered. In reply I have to inform you that I 
cannot furnish you with the opinion of the judges in Tennessee 
in relation to the statute under which members of your church 
are being prosecuted for working on Sunday, except in so far 
as the question has been before our supreme court. The 
constitutionality of our act of Assembly, making it an offense, 
punishable by a fine of ^3, to work on Sunday, has neve^- 



280 APPENDIX. 

been passed upon by our supreme court. It has, however, 
been decided by our supreme court that it is not nuisance for 
a man to work on Sunday, and therefore not indictable. See 
yth Baxter 95. In a later case the same court decided that 
* hunting or fishing on Sunday may be done in such a manner 
as to subject the party guilty to indictment for a nuisance.' 
See I B. I. Law Reports, page 129. 

" From what I have learned in relation to the prosecutions 
in Henry county, I would say that if our supreme court does 
not go back on the question decided in the case of the State 
vs. Lossy 7 Baxter page 95, before referred to, the case now 
pending on writ of error in said court will be reversed, 
remanded to the circuit court, and dismissed on the ground 
that to work on Sunday is not an indictable offense. But 
should the court overrule the case last mentioned, we may be 
able in that case to make the constitutional question; but in- 
asmuch as I have not seen the record as made up, I cannot 
say positively. In the 7 Baxter case, the judge, delivering the 
opinion of the court, incidentally remarked that the defendant 
was guilty of violating the statute prohibiting work on Sunday, 
but that the offense was not indictable. The question of the 
constitutionality of the Sunday statute was not before the 
court in that case. It seems to me that if our Sunday laws, 
as against members of your church, can be sustained at all by 
the courts, it must be on the ground that the legislature pos- 
sesses the power to require the citizen to rest on any one day 
in the week, Sunday, Monday, or any other one of the seven. 
I know our courts, both State and Federal, have gone a great 
way in upholding certain legislation on the ground of the 
police power of the States. However, I don't want to be 
understood as saying that the legislature possesses the power 
to pass the statute under consideration, as I have not had the 
time necessary to a proper investigation of the question. But 
I feel confident that if the question can have the consideration 
at the hands of courts that its importance demands, your 
people would be allowed to observe their Sabbath and to 



APPENDIX. 281 

work the remaining six days of the week. I am, however, 
fearful that much prejudice, bigotry,, and intolerance must be 
overcome before success can be predicted with confidence. 
''Very respectfully, * =}< ^k *" 

Still later reports from Eld. F. represent that the opposi- 
tion there is growing still more active, and is becoming so 
persistent and bitter as to threaten serious injury to their 
work. Too many, under the most favorable circumstances, 
will quail before the opposition sure to be visited upon un- 
popular truth, in only a social point of view, from their 
friends and neighbors. But when, in addition to this, they 
are threatened with almost certain prosecution, fewer still will 
be found to yield to the voice of conscience, though they 
may be quite well convinced that the observance of the sev- 
enth day is in accordance with the Scriptures. 

We do not apprehend that human nature in Arkansas, Ten- 
nessee, and Pennsylvania differs materially from human nature 
in any and all of the other States ; and in every community 
there will be found plenty to oppress their neighbors in the 
matter of Sabbath-keeping, if once the law can be secured to 
give them that privilege. 

The issue of these cases will be watched by many with great 
interest. 




■aPPE^NDIX II. 




^HIS book having come to another edition at the date 
of this writing, December, 1886, we are now able to 
state the issue in the cases referred to in the preceding 
Appendix. 

The first reported to us was the trial in Tennessee. We lay 
it before the reader in the language of an eye-witness — Eld. 
G. G. Rupert — who says : — 

^ 'Owing to the ill health of Eld. Fulton, I was requested 
by him to attend the trial of our brethren, which was to take 
place at Paris, Tenn., Sept. 27. The charges against them, 
as reported to the court by the Attorney-general, read as 
follows : — 

" 'The Grand Jurors for the State upon their oaths present that 

, on the — day of April, 1885, in said county and State and at divers 



other times before and up to the time of taking this inquisition, did unlawfully 
and unnecessarily engage in his secular business, and did perform his com- 
mon avocation of hfe, on Sunday, by working on the farm, plowing, hoe- 
iDg, grubbing, chopping wood, making rails, and doing various other kinds 
of work on said Sabbath day, said work not being necessary or a matter of 
charity; and it was and is to the great disturbance of the citizens, and a 
public nuisance in that community, prejudicial to the public morals, de- 
cency, etc. So the Grand Jurors aforesaid present and say that the said 

, at the date aforesaid, in the manner and for aforesaid, 

was guilty of a public nuisance which was and is prejudicial to public 
morals, contrary to the statutes in such cases made and provided, and 
against the peace and dignity of the State. 

" 'Joseph E. Jones, Attorney-general.'' 

''When men can call the pursuit of our lawful labor on 
the first day, according to the Scriptures, 'prejudicial,' 'im- 
moral,' 'nuisance,' 'indecent,' etc., it would be going but a 
step farther to clothe the persons so charged with fantastic 
[282] 



APPENDIX. 283 

garments, as in the days of the inquisition, branded with the 
word Mieretic,' and ornamented with pictures of devils. 

'•'THE COURT ROOM. 

" The building is of brick, situated in a town of twenty- 
five hundred inhabitants. It makes a nice appearance from 
without ; but upon entering, we are reminded of what Christ 
said about the whited sepulchers. On one side is a rostrum 
for the judge. In front is an enclosure for the attorneys, in- 
side of which are tables for their convenience. The floor is 
well saturated with tobacco. The tables reminded us of 
boxes in front of country stores, which loafers while away 
their time in whittling. The fume of strong drink mingled 
sensibly with that of the tobacco. 

^' THE TRIAL. 

''In this place three men, one thirty-five, the others be- 
tween sixty and sixty-five, years of age, were brought to trial 
on the religious question of first-day observance, for which 
there is no law nor instruction in all the Scriptures. On ex- 
amination, the question was asked if the defendant had 
worked on Sunday. He said he had. The reply from the 
judge, without another question or privilege to speak, was, — 

" 'We fine you ten dollars and costs [amounting to nearly 
forty dollars]. Sheriff, take this man in charge until this 
amount is secured.' 

* ' This case is a sample of all the rest. 

" THEIR LAWYER. 

"Having employed a lawyer to defend them, and con- 
tracted with him for forty-five dollars, they supposed that he 
at least would be a friend, and try to do something in their 
behalf; but not so. After the trial was over, he having 
made no plea in the matter whatever, gave his clients this 
advice : — 

" 'Pay your fine and costs, and be more careful hereafter; 
and if you can't keep from working on Sunday, I should go 
to another land.' 



284: APPENDIX. 

"^ THE JAIL. 

"The brethren knowing that they had done no evil, and 
feeling that to pay their hard-earned money on such a charge 
would be to put a premium on injustice, decided to go to 
jail, and suffer for the truth's sake. The jailer manifested a 
spirit of kindness, taking them home to supper with his own 
family, and otherwise doing all the law allowed him to do 
for their comfort. Being desirous of seeing the jail, I was 
permitted to enter. From the hall we entered the rooms oc- 
cupied by the prisoners. The one our brethren occupy is 
about 8xio ft. Upon the floor were mattresses made of sea- 
grass, with blankets for covering ; but no pillows nor bed 
linen, nor a piece of furniture of any kind. In this apart 
ment our brethren are placed, to remain nearly six months, 
for serving God according to their own consciences and in 
obedience to the Scriptures. Is it any wonder the prophet, 
as he was shown the acts of this Government, said that it 
spake like a dragon ? Can our opponents say longer that 
observers of the seventh day will never be persecuted ? To 
deny it to be religious persecution would be to deny the 
plainest facts in the case. If it is not, why do business men, 
hack drivers, livery-stable keepers, saloon keepers, hunters, 
fishers, etc., do whatever they please on Sunday, and yet go 
free, while these men who conscientiously keep the seventh 
day and then go quietly about their work on Sunday, are 
torn from their homes, deprived of their freedom, and im- 
prisoned ? As I bade our brethren farewell, I realized as 
never before the truthfulness of our position. Never had I 
so felt the importance of doing what lies in our power to ad- 
vance the cause while it is our privilege to do so. 

"the effect upon the cause. 

" Eld. ^'ulton informs me that this treatment of our breth- 
ren has tended strongly to the advancement of the work. 
Before this, canvassers were hard to obtain. Since the pros- 
ecution commenced, men have given their time to the work, 



APPENDIX. 285 

and hundreds of dollars' worth of publications have been 
sold. I am sure nothing will advance the cause so fast, and 
nothing will drive us so near to God. 

" May God grant grace to these brethren to be faithful. 
Especially do the ca'ses of the two aged brethren call for our 
s-ympathy. They have served the Lord for years in the past, 
and should be granted peace in their declining days. Now 
that they are thus taken from their homes, deprived of their 
maens and their freedom, the sympathy of every heart should 
be aroused. Let us ' remember them that are in bonds as 
bound with them.' " 

In Arkansas the case which was made a test and appealed 
to the Supreme Court, was that of Eld. J. W. Scoles, the 
minister referred to on p. 276, whose noisy occupation of 
painting a meeting-house so disturbed the people of that 
vicinity. In this case also the decision of the lower court 
was confirmed ; and as the reader will be interested in the 
findings of the Supreme Court in reference thereto, we give 
them according to the copy which has been furnished us by 
Eld*. Scoles: — 

" Decision of the [Arkansas] Supreme Court, J. W. Scoles 
vs. State — appealed from Washington county. 

''The indictment charges that the defendant ' on the 3rd 
day of May, 1885, the said day being Sunday, unlawfully was 
found laboring and performing other services, the same not 
then and there being customary household duty of daily ne- 
cessity, comfort, or charity.' 

''The particular act that constitutes the alleged offense is 
not set out, and appellant urges that the indictment is not 
sufficient. 

" Held : The language of the statute which creates the of- 
fense is employed in the indictment, and nothing more is re- 
quired in a statutory misdemeanor, where the general lan- 
guage of the statute is sufficient to apprise the defendant of the 
nature of the accusation against him. We cannot sav that 
the indictment is insufficient under this rule, but think that 



286 APPENDIX. 

the defendant would be enabled to prepare his defense and 
plead the judgment in bar of a second prosecution for the 
same offense. 

. ^' The proof shows that defendant was found painting a 
church on a Sunday. He offered to prove that he was a 
member of a religious society known as the Seventh-day Ad- 
ventists, one of the tenets of which is the observance of Sat- 
urday as the Sabbath instead of Sunday, and that he had reg- 
ularly refrained from all secular work and labor on Saturday, 
agreeably to his religious faith and that of his church. But 
the court rejected this testimony,' and the defendant was con- 
victed and has appealed. 

''The offense was committed after the repeal of section 
1886 of Mansfield's Digest by the legislature of 1885. The 
appellant contends, however, that the effort to repeal section 
1886 was ineffectual; and if it was not, the law without the 
exception made by that section, gives a preference to other 
religious denominations over that of the appellant, thereby 
violating section 24, art. 2, of the Constitution ; and more- 
over, denies to him the equal protection of the law within 
tlie meaning of the Federal Constitution. 

*' Held : The argument against the repeal of section 1886 
is based upon the idea that if the law is read without that 
provision, the penalty of the statute is 'extended ' to the ap- 
pellant without a re-enactment of the law, thereby violating 
section 23, art. 5, Constitution. But it will be observed that 
that provision of the Constitution does not in terms prohibit 
the repeal of a law by reference to its titles, and the prohibi- 
tion can be extended by implication only. The power of the 
legislature is not to be cut oiTby inference, save where the in- 
ference is too strong to be resisted. We look to the Consti- 
tution, not to see whether power is granted, but to ascertain 
if it is withheld ; and when there is a doubt as to the existence 
of a power, it must be resolved in favor of the legislative action. 

"It is well settled that this provision does not make it nec- 
essary, when a new statute is passed, that all prior laws modi- 



APPENDIX. 287 

fied, affected, or repealed by implication by it should be re- 
enacted. This would be an absurd and impracticable con- 
struction. If the legislature had undertaken to amend the 
section, the provision under consideration would have, re- 
quired the section as amended to be set forth in extenso, and 
the old section upon the passage of the new one would have 
been repealed, if not expressly^then by implication. In that 
event there would have been no necessity for re-enacting the 
other parts of the chapter, in which the section is found. 
When there is an express repeal of a section without a substitute 
for an amendment to it, what greater necessity for re-enact- 
ing the other sections that are affected only incidentally by 
the repeal ? The section has been repealed, and the chapter 
is intact without it. 

*' The constitutionality of our Sunday laws is not affected 
by the repeal of section 1886. (For the reason commonly 
given for sustaining these acts, see Commonwealth vs. Has, 
122 Mass. 4.) It is said that every day in the week is ob- 
served by some one of the religious sects of the world as a 
day of rest ; and if the power is denied to fix by law Sunday 
as such a day, the same reason would prevent the selection of 
any day; but the power of the legislature to select a day as a 
holiday is everywhere conceded. The State from the begin- 
ning has appropriated Sunday as such. On that day the bus- 
iness of our courts and public offices has always been sus- 
pended; the issuance and service of legal process prohibited ; 
presentment and notice of dishonor of commercial paper not 
allowed ; and the performance of an act in execution of a 
contract which matures on Sunday postponed to the next day. 
This observance of Sunday as a day of refrainment from sec- 
ular business has always been required of the people generally 
without reference to creed, and they continue to observe it, 
without complaint that as a municipal institution it violates 
any of their constitutional or religious rights. The principle 
which upholds these regulations underlies the right of the 
State to prescribe a penalty for the violation of the Sunday 



288 APPENDIX 

law. The law whicn imposes the penalty operates upon all 
alike, and interferes with no man's religious belief; for in 
limiting the prohibition to secular pursuits, it leaves religious 
profession and worship free. 

''The appellant's argument, then, is reduced to this : that 
because he conscientiously believes that he is permitted by the 
law of God to labor on Sunday, he may violate with impu- 
nity a statute declaring it illegal to do so. But a man's relig- 
ion cannot be accepted as a justification for committing an 
overt act made criminal by the law of the land. If the law 
operates harshly, as laws sometimes do, the remedy is in the 
hands of the legislature. It is not in the province of the 
judiciary to pass upon the wisdom and policy of legislation ; 
that is for the members of the legislative department ; and 
the only appeal from their determination is to the constit- 
uency." 

In relation to the foregoing, it may be remarked that the 
assertion that all days are kept by different classes, and 
therefore the State could not fix upon any day as a holiday 
without taking somebody's Sabbath, is not true. Only three 
days are regarded as sacred days. These are the Sabbath of 
the Lord, and the two thieves between which it is crucified — 
the Friday of Mohammed, and the Sunday of the pope. 

The plea that the Sunday law interferes with no man's i 
ligion is a specious one, but one which is shown by a ni' 
ment's reflection to be utterly false. A man's religion is i 
terfered with, when discrimination is made in favor of ar 
other man's religion and against his own, and when he c . 
not be true to the convictions of his own conscience in regard 
to those spiritual duties which he owes alone to God, without 
incurring in consequence hardship and loss. And this is 
precisely what the Sunday law does in reference to observers 
of the seventh day. But it is said that the State in its legis- 
lation has no reference to the religious character of Sunday. 
This is too flimsy a pretext behind which to hide ; for it is 
written all over the transaction in characters which cannot 



APPENDIX. 289 

be hidden, that Sunday is elevated to the position of the 
State rest-day simply and solely because so many church 
people regard it as a religious institution. It is utterly im- 
possible to separate it from this idea, or to attribute it to any 
other cause. Any defense attempted on this line is sheer 
sophistry. And the doctrine set forth in the foregoing 
document, that the law of the land can make acts criminal 
which God permits in our worship of himself, is little short 
of monstrous. 

At the General Conference of S. D. Adventists, held in 
Battle Creek, Mich., Nov. i8 to Dec. 6, 1886, it was decided 
to appeal the case of Eld. Scoles to the Supreme Court of 
the United States. 



19 



— "<«^-^» — 

Above God— how ? 173 
A Catholic challenge to Protestants. 180 
A conflict inevitable. 198 
Adam Smith's prediction. 17 
Additions by immigration. 66 
A fair proposition. 184, 256 
A false charge. 184 
A false issue. 228 
A glance at the past. 187 
Agreement between Daniel and Paul. 174 
A head wounded to death. 115 
Aims and efforts of Romanism. 142 
Alarming apathy of Christians. 261 
All Christian. 244 

All people "consent" to their government. 254 
A logical sequence. 187 
A marvelous continent. 80 

Amendment to Pennsylvania law defeated. 258 
America invites the world. 14 
American Bible Society. 79 
American literature abroad. 78 
American Traveler on immigration. 64 
America signalized by God above all nations. 80 
An accomplice of the papacy. 161 
An act of faith. 187 

An American Catholic Church called for. 167 
A new political party calls for Sunday enforcement. 216 
An Oakland (Cat.) D. D. on enforcing Sunday. 213 
"Another beast." 106 
Another "irrepressible conflict." 198 
An unavoidable conclusion. 93 
Application of Rev. 12:12. 153 
A proper subject of prophecy. 89 
A prophecy remarkably fulfilled. 118 
A prophetic mile-stone not a hundred years old. 103 
A question of prophecy. 145 

Area of the United States and Russia compared (note). 14 
A religious strike for Sunday. 221 
A remarkable scene in Westminster Abbey. 242 
A Spanish view (Count dArandaj. 17 
Astounding statements. 254 
[290] 



INDEX. 291 

A taking war-cry. 260 

A thankless task. 181 

A victorious company. 121 

A warrant offered for Sunday-keeping. 178 

Beginning of the prophecy of Rev. 13. 94 ' 

Berkeley's poem " The Course of Empire." Ill 

Berthier enters Rome. 117 

Birth of New England. 24 

Bishop A. Cleveland Coxe on "National Christianity." 222 

Bishop Foster on the state of religion in Europe. 23.2 

Bishop Newton on the mark. 171 

Bishop of St. Asaph (quotation from). 18 

British views of the American Revolution. 84 

Brooklyn Bridge. 63 

Burke on American Revolution. 126 

California Convention goes wild over Sunday laws. 218 

Campbell convicts Protestantism of Romish traditions. 182 

Capitol building at Washington. 59 

Catholic and Protestant can unite in the proposed reform. 191 

"Catholic Catechism of Christian Religion." 177 

" Catholic Christian Instructed." 178 

Catholic claims waived. 241 

Catholicism never changes. 243 

Catholic proof that the Church can change the law. 179 

Catholics admit that Sunday is not enjoined in the Scriptures, 179 

Catholics on Sunday observance. 240 

Catholics welcomed as allies. 241 

Caused to receive the mark — what. 263 

Cause of present infidel activity. 235 

Causes of theFrench Revolution. 144 

"Centennial History" on American progress. 30 

Centennial of adoption of the Constitution — grand celebration pro- 
posed. 223 

Change in the law by papists. 175 

Change of front. 223 

Change of front by the Christian Press. 235 ' 

Change of law predicted. 174 

Change of the Sabbath— how Catholics regard it. 180 

Characteristics of the government of Rev. 13:11. 136 

Character of America's first settlers. 84 

Character of the National Reform Movement. 200 

Character of the papacy. 103 

Chas. Beecher charges Protestantism with apostasy. 143 

Chas. Beecher on the theological situation. 143 

Chas. Beecher's testimony. 166 

Chicago Express declares that every cause which led to union of 
Church and State in Europe, now exists in this country. 233 

Christ falsely charged. 181 



292 INDEX. 

Chrisiian Instructor calls for religious amendment. 238 

Christian laws can be abrogated only'through blood. 233 

Christians in the churches. 164 

Ghristian Siatesman on Sunday-breaking Congressmen. 210 

Chronology of Rev. 13 : 11. 114 

Civil and religious liberty symbolized. 133 

Claims of the Catholic Church. 177 

Coast-line of the U. S. 86 

Condition of Western Hemisphere in 1798. 123 

Conditions fulfilled. 90 

Congressmen denounced for Sunday-breaking. 210 

Constantino paganized Christianity. 232 

Constitution, Art. II. N. R. Association. 229 

Constitution of U. S., character of. 72 

Contemporary powers. 146 

Continuance of the papacy. 103 

Croly, quotation from. 117 

Cyrus D. Foss, sermon by. 79 

Dangers anticipated from infidel aggression. 234 

D'Aubigne to the Evangelical Alliance. 139 

David Hartley on U. S. naval power. 17 ^ 

Defining heresy. 207 

Demand of Liberalism. 230 

Description of second symbol of Rev. 13. 105 

De Tocqueville on our separation from England. 19 

Detroit Evening Neics on official corruption. 141 

Different organizations for Sunday. 222 

Discovery of America an enterprise undertaken iu the interest of 

religion. 83 
Doctrines common to Christendom. 162 
Dublin Nation notes the manner of our development. 127 
Dublin Nation on American Empire. 22 

Edward Everett on English exiles. 127 

Effect of apostasy. 166 

Effect of deceitful wonders. 159 

Elements now at work in this nation. 144 

Emile de Girardin on American prospects. 22 

End of the prophecy of Rev. 13. 96 

England on U. S. Constitution. 77 

Enumeration of the ten divisions of Rome. 109 

Equal rights to give way before religion. 214 

Europe has an eye on America. 112 

Evils in Protestant churches. 143 

Evils involved in the amendment movement. 247 

Examiner and Chronicle shouts both yea and nay. 236 

Exposition of 2 Thess. 2 : 9. 152 

Ex-President Fillmore on Sunday legislation. 215 

Extract from Burnaby's travels. 16 



INDEX. 293 

False claims of Spiritualism. 154 

False definition of Church and State. 204 

F. E. Abbott's estimate of the N. R. movement. 197 

First-day keepers and the mark. 184 

First railroad in America. 27 

Form of government in St. John's time. 116 

Frederic, Napoleon, and Washington. 79 

Galiani's prediction. 17 

General Conference of M. E. Church indorses amendment move- 
ment. 238 
Geo. A. Townsend on the ^HQ^enX politico-theological movement. 192 
Geo. A Townsend, providence in America, 20 
Geo. Herbert's poem. 18 
God chose America's first settlers. 84 
God not iu the Constitution. 190 
God's question to Job. 150 
Governor Pownal's views of America. 17, 19 
Great judgments attributed to Sunday-breaking. 217 
Great wonders. 148 
Grounds on which image can be erected. 162 

Heaven's judgments justified. 186 

History of the National Reform Association. 192 

Hon. A. H. Cragin, speech of. 73 

How does a government spealf? 137 

How the miracles of Rev. 13 : 13- are wrought. 151 

How the papacy rose. 100 

How revolutions are accomplished. 192 

Identity between the little horn of Dan^ 7: 25 and leopard beast of 

Rev. 23. 100 
Idle talk. 205 

Inconsistency of the National Reform Movement. 201 
Incorporation of the National Reform Association. 196 
Independent American Catholic Church. 167 
Infant baptism not enjoined in the Scriptures. 179 
Influence of the U. S. in the Pacific. 66 
Intention necessary to change. 176 
Inter Ocean's report of Liberal convention. 231 
In the forehead and hand explained. 266 
Iowa Baptist Association indorses amendment movement. 239 

Jefferson on origin of ''just powers." 252 

J. Litch on chronology of Rev. 13: 11. 120 

J. M. Foster (extract from sermon). 20 

John Adams's expectation. 16, 17 

Joseph Cook argues for Sunday as a civil institution, 225 

J. S. Smart on the political duties of Christians, 189 

Justinian's decree, 100 



294 lNt)BX. 

Lansing State Bepubhcan on the religious amendment. 208 

Lashes and swords poor ambassadors for Christ. 233 

Last apostasy the worst. 170. 

Last day prophecies. 153 

Law in Dan. 7:25. 172. 

Law of symbols as to territory. 109 

Legislation must favor Christians onl}^ 214 

Liberty enlightening the world. 62 

Location of government represented by the second symbol of Rev. 

13. Ill 
Louisville, Ky., pronounces Sunday a civil institution. 225 
Lying wonders defined. 151 
Lyman Beecher's testimony. 166 

Macmillan on national changes. 25 

Magistrates may enforce Sunday as a civil institution. 215 

Making an image. 159 

Mark of beast — by whom enforced. 169 

Mark of the beast— what ? 172 

Meaning of Greek avaf^alpov. 126 

Meaning of Greek kvuTriov. 112 

Meaning of Greek nara in 2 Thess. 2: 9. 152 

Meaning of Greek x^^Q^yi^^^- 1*^1 

M. E. Conference in Missouri indorses amendment movement. 238 

Men must have a religion. 83 

Missionary operations of Americans.* 79 

Mistake of Protestantism. 163 

Mitchell's testimony. 23 

Moral condition of the last days. 138 

Moral law— what ? 175 

Mormon polygamy. 254 

Motto of International Sahhath Association Recorder. 223. 

Mr. Haven's testimony. 167 

Napoleon's pretended wonders. 152 
Nature of existing elements. 139 

Necessary conditions of the church at the second advent. 185 
New York Independent on the inconsistencies of the National Re- 
form Movement. 205 
New York Sabbath committee. 189 
No concessions to Jews and S. D. Baptists. 226 
No objection to Sunday laws. 256 
No rights for the minority. 228 
No Scripture for Sunday-keeping. 173 
Not a pleasing picture. 165 
Number of Spiritualists. 157 
Number of the beast — what ? 267 

Occurrence of the word "mark." 171 
Oppression of conscience. 228 
Organized opposition. 139 



INDEX. ^95 

Origin of Spiritualism. 156 

Our position defined. 245 

Oui two evangels. 83 

Out of the Dark Ages. 182 

Out of the earth. 124 

Overthrow of the papacy in 1798. 103 

Papacy and the law. 172 

Paul's testimony in 2 Thess. 2:8. 173 

Penal power to enforce Sunday called for. 213 

Persecution in Pennsylvania. 257 

Petitions to Congress. 194 

Petroleum. 87 

Political and religious liberty guaranteed. 71 

Political necessities of Christianity. 199 

Population of U. S. Colonies. 24 

Population of U. S. to 1850. 26 

Position of Mr. Brunot on the Pennsylvania law. 258 

Position of Nebraska State Journal. 251 

Power exercised by the symbol of Rev. 13 : 11. 147 

Prediction by Banner of Light. 167 

Prideaux on the mark. 171 

Probabilities of trouble. 138 

Prof. Zollner's experiments. 155 

Prospects of X\\q amendment movement. 259 

"Protestant branch of the great Catholic Church." 243 

Protestant inconsistency exposed by Catholics. 179 

Protestantism surrendering. 243 

"Protestant portion of the Catholic Church of Rome." 244 

Recognizing God in the Constitution. 248 

Relation of Romanism to our government. 142 

Religion in politics. 199 

Religious discrimination. 227 

Religious element in our national organization. 74 

Religious element in Rome's two phases. 107 

Religious, not civil, observance of Sunday sought for. 224 

Religious rights of the State defined. 254 

Remarkable instances of city growth. 27 

Remarkable scene in a political convention over a religious ques- 
tion. 218 

Remodeling the government. 207 

Republicanism and Protestantism, 134 

Resources of America. 86 

Respect for Sunday rests on individual preferences, not on law. 
190 

Result of the religious amendment movement. 211 

Result of transferring the seat of the Roman empire to Constanti- 
nople. 99 

Revelation 18 : 4 — when to be fulfilled. 165 

Reversing the theory of our government. 262 



296 INDEX. 

Roman Catholics commended for favoring Sunday. 213 

Rome reproduced. 208 

Rome's spiritual kingdom. 99 

Romish miracles. 152 

Rule for introducing nations into prophecy. 90 

Russia, population of. 23 

Schuyler Colfax's testimony. 66 

Scientific American on Pacific railway. 61 

Scott's testimony. 110 

Sea, as a symbol, explained. 124 

Second Timothy 3 : 1-5 fulfilled. 164 

Secretary of the Navy on Sunday legislation. 223 

Settlement at Jamestown. 24 

Seventh-day arguments in France. 221 

Seventh-day keepers must attend court. 213 

Shadows of the Dark Ages. 141 

Shameful Sunday technicality in New York. 226 

Short race predicted for seventh-day observers. 213 

Signers of Declaration of Independence, portraits of. 269 

Significance of the expression "coming up." 119 

Signs and wonders of Spiritualism. 155 

Sir Thos. Brown's prediction. 16, 18 

Some modern names of Rome's ten kingdoms. 110. 

Spirit of apostates. 186 

Spiritualism. 154 

Spiritualism and kings of the earth. 157 

Stability of the U. S. government. 76 

Startling character of Spiritualism. 156 

Striking in the dark. 181 

Sunday agitation in Europe, 219 

Sunday agitation in the United States. 219. 

Sunday as a civil, not religious, institution. 223 

Sunday closing in England. 220 

Sunday desecration over Grand Duke Alexis. 215 

Sunday enforcement in India. 221 

Sunday in politics. 215 

Sunday-keeping agitated in Austria. 221 

Sunday-keeping agitated in Germany. 221 

Sunday legislation the object of the N. R. Movement. 209 

Sunday reform. 189 

Sunday rest to be compulsory. 228 

Sunday sophistry. 227 

Survey of the field of prophecy. 90 

Symbol of horns explained. 131 

Taming the lightning. 150 

Teaching the lightning to speak. 150 

Terms defined. 168 

Territorial changes in last half century. 26 



INDEX. 297 

Territorial growth of the U. S. 25 

Territory of U. S. in 1783. 24 

Testimony of Geo. Bush. 264 

The anti-Sunday movements. 245 

Theater of the coming struggle. 198 

The Atlantic cable. 112 

The battle of the amendments. 198 

The book unsealed. 148 

The California Sunday issue. 217 

The Church in America becoming a political machine. 232 

The Church in the prophecy of Rev. 12-14. 96 

The Church seeking political power. 189 

The Cincinnati Convention. 193 

The civil observance of Sunday not a religious act. 224 

The "civil" rest-day always Sunda}^ — why? 255 

The coming test. 158 

The "consent" of all governed. 254 

The creed evil. 163 

The dragon, Rev. 12, explained. 98 

The Exarch of Ravenna. 116 

The false proj^het. 122 

The false prophet of Rev. 19 : 20. 151 

The ideal government. 86 

The image— what? 263 

The issue that is to come. 186 

The leopard beast of Rev. 13 explained. 99 

The magnet of America. 74 

The mark defined. 175 

The ministry sought for. 260 

"The Model Republic." 79 

The most improbable feature of the prophecy coming to pass. 191 

The National Reform Association. 190 

The National Reform Association — of what classes composed. 190 

The Nation on the civil service of the U. S. 140 

The N. Y. Independent wheels into line. 225 

" The old Philadelphia lie." 252 

The outlook from 1798. 122 

The papacy re-instated. 117 

The present compared with the age of Voltaire. 140 

The question settled. 182 

The real issue. 249 

The Revolution not a war of conquest. 125 

The right plant for the new world. 81 

The Rochester circular. 164 

The Saviour's prediction. 153 

The seal of God— what ? 183 

The seven forms of Roman government. 115 

The symbol of a woman explained. 97 

The symbol of Rev. 13 : 11 a republic. 160 

The thirteen original States. 24 



298 INDEX. 

The Tulare (Cal.) Times denounces the amendment movement as 

leading to religious tyranny. 231 
The U. S. at the head of self-governing powers. 15 
The U. S. the great evangelizer. 82 
The U. S. will remain through all time to come. 122 
The war of 1812 not a war of conquest. 125 
The wonders of Rev. 13 : 13. 150 
Third message of Rev. 14. 120 
Thompson on American immigration. 64 
Thompson's "Centennial Dinner" speech. 125 
Townseud on the development of the U. S. government. 127 
Treatise of thirty controversies. 177 

Unbelief in the ministry. 140 

Union of Church and State disavowed. 202 

Union of Church and State indorsed. 203 

Union of Church and State strangely ignored. 194 

Union of churches called for. 166 

Universalists in convention favor the religious amendment. 237 

Verbs of action, signification of. 264 
Vicarius Filii Dei, meaning of. 266 

Warning of the third message, Rev. 14 : 9-12. 169 

Washington Monument. 60 

Washington on religious liberty. 72 

Wesley on chronology of Rev. 13 : 11. 120 

What a horn may denote. 135 

What classes have embraced Spiritualism ? 157 

What constitutes the two horns, Rev. 13 : 11 ? 162 

What Spiritualism teaches. 154 

What the Churches united can do. 222 

What the image does. 169 

What the proposed amendment is designed to secure. 204 

What will constitute the image? 161 

When can the mark be received? 185 

Where a fulfillment is to be expected. 187 

Wholly Christian or infidel, which? 198 

Who will decide what are Christian laws? 207 

Who will have the mark? 185 

Why should not the Jew be made to keep Sunday? 212 

Wicked sophistry. 251 

Winds as a symbol explained. 124 

Wonderful condensation of instruction in prophecy. 106 

Working-man's Lord's-day Rest Association in England. 220 

Work of little horn of Daniel 7. 172 



-^^"^^-^'^^^^tt—^^^''^^ 



VALUABLE RELIGIOUS PUBLICATIONS. I 



BOOKS, PAMPHLETS, TRACTS, 



AND 



REGULAR PERIODICILS. 



Also, Works in Other Languages. 

B^^ For anything in this Catalogue, address 

REVIEW & HERALD, Battle Creek, Mich., 
Or, PACIFIC PRESS, Oakland, Cal. 



s£ 



THE YARIOUS PUBLICATIOITS 

Noticed in tiie following pages, are but a part of the works 
issued by this PUBLISHING HOUSE. Full Catalogues of all 
our books in English, and other languages, sent free on appli- 
cation. Address, 

REVIEW &. HERALD, Battle Creek, Mich. 



HISTOET OF THE SABBATH 



— AND 



The first DAT of the WEEK, 

From Creation down to the Present Time, in Tivo Parts,- 
Biblicai and Seouiar. 



By the late JOHN NEVINS ANDREWS, 

Formerly Missionary at Bale, Switzerland, Editor of " Les Signes des Temps,'' 
and numerous Religious Works. 



THE leadingsubject of the day is The Sabbath Question. From the pulpit 
and the press, in social circles and in legislative halls, the great demand of the 
hour is that the Sabbath be more strictly observed. To assist the intellectual- 
minded of our land to have correct views of this important question, a book has 
been prepared which thoroughly discusses the Sabbatic Institution in its various 
phases. This volume 

IS A MINE OF INFORMATION 

On the Sabbath question. It carefully treats the matter from a Biblical and His- 
torical stand-point. All the passages of Scripture, in both the Old and the New 
Testaments, which have any bearing on the subject, are carefully and critically' 
examined. The various steps by which the change from the Seventh Day to the 
First Day was made, and the final exaltation of the Lord's Sabbath, are given in 
detail. 

THE COMPLETE TESTIMONY OF THE FATHERS, 

Immediately following the time of the Apostles, in reference to the Sabbath and 
First Day, is presented, and the comparative merits of the two days are clearly 
shown. 

A COPIOUS INDEX 

Enables the reader to readily find any passage of Scripture, or statement of any 
historian. 

This great work is the result of ten years' hard labor and historical research. 
The volume contains 528 pages, is printed in large type on good paper, and is well 
bound. New revised edition just out. 

Price, post-paid. _ - _ _ $1.50. 

The Atonement, 

An Examination of a Remedial System in the Light of Nature 

and Revelation. 

By J. H. WAOOONER. 

THIS volume is a critical and exhaustive treatise on the plan of salvation as re- 
' vealed in the Holy Scriptures. No other work on this important subject has 
treated it in the same manner. It fully refutes the idea so extensively held, that 
an atonement is inconsistent with reason. This book sheds much light upon the 
work of Christ as our Great High Priest in the Sanctuary above. Every Minister 
and Bible Student in the land should have a copy of this ralaable work. 

368 Pages, bound in Cloth, post-paid, - - $1.00 



4N INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE BOOK. 
"THOUatiTS ON 

DiilEl ME D THE R EIELimM, 

By URIAH SMITH. 



A Book which Scientisfs, Historians, Scriptun'sfs, and all Lovers of Good 
Literature can Read with Interest and Profit. 



[t LL know that the books of Daniel and the Revelation are two of the 
^^ most wonderful books in the Bible. The author of this work gives 
us the result of nearly thirty years' study, and throws such a flood 
of light on these two books as no other work in any language has ever 
done. No fanciful theories are presented, but arguments are drawn from 
ancient and modern history and the most reliable authorities, in great 
abundance, to make clear the meaning of these important books of the 
Bible, verse by verse, and convey an amount of information which cannot 
elsewhere be found in so concise a form. 

mE G^REAT mmX OF m STORY. 

In reading this book, our minds are carried through the history of the 
rise and fall of four great nations of the past, which are represented by 
the great image of gold, silver, brass, and iron, from the old Assyrian em- 
pire down to the division of the Roman, and on through the Dark Ages 
in which Roman power and Mohammedan superstition were felt and seen 
all over the earth. 

The great Revolution in France in 1793-1798, which is fresh in the 
minds of all readers, and the Eastern Question, which is now attracting 
the attention of all the leading statesmen of the world, are carefully con- 
sidered as waymarks on the great stream of time. 

OUn OWX GOVEilXMEXT, 

The youngest power in history, and the greatest marvel of national devel- 
opment — a nation which began its independent existence a little over one 
hundred years ago, with 815,615 square miles of territory, and a population 
of about 3,000,000, but has now increased its territory to 3,678,892 square 
miles, and its population to over 54,000,000 — is treated from a standpoint 
which will make it a subject of great interest to all. The author believes 
this nation to be a subject of prophecy, — a prophecy which not only de- 
scribes its present exalted position, but points outfits future course and 
destiny. 

"Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation" is a volume of 840 pages, 
printed on fine paper, handsomely bound, and illustrated with appropriate 
colored plates. Sold by Subscription only. Agents Wanted. Send for 
Special Terms. Circulars free. 



<1 MMMBLE TESTlMmmiS. k 



From B. L. COZIER^ Late Principal Public Schools, Mt. Pleasant, Iowa: — 
I believe it to be the best work of the kind extant. 

From B. F. WEIGHT, Probate Judge, Flandreau, Dak. Ter. :— 

I very cordially recommend it to all persons disposed to the considera- 
tion of ancient history, especially in its Connection with the Sacred Writ- 
ings. 

Fro7n Prof. H. R. GLASS, Supt. Pub. Instruction, Lansing, Mich. : — 

The subjects considered by him are discussed in a dignified and mas- 
terly manner. I am sure the book will be of value to all Bible students. 

From Rev. Mr. LOCKE, M. E. Pastor, Flandreau, Dak. Ter, :— 
I most heartily recommend it to the public. 

From Ex- Gov. J. L. CHAMBERLAIN, Pres. Bowdoin College, Brunswick, 

Me. :— 

I think it a good book. 

Fro7n I. T. GOODSELL, Supt. Elect for Moody Co., Dak. Ter. :-^ 

Such books deserve to be read and studied by every lover of historical 
facts. 

From Rev. E. K. TOUNG, D. D., Pastor First M. E. Church, Des Moines, 
Iowa:— 

Unquestionably a valuable book. I do not hesitate to commend it. 

From J AS. SUMMERBELL, Pastor S. D. Baptist Church, Richburg, JSf. Y.:— 
An interesting, instructive, and profitable work on the most important 
of all themes. 

From JOSEPH D. WILSON, Rector of the Reformed Episcopal Church, S7th 
St., Chicago, Ml. :— 

" Thoughts on Daniel," by Dr. Smith, is a good popular commentary. 

From Prof. C. 0. NEPPER, Heidelberg College, Tiffin, Ohio:— 
The more I read, the more I am interested and delighted. 

From Prof. D. MOURY, Principal Normal Department Central Tennessee 
College:— 

I am glad it is being circulated among the people. 

From Rev. R. S. BELLEVILLE, Pastor of Presbyterian Church, Prlnce- 
ville. III. : — 

I have never before seen so readable a book as " Thoughts on Daniel 
and the Revelation." 

From D. WEBSTER COXE, D. D., Rector of St. Paul Church, Fremont, 
Ohio:— 

I think, take it all in all, it is the best commentary on the prophecies 
I ever read. 

From H. R. HANCOCK, Attorney at Latv, West Union, Iowa:— 
Can cheerfully recommend this work to the general reader. 

iJ^^^This work can also be had in the Danish, Swedish, and German 
languages. 



THE MARVEL OF NATIONS. 



Its Fast; PrESEnt; and Futurs; and "Wliat 
tliE BiblE says nf It, 

— ^ — 

By URIAH SMITH, 

Author of " Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation," "The Sanctuary and Its Cleansing," "Smith's 
Diagram of Parliamentary Rules," " Man's Nature and Destiny," etc. 

^ 

VM" he past of our Country is read in history ; its present is before the eyes of every 
Vm/ wide-awake observer; its future— what is that to be? Like Patrick Henry, we 
may judge something of the future by the past and the evident tendencies of the 
present. But who would not like to read it in a more certain light? A BOOK IS NOW 
OFFERED, carefully and candidly discussing this most fascinating theme. Present 
issues are accounted for, and future results clearly shown. 

Is tlie Bible an Obsolete Book? or do its predictions reach to our own 
times? Other great nations of the world are .subjects of prophecy ; WHY NOT OUR 
OWN ? The author, having made Biblical themes his study for over thirty years, 
claims to know the difference between fact and fancy, sound sense and sophistry. The 
writings of such men as Keith, Sir Isaac Newton, Bishop Newton, Faber, Hales, Home, 
Boothroyd, Clarke, Scott, Doddridge, Nelson, Henry, Jenks, Barnes, etc., are standard 
in the religious world. The line of interpretation largely followed by these men, is here 
adopted, and carried a step farther. In other words, prophecy is brought Abreast of 
the Times, and it is shown how the Bible should be read in the light of the present, and 
the present interpreted in the light of the Bible. They still belong together. We have 
not yet progressed beyond the Bible. As surely as history is history and logic is logic, 
the Scriptures predicted nearly eighteen hundred years ago the rise of this Government, 
showing that it would — 

I. Arise in the Western Hemisphere — 2. Arise in the present century — 
3. Occupy territory previously unknoxvn — 4. Come 7ip peacefully — 
5. Reach great porver — 6, Proclaim civil and religious liberty — 7. Be 
a republic — 8. Be a Protestant nation — 9. Be the birth-place of 
Modern Spiritualism, and — 10. Present the most marvelous exhibi- 
tion of national develop?nent the world has ever seen. 

So explicit is prophecy in regard to this nation ; and the reader will find every 
point sustained by indubitable Scripture evidence and historical testimony. If the Bi- 
ble is what it declares itself to be, "a lamp to OHt feet »nd a light to our path," it is 
the only certain light in which to interpret passing events. 

TTHE: SUNDAY QUESXION, 

Fast coming to be a leading political issue, is discussed from the standpoint of its rela- 
tion to the Government. This book, 

"THE MARVEL OF NATIONS/' 

Has now reached its 15 th edition, and is selling rapidly. It treats upon no fossil theo- 
ries, but fresh the^nes and living issues. These questions are COMING TO THE 
FllONT, and he who would be familiar with current thought on current subjects, should 
give them an examination. 

" THE MARVEL OF NA TIQNS" is a volume of nearly 300 pages, and con- 
tains many useful illustrations. The type is large and clear, and the printing and papei 
excellent. 

Bound only in cloih, and sent post-paid for - - $1.00. 

o great is the demand for this book that the later editions are run in 20,000 lots. 



The Coming Conflict: 

— OR — 

THE GREAT ISSUE NOW PENDING IN THIS 

COUNTRY. 



By ^W. H. LITTLEJOHW. 



T 



HIS book gives a complete history of the rise and work of the well-known 

nATIOKAL REFORM PARTY, 

And what they are attempting to accomplish in behalf of religion by State legislation. 
This volume enters a most vigorous protest to all such efforts, believing that they are 
simply tending to a union of Church and State. This is most emphatically a book for 
the times, and should be in the hands of every true American. Let it be widely circu- 
lated ! 



Bound in muslin, 434 pages, price, post-paid. 



$1.00 



SY^OP 



OF THE PRESENT TRUTH. 



By URIAH SMITH. 



71 VOLUME of 333 12 mo. pages, devoted to an exposition of those truths which the 
^^ author regards as eminently pertinent for these days. The following 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Will give a good idea of the nature of this volume. 

The Great Image of Daniel XL— The Vision of Daniel VII.— Vision of Daniel VIII. 
—The 70 Weeks and 2300 Days — The Sanctuary — The Three Messages of Revelation 
XI v.— Revelation XII. and XIII.— The Sabbath— Bible View of the Sabbath— Sabbath 
Theories of Akers, Jennings, Mede, and Fuller — Sabbath and Sunday: Their Secular 

History — Nature and Destiny of Man — State of the Dead — Destiny of the Wicked 

The Seven Last Plagues — The Millennium— Matthew 24— The Seven Churches— Seven 
Seals — Seven Trumpets — Signs of the Times — Spiritualism — The Second Advent — The 
Two Laws — The First-day Sabbath — Baptism — Gifts of the Spirit — Predestination — The 
144,000 — Ministration of Angels — The Saints' Inheritance. 

^f These subjects are essentially the same as those presented by the author in 
Biblical institutes and in his lectures to theological classes. 



Bound in cloth, price, post-paid, 



$1.00 



20 



Mjffl'S Nature 




— OR — 

The State of the Dead ; the Reward of the Righteous ; and 
the End of the Wicked. 

By URIAH SMITH. 

Author of " The Sanctuary and its Cleansing ; " " Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation ; " " Synop- 
sis of the Present Truth ; " " The Marvel of Nations ; " "A Word for the Sabbath ; " 
"Diagram of Parliamentary Rules," etc. 



THIS work is a thorough canvass of the great question of a Future Life, the nature 
of man in the present life, and the conditions of immortality, from a logical and 
Scriptural stand-point. 

EVERT TEXT IN THE BIBLE, which has any possible bearing upon these 
points, is taken up and carefully explained, thus giving the most comprehensive view 
of the subject that has yet been presented. 

Scholarly men upon both sides of the Atlantic have written at length upon the great 
question, MAN, HERE AND HEREAFTER; but it may be safely averred that 
none of these learned treatises can take the place of the work under consideration. 

TOPICALLY CONSIDERED, 

This volume is made up of Thirty-eight Chapters, the following being a synopsis of 
the subject-matter of the work : — 

An introduction, showing the nature of the subject. 

A direct inquiry into the Bible use of the terms " mortal," "immortal," and " im- 
mortality." 

An examination of statements supposed to prove man immortal ; as, the " image of 
God," the "living soul," and the "breath of life." 

An examination of the terms "soul" and "spirit," with their definitions and uses. 

An examination of every text, consecutively, which uses the word " spirit " in a 
way which is supposed to prove that it is conscious in death, or is immortal. 

An examination of every text, consecutively, which uses the word " soul " in a way 
which is supposed to show that it is conscious in death, or is immortal. 

An examination of all other statements supposed to prove man conscious in death ; 
as, Matt. 22 : 32 ; Luke 16 : 19-31 ; 23 : 43 ; 2 Cor. 5:8; Phil, i : 23 ; etc. 

A positive argument on the nature of death, as illustrated in the death of Adam, 
and a discussion of the questions of the resurrection of the dead and a future Judg- 
ment, as related to the question of man's nature and destiny. 

The life everlasting, showing what it is, and who will be entitled to it. 

The wages of sin — an examination of every text supposed to prove future unending 
misery for the lost. 

A positive argument showing what the end of the wicked will be. 

A vindication of God's dealings with his creatures. 

The claims of philosophy, an examination of the metaphysical argumeat. 

An historical view of the question. 

The tendency of the doctrine advocated in this work. 



As before observed, the great subject of MANS' PRESENT STA TE^ and his 
FUTURE REWARD OR PUNISHMENT, is here covered in a concise and direct 
manner. There are THREE COPIOUS INDEXES TO THE WORK, so that the 
reader can readily refer to any author quoted, or turn to any text or argument, with fa- 

MAN'S NATURE AND DESTINY 

Contains 444 pages, and is printed from clear, new plates, on heavy paper, and is at- 
tractively bound in green muslin, with gilt side and back titles. Facing the title page 
is an appropriate Frontispiecb, designed especially for the work. Orders promptly 
filled, by mail or express, to any extent. 

Price of Single Copy, post-paid, _ _ _ $1.50. 

MATTER PD SPIRIT; 

, OR 

Xlie Problem of Hitman Tlioiaglit. 

By D. M. CAHRIGHT. 



A PHILOSOPHICAL ARGUMENT ON AN IMPORTANT THEME. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS : 

Organization of Matter Imparts to it New Qualities — Confessions of Eminent Men 
— What is Matter? — What is Vegetable and Animal Life? — How Different Species of 
Plants and Animals are Perpetuated — God has Organized Matter in Certain Forms so 
that it does Think — The Beauty and Power of Matter Lies in its Organization — Cause 
and Effect Confounded — Instinct and Reason — From whence Comes the Immortal 
Spirit? — The Disembodied Spirit — Material and Immaterial— Cause of Infidelity among 
Scientists — Is Matter Naturally Corrupt? 

66 pages, pamphlet form. 

Price, post-paid, - - - - -10 cts. 

HISTHRY HF THE WflLHENSES 



By J. A. ^A;^YLIE. 



THIS is a plain and well-written narrative concerning this remarkable people from 
their earliest history to the present time. The faith, persecutions, martyrdom, and 
wholesale massacres of the Waldensian brethren ; their schools, missions, and itinerant 
work ; their mountain fastnesses ; the fierce wars waged against them ; their exile, and 
re-establishment in the Valleys, are all set forth with historical accuracy. An excellent 
book, and one which should have a wide circulation. 
212 pp., on tinted paper, illustrated. 

In muslin covers, post-paid, per copy, - -90 cts. 

Note. — The regular price of this work is ^1.25, but by importing a large stock, the 
Office is able to sell them at the above low rate. 



CHRIST AUD SATAK 
From Creation doYin to the End of Time. 

In Fonr 12 iiift. Volumes of over 400 pages each. 

By Mrs. E. O. WHITE, 



Volume I. 

Commences with the fall of Satan, and the beginning of sin, upon which great light is 
shed. Next it treats upon the creation of the earth; the temptation and fall of our first 
parents ; and then opens the great plan of salvation in a most instructive and deeply in- 
teresting manner. Thence it traces the history of redemption as illustrated by the lives 
ot good and evil men down to the time of the flood, which it narrates in a very instruct- 
ive chapter. It dwells very minutely upon the wanderings of the Church in the wilder- 
ness, in the time of Moses, and continues the record till the time of Solomon. 

Volume II. 

Continues the history of redemption as illustrated in the Birth, Life, Ministry, Miracles, 
and Teachings of Christ. This volume furnishes invaluable aid in studying the Life of 
our Lord Jesus Christ as set forth in the four Gospels. One of the pleasing features of 
this volume is the plain and simple language with which the author clothes thoughts that 
glow with truth and beauty. 

Volume III. 

Presents the facts concerning the Death, Resurrection, and Ascension of Heaven's Mes- 
siah, and the lives and miristry of the Apostles. This volume gives a deeply interest- 
ing account of the labors and death of the heroic Apostle Paul. 

Volu?ne IV. 

Commences with our Lord's great prophecy, while viewing Jerusalem from the Mount 
of Olives. The volume covers the entire Christian Dispensation to the end of time. It 
calls attention to the persecution of the first centuries, and the rise of the Papacy. 
Speaks particularly of the Dark Ages, and the work ot the Reformers and martyrs. 
Considerable space is given to the life and teachings of later reformers and religious 
teachers, such as Whitefield, the Wesleys, and William Miller. The closing chapters 
give a vivid picture of the warfare of the Church and the final triumph of the people of 
God. The Destruction of Satan and all his followers closes the great Controversy be- 
tween the Son of God and the Powers of Darkness. 



'This series of works is invaluable to place in the hands of skeptics. It is also 
most excellent reading for Christian people of every name. 

These writings are being translated, either in whole or in part, in the French, Ger- 
man, Danish, and Swedish languages. 

Vol. t., 416 pages. Price, post-paid, . , $1.00 

Vol. II., 400 pages. Price, post-paid, . . ,1.00 

Vol. III., 400 pages. Price, post-paid, . . 1.00 

Vol IV., 500 pages {with illustrations). Price, post-paid, 1.50 

fW"Volume IV. is furnished separately, and is being rapidly circulated in large 
editions. 



A WORD FOR THE SABBATH, 

— OR — 

FALSE THEORIES EXPOSED. 



By URIAH SMITH. 



fHIS is a poetic monograph upon the Sabbath Question, treating it metrically in 
seven chapters, under the respective headings of " Truth and Error" — The Sab- 
bath Instituted at Creation — The Sabbath a Memorial — The Sabbath Not Abolished — 
Apostolic Example — Sabbath and Sunday — Vain Philosophy 

This little lyric pretty thoroughly canvasses the entire ground of this important 
subject. Numerous texts of Scripture are referred to, which are given in the margin. 

It is a very enjoyable book, and few persons will begin the poem without reading 
the entire work. 

In glazed pnper covers, post-paid, - - 15 cis. 

In muslin covers, post-paid, - - - -30 cts. 

THE H0LY SBIRIT : 

Its Gifts and Manifestations to the End of the 

Christian Age. 



By J. H. WAGGONER. 



^HIS is a brief and comprehensive argument on the solemn and important subject 
j of the Spirit of God, and its 

GIFTS MED MMWESfiTimS. 

The chapters of this work fully discuss the following interesting topics : — 

The Holy ISpirif of Proini§e ; 

Tlie Poorer from on High ; 

Circumcision of the Heart ; 

The Unity of the Faith ; 

The LaAV and the Te§timony ; 
Try the Spirits ; 

The Ore at Reformation ; 

Oifts in the Reformation ; 

In the Present Century ; 

Spirit of Prophecy Restored. 

This little book is of special interest to those who believe we are in the closing 
hours of the Gospel Dispensation, and that the Church must prepare to meet her Lord. 

Bound in paper covers. 144 pages. Price, post-paid, 15 cts. 



TM BIBLE FROM miAYM: 

A Summary of Plain Arguments In Behalf of the 
Bible and Christianity. 



By D. M. CANRIGHT. 



'T'^HIS neat volume is all that it professes to be, a series of strong arguments in behalf 
-*- of the Bible, written in very simple language. In its thirty chapters it presents in 
the main all the valuable arguments in behalf of the Bible which are found in large and 
expensive works. The book should be in every household. It is dedicated to " Can- 
did Skeptics, and the Young Men and Women of our Time,*' but is equally adapted to 
those of riper years. 

Bound in cloth, 12 mo., 300 pages, post-paid, - 80 cts. 

MATTHEW TWENTY- FOUR. 



By JAMES ^WHITE. 



n^HlS able pamphlet presents a critical explanation of our Lord's great prophecy, as 
he viewed the doomed city of Jerusalem from the Mount of Olives. At least fifty 
thousand copies of this exposition have been printed. The author (now deceased) was 
one of the most careful expositors of the Scriptures. The book treats upon the entire 
chapter. God has blessed the reading of this pamphlet to the salvation of many souls. 

64 pages, 12 mo., paper covers, price, post-paid, . 10 cts. 



rpHE Scripture testimony on the doctrine of the 

^E^PETUITY of SPimrU^L GIFTS. 

Illustrated by narratives of incidents, and sentiments carefully compiled from the emi- 
nently pious and learned of various denominations. The whole drift of this book is to 
show that in ages past, among many different denominations, God has manifested the 
gifts of his Spirit somewhat as in the days of the apostles. 

Put up in paper covers. 128 pages. - -15 cts. 



A History of the Doctrine of the Soul, 

AMONG ALL RACES AND PEOPLES, ANCIENT AND MODERN, 
INCLUDING THEOLOGIANS, PHILOSOPHERS, SCIEN- 
TISTS, AND UNTUTORED ABORIGINES. 



By D. M. CANRIQHT. 



THIS is a 12 mo. volume of 186 pages, and treats with great care a topic of special in- 
terest in this day. The book is the outcome of years of extensive reading and care- 
ful study. Great care has been taken in giving references, so that the quotations may 
be relied upon. This book has an important place in the great field of Truth. 

Bound in cloth. Price, post-paid, - -75 cts. 




WISE. 



iiony ^u^ecU and (M^^ation^, 



By J. H. WAGGONER. 



^iPJJHIS is an able treatise on this much-contested subject. The pamphlet tells very 
— ' clearly what baptism is, and who are the proper ones to receive the ordinance. 
The writer also presents unanswerable arguments against Trine Immersion, as held by 
the Dunkards and some others. 

Put up in paper covers, 192 pages. Price, post-paid, 25 cts. 

THE SJiXeTU^^Y 

And tlie ^300 Days of Daniel 8:14. 



By URIAH SMITH. 



TTTHIS work sheds very great light upon the types and shadows of the Mosaic dispen- 
■»■ sation, and is equally clear in regard to the place and work of Christ, as our Great 
High Priest, in the present dispensation. The subject of a remedial system for fallen 
man, and the nature and time of the atonement, as well as the work of the Judgment it- 
self, are all very clearly treated in this valuable book. 

This is just the volume to coimteract the notions of certain classes of Adventists 
who are continually setting the day for Christ to come the second time. 

Bound in cloth, 382 12 mo. pages, price, post-paid, - $1.00 



FACTS FOR THE TIMES : 



A COLLECTION OF 



VALUABLE HISTORICAL EXTRACTS, 

On a great variety of Subjects, of special interest to the Bible Student, from eminent 
authorities, Ancient and Modern, 



Revised, by Geo. L BUTLER. 

This volume contains about One Thousand separate Historical Statements. The 
edition comes down to the year 1885. 

The general subjects elucidated are as follows : — 

The Holy Scriptures ; 

Tradition against Reform ; 

Likeness of Catholicism to Paganism ; 
The Prophecies ; 

Fall of Babylon ; 

United States in Prophecy; 
The Second Advent ; Signs of the Times; 

The Law of God; The World Waxed Old: 

The Bible Sabbath; 

The Temporal Millennium ; 

Baptism — Immersion ; 

Is the Soul Immortal? 

Death of Christ; 

Miscellaneous. 

The extracts contained in this work cover a wide range of subjects, many of them 
of deep interest to the general reader. We know of no book of its kind containing so 
many interesting quotations on important subjects of general interest. Remarkable 
fulfillments of prophecy ; interesting comments upon difficult Scriptural texts from the 
best commentators ; striking occurrences of natural phenomena ; important facts in the 
growth of our country ; useful statistics concerning population, intemperance, war, and 
crime ; and the present condition of the religious, political, and physical world, are 
among the subjects treated by the various authors quoted. 

Bound in Muslin, 284 pages, sent post-paid for - 50 cts. 



THE lilERITANCE OF THE SAINTS 

— IN — 



By J. N. LOUGHBOROUQH. 



The following are the Topics discussed in this interesting pamphlet : — 

The Earth Promised to the Meek— God's Purpose Concerning the Earth— Special 
Promises Respecting the Earth— The Promise made to Abraham — The Purchasetl Pos- 
session—The Rest that Remains for the People of God— The Disciples of Christ Ex- 
pected a Literal Kingdom — The Time for the Establishment of the Kingdom — The 
Thousand Years of Revelation 20— Description of the Kingdom— The New Jerusalem, 

In pamphlet form, 82 pages. 

Price, post-paid, - . - ~ - 10 cis. 



TEE raiSTRATIOH OF AKGELS, 

AND THE 

ORIGIN, HISTORY, t DESTINY OF SATAN 



BY D, M-. CANRIGHT. 



T^HE following is the Table of Contents: — 

FflHT FIRST ^ 

MINISTRATION OF GOOD ANGELS. 

Introduction— They are not the Spirits of Dead Men— The Heavenly Family— Num- 
ber of Angels — Angels Real Beings — Their Exalted Character — Different Orders of 
Angels — They are Ministering Spirits — They execute God's Judgments — Saints 
have Guardian Angels— Angels Record the Deeds of Men— Angels Assist in the 
Judgment — Angels will Gather the Saints. 



PflHT SECnNH; 

ORIGIN, HISTORY, AND DESTINY OF SATAN. 

Introduction — Devils are Real Beings— Why does God Permit Satan to Exist? — Or- 
igin of Satan — Satan a Wanderer — Satan Gains Possession of the Earth — Order of 
the Fallen Angels — Possessed" with Devils — Satan an Accuser — Man in Prison — The 
Mission of Jesus— Redemption of Man — Satan Bound— Judgment of the Wicked- 
Will Satan be Destroyed ? 

Paper Covers, 144 pages. Price, post-paid, - 20 cts. 



_. _. ^^ ^^^ ^^ ^ y/f/ <^f/ M f/ ,/ #/ i 11/11 II M ^ 




If 10, 




REVISED AND ENLARGED. 

->ll^ 

A FAMILY PORTFOLIO OF NATURAL HISTORY AND 
BIBLE SCENES. 

— -m- — 

100 ILIvUSTRAT^IONS. 



THE life mission of some people seems to be to "scatter sunshine" wherever they 
go. A happy disposition, which makes the best of everything, looks on the bright 
side, and ever bears in mind that "the darkest cloud has a silver lining," is the means 
of brightening the lives of all who are brought under its influence. While this is true of 
individuals, it is equally so of other objects which have an iniluence on the mind, and 
most emphatically true of some kinds of books. The work entitled "Sunshine at 
Home " has been prepared for this purpose, as indicated by its title. Its mission is to 
brighten the lives of those who peruse its pages, by its entertaining sketches, and beau- 
tiful pictures. 

NEARLY ONE-HUNDRED THOUSAND ALREADY SOLD. 

Owing to the increasing demand for this justly popular book, we are compelled 
to issue a Special Edition, in extra gilt binding, for the benefit of those who use it as 
a gift book. In this field ^lone, it is having a very large sale. 

TRANSLATIONS. 

We have also translated this beautiful book into Swedish, which is meeting with 
good acceptance among the Swedes, several editions having been already sold. A 
translation into German is nearly ready, and a Danish edition will be issued as soon as 
possible. 

THE NEW REVISED EDITION 

Comprises 128 large, quarto pages (10 x J2% inches), and 190 illustrations, and is printed 
on fine, calendered paper, in the best style of typographic art. It is handsomely and 
substantially bound in two styles ; viz., fine green cloth, with red edges, and fine red 
cloth, with gilt edges, beautifully embossed in jet and gold, making a handsome orna- 
ment ror any center-table, or an adornment to any library. 

THE WORK OF ITS PREPARATION 

Has been carefully performed, every page having been submitted to the most exacting 
scrutiny, and with special reference to the end in view. Its reading matter is from the 
pens of some of the ablest writers, and is not only entertaining and attractive, but in_ 
structive and profitable. It comprises choice poetical selections, descriptive sketches 
accompanying the engravings, interesting geographical descriptions, entertaining articles 
on natural history, zoology, etc. 

THE ILLUSTRATIONS 

Comprise beautiful scenes from nature, romantic castles, stately ships, light-houses, his- 
torical places, and events on sea and land, renowned men, birds, animals, plants, home 
life, and numerous Bible scenes. 



THE LITERATURE 

Of this book is of the most select nature, calculated to elevate the thoughts and motives, 
and to cultivate a taste for that which is pure and ennobling. Such thoughts and illus- 
trations have been carefully selected as would teach some valuable life lesson. 

THE BOOK IS DESIGNED FOR ALL. 

The little ones wiU find stories suited to their fancy, and the pictures will help them 
to spend many a pleasant hour ; while the older ones will find many articles of interest 
from which to derive instruction, as well as entertainment. 

ITS FIELD OF USEFULNESS. 

The character of this work is well calculated to give it a wide circulation. Bright 
and sparkling, without being frivolous or trifling, moral in its tone, without being som- 
ber or dogmatical, it finds a ready sale in all classes of society, and exerts its beneficent 
influence wherever it goes. It readily commends itself to all who see it. It will make 
a beautiful holiday gift for any person, and we commend it to those who are desirous of 
making presents to their friends, — at any time. 

SOLD BY SUBSCRIPTION ONLY. 

None need to be out of employment. All can be making money, and scatter rays 
of sunshine into the homes of many. Canvasser's outfit (the book itself) sent post-paid 
for ^1-50. The choice of territory is, and should be, a great consideration with all 
agents; this we can only a-pportion jus ily in the order in which applications are re- 
ceived. We therefore advise agents to send for outfit at once. 

Green and Gold, Red Edges, - - - $1.50. 

Red and Gold, Gilt Edges, - - - -1.75. 

4@= For Special Terms to Agents, address this Publishing House. 



NATTURK AND TKNDKNCY 

— OF — 

MODERN SPIRITUALISM. 

BY J. H:. A?V^A^GOO]S[ER. 

THE Nature and Tendency of this world-wide delusion are most fully set forth in this 
little book. Without doubt it is 

THE MOST THOROUGH EXPOSURE OF SPIRITUALISM 

That has ever been published. The writer has carefully studied the subject, and gives 
copious extracts from accredited writers and speakers, by which the entire system stands 
self-condemned. It is also clearly shown from the Scriptmes of Truth that Spiritualism 
is one of the most impressive signs of the times. 

The book contains 184 i2mo pages, and is put up in pa'oei covers. 

Price, Dost-paid, ^0 cts. 



Regular Periodicals 



English, German, French, Danish, Sn/edish, Italian, and 
Roumanian languages. 

The Advent Keview and Sabbath Herald. Published weekly 

at Battle Creek, Mich. This is a i6-page Religious Family Newspaper. Its dis- 
tinctive features are, a fearless discussion of the claims of the Sabbath of the Bible; the 
Signs of the Times, as illustrated in the natural, moral, and political woild ; Harmony 
of the Law and Gospel; What we must do to be saved, and other Bible questions. 
This is the oldest and largest paper published by the denomination; presents all the do- 
ings of the cause in its various missions, colportage work, reports of ministerial labor, 
camp and tent-meetings, Conferences, etc. Any person who wishes to know all about 
this cause, should take the Review and Herald. Terms, in advance, $2.00 a year. 

The Youth's Instructor. Published at Battle Creek, Mich. A 4- 

page illustrated weekly paper, for the Sabbath-school and family. Without doubt this 
is by far the best Youth's*paper published. It has two editors, who supervise its pages 
with the greatest cars, and it is printed on beautiful super-calendered and tinted paper. 
Price, in advance. - - - -- - -75 cts. a year. 

The Gospel Sickle. A live bi-weekly paper, devoted to those 

important Bible doctrines which are especially applicable to the present time. Pub- 
lished at Battle Creek, Mich. Single copies, post-paid, - - 50 cts. a year. 

Oood Health. (Published by the Sanitarium at Battle Creek, 
Mich.) A live monthly journal of hygiene, devoted to Physical, Mental, and Moral 
Culture. This is a 32-page magazine, and an invaluable aid to all who would live 
heathfully, or regain lost health. It should be in every family. Terms in advance, 

$1.00 a year. 

The Herold der Wahrheit. A 1 6-page semi-monthly paper, in 

the German language, published at Battle Creek, Mich. It is devoted to brief exposi- 
tions of the Prophecies, the Signs of the Times, practical Religion, and kindred Bible 
topics. A valuable paper in every respect. Terms in advance, - $1 .00 a year, 

Sandhedens Tidende. A i6-page Danish-Norwegian semi-monthly 

paper, issued at Battle Creek, Mich. This paper is devoted to expositions of Proph- 
ecy, the Signs of the Times, and Practical Religion. It is in all respects a first-class 
Religious Paper. Terms, in advance, . . - . $1.00 a year. 

Sanningens Harold. A i6-page Swedish semi-monthly, in maga- 
zine form, of the same character as the Danish magazine just noticed. Published 
at Battle Creek, Mich. Terms, in advance, . - - - $1.00 a year. 

Regular editions of both the Tidende a.nd Harold, the Danish and Swedish jour- 
nals just mentioned, are issued in Christiania, Norway, from duplicate plates. 



The Signs of the Times. Issued at Oakland, California. A 16- 
page weekly religious paper, presenting a large variety of most useful reading. It en- 
joys a very large patronage, being circulated in all countries wherever the English lan- 
guage is spoken. It is the general pioneer paper of the denomination which publishes 
it. Terms in advance, ------- $2.00 a year. 

Pacific Health Journal and Temperance Advocate. Devoted 

to Temperance Principles and the Art of Preserving Health. 32 pages, bi-monthly, 
published at Oakland, California. Price, - - - - 50 cts. a year. 

The Present Truth. A i6-page religious semi-monthly, issued at 

Grimsby, England, under the auspices of the British Mission. This is a live periodical, 
being both doctrinal and practical, and is used largely by ship colporters and canvass- 
ers. It enjoys a large circulation, and its influence on the side of unpopular truth is 
fe't all over Great Britain. Subscription price, - - - 75 cts, a year. 



The Bible Echo and Si^ns of the Times. A 1 6 page monthly, 

published at Melbourne, Australia. A vigorous exponent of those Bible truths which 
are of especial importance at the present day. ... $1.00 a year. 

Les Signes des Temps. A semi-monthly religious paper, issued 

at Basel, Switzerland, in the French language. This able journal is both doctrinal and 
practical as to its contents, and is an earnest exponent of the signs of the times. 
Terms, .---.--.. $1.30 a year. 

Slindhedsbladet. A i6-page Danish health and temperance 
monthly, published at Christiania, Norway, - - .go cts. a year. 

Helso-OCh SjuliV^rd. A Swedish health and temperance monthly, 
issued at Christiania, Norway. Price, - . . . gQ gtg, ^ year. 

Herold der Wahrheit. A i6-page religious semi-monthly, pub- 
ished at Basel, Switzerland, in the German tongue. Price, - $1.00 a year. 

L'Ultimo Messaggio. An Italian religious quarterly, 8 pages in 
size, issued at Basel, Switzerland. Price, - - - 25 cts. a year. 

Adevarulu Present. An 8-page religious quarterly, in the Rou- 
manian language published at Easel, Switzerland. Price, - - 25 cts. a year. 

4®°" A paper in the Holland tongue will be issued as soon as practicable. 

VALUABLE RELIGIOUS TRACTS: 

Doctrinal and Practical. 

^Ipf/HESE Tracts are in size from 4 pages to 32, and may be ordered singly or in 
■^ quantities. The following subjects are set forth in their pages, and from this data 
the reader can pretty clearly determine what he wants : — 

The Nature of Man— State of the Dead— The Punishment of the Wicked — The Final 
Inheritance of the Saints — The Second Advent — The Signs of the Times — The 
Judgment— Redemption— Our Faith and Hope— The Sabbath, in its Several Phases 
and Obligations— The Sanctuary of the New Covenant— The Unchangeableness 
and Perpetuity of the Law of God— The Millennium : When and What?— Spirit- 
ualism, the Last Deception of Satan— The Covenants of the Old and New Testa- 
ments—The Two Laws— The Poet Milton on Man in the State of Death— The 
Bible Student's Assistant, etc., etc. 

4®°" Catalogues, giving full particulars, sent free. 

PRICE : Any or all of the above list of Tracts furnished at the rate of 
8 pages for one cent. 

PUBLICATIONS in OTHER LANGUAGES. 



>^ ANY of the publications noticed in this catalogue can be had in the Danish, Ger- 
man, Swedish, French, Italian, and Holland languages. These publications are 
generally translations from the English originals, many of which appear in this list. 
They are also furnished at the same prices. , 

Tracts may be had at the rate of Eight Pages for One Cent 



The Bible-Reading Gazette 



CONTAINING 



One Hundred and Sixty-two Bible-Readings. 



DOCTRINAL, PRACTICAL, and PROPHETICAL 



ANY person who is interested in the subject of Bible-Readings should have this vol- 
ume. These Readings were prepared by ministers and Bible-students, and mor' 
of them have been presented to the public orally. 



Bound in Muslin, 288 pages. Price, post-paid. 



$1.00 



ealt^ apd Temperance 



( 



PUBLICATIONS. 



•-;?-7*HIS Publishing House carries a large assortment of sterling Books, Pamphlets, 
( (sh and Tracts on Temperance and Hygiene. These works are mostly from the pen 
^~^ of Dr. J. H. Kellogg, a writer of extensive fame, and the Physician-in-Chief in 
the Great Sanitarium at Battle Creek, Michigan. We give the names and prices of a 
few of these books, and a list of the tracts : — 

DIGESTION AND DYSPEPSIA. 

By J. H. Kellogg, M. D. 176 pp. , , , Price, 75 cts. 

DIPHTHERIA. 

By J. H. Kellogg, M. D. 64 pp. . . . Price, 25 cts. 

USES OF WATER IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. 

By J. H. Kkllogg, M. D. 136 pp; . . . Price, 60 cts. 

ALCOHOLIC POISON. 

By J. H. Kellogg, M. D. 128 pp. , . . Price, 25 cts. 

PRACTICAL MANUAL OF HEALTH AND TEMPERANCE; with 

a large appendix teaching HOW TO COOK. 
By J. H. Kellogg, M. D. 320 pp. . . . Price, 75 cts. 

The Tracts treat upon Alcohol — Alcoholic Medication — Alcoholic Poison — Causes 
and Cure of Intemperance — Tea and Coffee — Tobacco, in all its hurtful Aspects — 
Wine and the Bible — Pork, as an unscientific and unhygienic article for food — True 
Temperance — Our Nation's Curse — The Drunkard's Arguments, etc. 

4S* These tracts are all furnished at the rate of 8 pages for I cent. 



Csbtalosues sent free on applica,tion. 



-TTHE;- 



illllCil^SlITII 




DEVOTED TO 

The Defense of American Institutions, the Preservation of the United 
States Constitution as it is, so far as regards Religion or Re- 
ligious Tests, and the Maintenance of Human Rights, 
both Civil and Religious. 

1 JpF* HIS JOURNAL will ever be uncompromisingly opposed to anything tending 
■^Ij J toward a union of Church and State, either in name or in fact. 

-^S The founders of our noble Government recognized the necessity of having 

C^^Z) ^ SEPARATION OF CHURCH AND STATE. They had seen the baleful influ- 

of^CD ences of having the two united, and, therefore, guarded against this terrible 

oOo evil by introducing the following plain declaration into the Constitution : — 

l\ " Congress shaU make no lauu respecting an establishment of religion or 

^ prohibiting the free exercise thereof." 

So far, this principle has generally been carried out, and the marvelous growth of 
our nation is largely owing to this freedom of conscience. But there are those who feel 
that there is now 

Just <3ause for iilarm, 

And that there is danger that this freedom of consciecne will be denied the people. 

It is well known that there is a large and influential Association in the United States, 
bearing the name of the "National Reform Association," which is endeavoring to se- 
cure such a religious amendment to the Constitution of the United States as will "Place 
all Christian laws, institutions, and usages of the Government on an undeniably le- 
gal basis in the fundamental law of the land. 

While there are many persons in this country who are opposed to, or look with 
suspicion upon this movement, there are fev/, outside of the party, who realize what the 
influence of this amendment would be. 

The OlDject of the ilmerican Sentinel 

Will be to vindicate the rights of American citizens, which we believe are threatened 
by this Association. It will appeal to the very fundamental principles of our Govern- 
ment, and point out the consequences which would be sure to follow should they secure 
the desired amendment to the Constitution. 

The Sentinel will contain nothing contrary to the principles of morality and re- 
ligion. So far from that, we shall try to set before our readers the true relation of mor- 
ality and religion, and show that this relation is not correctly presented by the party 
seeking this religious amendment. 

Every position taken will be carefully guarded and fortified by sound argument. 
Due respect will always be paid to the opinions of others, but the rights of conscience 
will be fearlessly maintained. 

The publishers are determined to make this a Hue paper, and one that will be read 
with interest by all classes. 

The American Sentinel is published monthly, by the Pacific Press Publishing 
House, 1059 Castro Street, Oakland, Cal. 

TERMS: Single Copy, one year, 50 Cents. Specimen Copies Free! 

Address, AMERICAN SENTINEL, 

7059 Castro Street, OAKLAND, CAL 



t:e3:e 



Gospel Sickle: 

A BI-WEEKLY, 8-PAGE PAPER, 

Devoted to Important Bible Doctrines, which 

are Especially Applicable to the 

Present Time, 



— SUCH AS — 



The Second Coming of Christ — The Signs of the Times — The Nature 
of Man — The State of the Dead — Future Rewards and Punishments 
— The Law of God— The Plan of Salvation — Modern Spiritualism 
— Satan's Final Deception, and Many other Bible topics 

OF GENERAL INTEREST TO THE READER. 

The SICKLE is a live paper, and most of the articles are prepared 
especially for its columns. 

Address, REVIEW & HERALD, Battle Creek, Mich. 

Spiritualism a Satanic Delusion. 



SUCH is the title of a vigorous tract of 32 pages, which is a most thorough expose., 
from a Bible stand-point, of this 

IvATXER-DAY DELUSION, 

which is entrapping multitudes by its bewitching fascinations. Let this little tract be 
circulated everywhere. Single copies post-paid, .... 4 cts. 

Who Changed the Sabbath? i.?;^,"^?: iS„t'ltwl!,'I ir„"; 

the Sabbath of Creation has been supplemented by the First Day of the Week. Should 
be read by everybody. Price, 3 Cents. 

Address, REVIEW k HERALD, Battle Creek, Midi. 

Thp T nc;f TimP OllPClfinn a stirring tract of 24-pages, which most 
lliC UJ^h 1 iillC UUC::3U1U11. effectually dissipates the fog and sophis- 
try thrown about this phase of the Sabbath Question. Price, 3 Cents. 

Address, RETIKW & HERALD, Battle Creek, Mich. 

The Poet Milton on the State of the Dead. 

A Treatise of 40 pages on the State^of Man in Death, by the great English Poet, 
JOHN MILTON, taken from his the^Wical writings. This great scholar held to the 
correct view in regard to man's urfejLis*i^)usness in death, and the fact should be more 
widely known. 40 pages. PiV^ o'^ents. 

Address, ^. ^^ REYIEW & HERALD, Battle Creek, Mich. 






"tP .<;x 



^.. 



^%^ 



.^ .^ 






. ^f 



V V 



^ V ,x^ 






. ^' 



x^ 



C^ -^r. 



-'^ y^ 









?^ 



vX\ 



0'' 



.^^ "^^^ 



